NPi ^ • r r 4 4T €( *L ** > «€ «L « f f € • « ^ / Jk c r « ^ * *w 0 3 > 3 S C/ ▼ Tr i 3 i “ f* i\ J© i ^ l -r ^ M i 89 Limprichtii 89 ludoviciana 89 myriantha 89 obliqua 89 papillosa 89 spinicaulis 89 striatula 89 Sullivantii 89 Turneri 89 Ceratodon purpureus 63, 86 Ceratolejeunea cubensis 90 integrifolia 90 Cetraria ciliaris. 31 “ Fendleri 50 Chamaerops humilis 85 Chalubinskia africana 67 Chatubinskia 80 Cheilolejeunea decidua 89 polyantha 89 Cheiodecton leiostictum 17 Chiloscyphus fragilis 88 pallescens 88 polyanthos 88 rivularis 88 Webberianus 88 Cinclidotus fontinaloides 36 riparius 36 Cladina implexa 96 Cladonia.. 94 “ alpestris 30 “ cariosa cribrosa 30 “ cristatella 30 “ fimbriata 30 “ furcata. . 29,30 “ racemosa 29, 30 gracilis 30 “ ochroclora ceratodes 30 papillaria 29, 30 “ rangiferina 29 squamosa 30 sylvatica 30 uncialis 29 “ verticillata 30 Clasmatocolea Doellingeri 88 exigua 1 88 Clasmatodon parvulus 28 Clastobryum parvulus 28 Clevea hyalina 87 Climacium 84 24 1 7 63 28 28 92 29 17 29 28 28 92 92 24 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 19 28 17 92 92 92 68 94 66 55 55 90 88 88 88 88 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 — v — Climacium americanum 64, 67 Collema pulposum . 95 Collemodes Bachmanianum 95 Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae 89 contractiloba 68, 89 diaphana 89 Macounii 89 minutissima 89 setiloba 89 subcristata . 89 tuberculata 89 Conocephalum conicum 87, 94 Conomitrium 61 Corsinia marchantioides 87 Crossotolejeunea bermudiana. ..... 90 Cryptomitrium tenerUm 87 Ctenidium 17 Cyathophorum africanum. 95 Cyclodictyon varians 28 Cystopteris fragilis 94 Dermatocarpon miniatum 93 Dicranella 17 ^ m olio /~v O f- AQ orthocar pa. . 27 “ leptotrichoides 27 “ L’Herminieri 27 “ rubra... 64 “ subinclinata 27 “ varia 68 Dicranodontium 17 denudatum 65 Dicranoweisia cirrhata 68 Dicranum flagellare 63, 64 fulvum 63-66 fuscescens 65 longifolium 36, 65, 66 rhabdocarpum 68 scoparium 63-66 Didymodon. . . 25, 26 (PL XVI, fig. 1) tophaceus 25, 27, 52 (PI. XV, figs. 1-6) Diplasiolejeunea Rudolphiana 89 Diplophyllum albicans 89 apiculatum 89 argenteum 89 gymnostomophilum . 89 imbricatum 89 incurvum 89 obtusifolium 89 ovatum 89 plicatum 89 taxifolium. 89 Dirina repanda 50 Distichium kilimandscharicum 92 Ditrichum pusillum 64 Drepanocladus aduncus var. inter- medius 84 Drepanocladus aduncus var. poly- carpus 84 Drepanolejeunea bidens 90 Dumortiera hirsuta 87 Ectropothecium caloosiense 28 Duemmeri 95 Elmeriobryum 17 Encalypta contorta 28 Entodon cladorrhizans 63 “ Drummondii 28 “ seductrix 94 Ephemerum crassinervium 33 serratum 33 “ var. angusti- folium 33 Erythrodontium subjulaceum 95 Euosmolejeunea clausa. . 90 duriuscula 90 parvula. ...... 68, 90 Eurhynchium graminicolor 65 strigosum 64, 65, 66, 67 Evernia furfuracea cladonia 30 Fabronia angolensis 95 Fissidens '. 61 ‘‘ cristatus “ erosulus “ falcatulus “ Hallianum “ incurvus u sciophyllus “ subbasilaris “ subglaucissimus . . . Fontinalis dalecarlica Lescurii Forsstroemia trichomitria. . . Fossombronia cristula foveolata lamellata longiseta salina Wondraczeki 64, 65, 67 95 36 61 94 63, 64 ••95 • • • 64 64, 66 64, 67 . . . 88 ...88 . . . 88 . . . 88 ...88 ...88 Frullania “ arietina “ Asagrayana.. “ Bolanderi . . . . “ Brittoniae . . . “ californica . . . “ catalinae “ chilcootiensis “ cobrensis . . . . “ ciicullata . . . . “ Donnellii. . . . “ eboracensis . . 21, 58, 59 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 — VI — Frullaniafranciscana 90 “ gibbosa 90 “ inflata 90 ' “ Kunzei 90 “ mexicana 90 41 nisquallensis 90 “ Oakesiana 90 4 1 obcordata 90 " plana 90 “ Rappii 90 “ riojaneirensis 90 “ riparia 90 44 saxicola. . 90 “ Selwyniana. 90 “ squarrosa 90 44 Tamarisci 90 44 Wrightii 90 Funaria flavicans 27 “ hygrometrica 86 Garovaglia 17 Geocalyx graveolens 88 Georgia pellucida 63-66 Geothallus tuberosus. . ; 87 Graphis scripta ". . 30 Grimaldia californica 87 fragrans 87 Grimmia apocarpa 93> 94 “ obtusa 6 “ ovata 92 “ patens 36 pennsylvanica 64 Gymnomitrium concinnatum 88 corallioides 88 crenulatum 88 obtusum 88 revolutum 88 Gyrothyra Underwoodiana 88 Haplocladium microphyllum 28 Harpalalejeunea ovata 90 Harpanthus Flotowianus 51, 88 scutatus 88 Hedwigia albicans 63 Herberta adunca 16 Hutchinsiae 16,78,89 juniperina 67 Sendtneri 16 tenuis 16, 89 Heterothecium pezizoideum 31 Himantocladium 17 Homalotheciella subcapillata 65 Hookeria Cruceana. 28 Hookeriopsis Pappeana 95 Hutchinsia petrea 78 Hygroamblystegium procerum. 92 Hygrobiella laxifolia 89 Hylocomium brevirostre.. . . 65, 66, 67 Hylocomium splendens 65, 66 Hymenostylium crassinervium 92 Hyophila 17 Hypnaceae 83 Hypnum aduncuni var. polycarpum 84 Hypnum aduncum var. interme- dium 84 “ chrysophyllum 64, 65 44 crista-castrensis 64, 66 44 curvifolium 67 “ imponens 64, 65, 66 44 julaceum 32 44 nemorosum 65 44 purum 86 44 reptile 64, 65, 66 44 rugosum 64 “ Schreberi 66 Icmadophila aeruginosa 30 Iris 74 Isopterygium 17 sericifolium 92 Jagerinopsis 17, 27, 28 brasiliense 80 cubense 49 scariosum 49, 80 squarrosa 28, 48, 49 "(PI. XXIV, figs. 1-7), 80 “ _ Ulei 80 Jamesoniella autumnalis 88 heterostipa 88 Juglans cinerea 31 Jungermannia Allenii. 88 atrovirens 88 Bolanderi 88 caespiticia 88 cordifolia . 88 danicola 88 Hutchinsiae 78 juniperina 67 lanceolata 28, 88 pumila 88 sphaerocarpa . ...... 88 Rauana 88 44 riparia 88 Schiffneri 88 Lecanora subfusca 30 tartarea 96 Lecidea albocoerulescens 18 44 cinnabarina 50 “ enteroleuca 18 “ flavidolivens 18 “ granulosa 18 “ lapicida 18 “ melancheima 18 44 myriocarpoides 96 “ peliaspis 18 Vll — Lecidea platycarpa 30 “ pycnocarpa 96 “ turgidula . .. 18 “ varians 18 “ viride'scens 18 Lejeunea cavifolia 89 “ cladogyna ■ 68, 89 “ flava 89 floridana 16, 89 “ glaucescens 16,89 longifissa 68, 89 “ minutiloba 16 patens 89 “ pililoba 89 “ spiniloba 89 Lepidozia filamentosa 89 reptans 89 sandvicensis 89 Leptocolea Jooriana 89 Leptodontiopsis elata 92 Leptodontium pumilum 92 Joannis-Meyeri. . . . . 92 Leptogium tremelloides 29 Leptolejeunea elliptica 90 Leskea 93, 94 “ tristis 52 Leucobryum albidum 27 glaucum 63, 65, 66 sediforme 27 Leucodon brachypus 32, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67 julaceus 32 Leucolejeunea clypeata 90 conchifolia 90 unciloba 90 “ xanthocarpa 90 Lobaria amplissima 30 “ pulmonaria 31 Lopadium pezizoideum 31 Lophocolea alata 88 bidentata 88 cuspidata 88 heterophylla 88 Leiboldii 88 “ Martiana 88 “ minor 28, 88 Lopholejeunea Muelleriana 90 Sagraeana 90 Lophozia alpestris 88 “ attenuata 88 badensis 88 barbata 88 bicrenata 88 Binsteadii 88 confertifolia 88 elongata 88 Lophozia excisa 88 “ Floerkei.. 88 grandiretis. 88 guttulata 88 harpanthoides 88 “ Hatcheri 88 heterocolpa 88 Hornschuchiana 88 incisa 88 inflata 88 “ Jenseni 88 “ Kaurini 88 Kunzeana 88 longiflora 88 longidens 88 lycopodioides : . . 88 marchica 88 Mildeana 88 “ MuellerL 88 murmanica 88 “ obtusa 88 porphyroleuca 51, 88 quadriloba 88 quinquedentata 88 Rutheana 88 “ Wenzelii 88 Lophozia Vahliana 88 ventricosa 88 violascens 88 Lunularia cruciata 87 M acromitrium 17 Marchantia 33, 34 Berteroiana 34 Bescherellei 34 breviloba 34 chenopoda 34 disjuncta 34 domingensis 34, 87 papillata. 34 “ plicata 34 polymorpha 34, 87 Marsupella apiculata. 88 aquatica 88 arctica 88 Bolanderi 88 condensata 88 emarginata 88 groenlandica 88 sparsifolia 88 sphacelata 88 Sullivantii 88 ustulata 88 Mastigolejeunea auriculata 90 Megalospora 17 Mesoptychia Sahlbergii 88 Meteorium scariosum 49 Metzgeria angusta 87 conjugata 87 crassipilis 87 fruticulosa 87 furcata 87 hamata 87 “ . myriopoda 87 pubescens 87 uncigera 87 Microlejeunea affine 63, 66 bullata 89 Cardoti 89 laetevirens . 89 Ruthii 89 ulicina 89 Mnium cuspidatum 27, 63, 94 “ punctatum 64, 66 “ spinosum . 35 “ spinulosum 35 Mycoblastus sanguinarius 31 Mylia anomala . . 88 “ Taylori 88 Myrica Gale 55 Nardia •- 88 “ biformis 88 “ Breidleri 88 “ compressa 88 “ crenulata 88 “ crenuliformis 88 “ fossombronioides 88 “ Geoscyphus 88 “ hyalina 88 “ Lescurii 88 “ obovata 88 “ scalaris 88 Neckeraceae 83 Neckera 17 “ complanata var. maxima. . 92 “ jamaicensis 28 “ pennata 64, 66, 67 “ scariosa 49 “ undulata 28, 36 Neckeropsis Lepineana 95 truncata 95 Neesiella pilosa 87 “ rupestris 87 Notothylas Breutelii 90 orbicularis 90 Octoblepharum albidum 95 Octodiceras Julianum 25, 52, 60, 61, 62 (PI. XXVI, figs, a, 1, 2) Octodiceras Julianum var. ohioense 60,61,62 (PI. XXVI, figs. 3-6) Odontoschisma denudatum 89 elongatum 89 Gibbsiae 89 Odontoschisma Macounii 89 prostratum 89 Sphagni 89 Omphalaria 93 Orthodontium gracile 24 Oxymitria androgyna 87 Oxy rrhy nchi um 17 Pallavicinia Blyttii 87 Flotowiana 88 hibernica 88 Lyellii 88 Pannaria lanuginosa 31 . Papillaria africana 92 Parmelia Borreri 31 “ rudecta 29 “ caperata 29, 31 cetrata 31 “ crinita pilosella 29, 31 “ dubia 31 exasperata 31 ‘ ‘ olivacea 31 “ aspidota 31 olivaria 31 perlata 29, 31 pertusa 31 physodes 31 “ rudecta 31 “ saxatilis 29, 31 “ sulcata 30 “ sulcata 30, 31 Pellia epiphylla 88 “ Fabroniana 88 “ Neesiana 88 Peltigera apthosa. 31, 94 “ canina 30, 31 Peltolepis grandis 87 Pertusaria communis 31, 93 globularis 31 globulifera 31 lacunosum 32 Oakesianum 32 multipuncta 30 velata 31 “ Wulfenii 31 Philonotis PI. XVI, fig. 1 “ caespitosa var. laxa 24 “ calcarea 25, 52 “ fontana 63 “ speirophylla 92 Physcia aquila 30 “ detonsa 31 “ leucomela 50 Physcomitrella patens 68 Physcomitrium turbinatum 27, 88 Pilotrichella pilifolia 95 profusicaulis 92 Pinnatella Engleri 92,95 Pinus rigida Placodium citrinum Plagiochasma rupestre Wrightii. . . . Plagiochila alaskana arctica asplenioides Austini columbiana. . . . florida-na Fryei. ludoviciana .... “ Smallii . . Sullivantii undata virginica Plagiothecium denticulatum striatellum . . sylvaticum . . Platysma ciliare Pleuroclada albescens Pleuropsis sericeus Pleuropus Pleurozia purpurea Pogonatum tenue 63, Pohlia afrocruda “ elongata 64, “ nutans Polytrichum commune keniae ohioense. .. 63,64,65, piliferum Porella Bolanderi “ laevigata “ navicularis “ pinnata “ platyphylla 89, ‘ ‘ platyphylloidea “ rivularis “ Roellii “ Swartziana “ wataugensis Porotrichum 83, alopecurum Laurentia Prasanthus suecicus Preissia quadrata Pseudopohlia Pterogonium ornithopodioides Pterygophyllum acuminatum Ptilidium californicum ciliare pulcherrimum Ptychocoleus heterophyllus . . . . 68, Ptychomitrium incurvum Pylaisia Schimperi 66 Pyxine sorediata 30, 31 Radula arctica 89 “ australis 89 “ Bolanderi 89 “ complanata 56, 89 “ flaccida 89 “ Hallii . 89 “ Lescurii 89 uLAAJiuud. o'-') o/» oy (PL XXV, figs. 1-11) “ polyclada 89 “ Sullivantii 89 “ tenax 89 Ramalina farinacea 30 Raphidostegium Kegelianum 28 subpinnatum 28 Reboulia hemispherica 87 Rectolejeunea Berteroana. 90 Brittoniae 90 Maxonii 68, 90 phylloloba 90 Rhabdoweisia crispata 63,65 Rhabdoweisiella 17 Rhacocarpus Humboldtii 92 Rhacomitrium aciculare 14,66 , " affine 3, 6, 7 (PL VI, figs. 1-11), 14 affine obtusum 6 alare . 92 alopecurum ........ 6 alternatum 6 brevipes 3 durum 92 canescens 9, 10 (PL VIII, figs. 1-9), 14 canescens epilosum 9, 10 (PL IX, figs. 1-2) canescens ericoides 9,11 (PL X, figs. 1-4) canescens lutescens 7 muticum 9 cyclodictyon 1 (PL I, figs. 1-8), 6, 14 defoliatum 92 depressum 14 ericoides 9 fasciculare 14, 15 (PL XIV, figs. 1-6), 16 heterostichum 1 (PL II, figs. 1-6), 3, 14 heterostichum alo- pecurum 6 heterostichum graci- lescens 6 50 93 87 87 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 94 66 66 66 31 89 92 17 89 64 92 66 66 64 92 66 29 89 89 89 89 94 89 89 89 89 89 84 24 95 88 87 1 7 92 19 89 89 89 90 6 7 — X Rhacomitrium heterostichum mi- crocarpum 1 1 heterostichum occi- dentale 3 hypnoides 1 1 lanuginosum 11, 12 (PL XI, figs. 1-8), 14 Macounii 3, 5 (PL V, figs. 1-13), 6, 14 microcarpum 11, 13 (PL XII, figs. 1-10), 14 microcarpum Palm- en 13 micropus 3 obtusum 6 occidentale 3 oreganum... 7 Palmeri 13, 14, 15 (PL XIII, figs. 1-7) patens 14 ramulosum 11 robustifolium ...... 6 speciosum 7 sudeticum 3, 4 (PL III, figs. 1-9), 14, 52 sudeticum occiden- tale 3, 4 (PL IV, figs. 1-4) tenuinerve.. 13 varium 7, 8 (PL VII, figs. 1-15), 14 Rhacopilum speluncae 95 marginatum. . 95 ugandae 95 Rhizogonium spiniforme 28 Rhodobryum roseum 63. 64, 66, 94, 95 spathulosifolium 92 Rhynchostegiella keniae 92 Rhynchostegium serrulatum. . . 28, 63 Riccardia latifrons 87 major 87 multifida 87 palmata 87 “ pinguis 87 sinuata 87 Ricciaalbida 87 “ americana.. 87 “ arvensis 87 “ Austini 87 “ Beyrichiana 87 “ calif ornica 87 “ Campbelliana 87 “ catalinae . 87 “ Curtisii 87 “ dictyospora 87 Riccia Donnellii 87 “ Frostii 51, 87 “ glauca 87 “ hirta . 87 “ McAllisteri: 87 “ nigrella... 87 “ sorocarpa 87 “ trichocarpa 87 Ricciella crystallina 87 “ fluitans 87 “ Huebeneriana 87 “ membranacea 87 Sullivantii 87 Ricciocarpus natans 87 Riella americana 87 Sauteria alpina 87 Scalia Hookeri 51, 88 Scapania aequiloba 89 “ americana 89 “ apiculata 89 Bolanderi . . 89 “ compacta 89 “ convexula 89 “ cordifolia 89 “ curta 28, 89 “ cuspiduligera 89 “ dentata... 89 Evansii 89 “ glaucocephala 89 “ heterophylla 89 “ irrigua 89 Kaurini 89 “ nemorosa 89 “ Oakesii 89 “ obliqua 89 paludicola 89 “ paludosa 89 purpurascens 78 “ spitzbergensis 89 “ subalpina 89 uliginosa 89 “ umbrosa 89 “ undulata 89 Schisma juniperina 67 Schistocheila appendiculata 85 Sciaromium Lescurii 66 Schlotheimia Grevilliana 95 Sematophyllum carolinianum . . 63, 66 recurvans... 63, 65, 66 subpennatum 28 Sendtnera juniperina 67 Solorina crocea. 96 “ saccata 24 Sphaerocarpus 21 cristatus 87 Donnellii 8 7 — XI — Sphaerocarpus hians 87 texanus 87 Sphagnum 19, 37, 53, 54, 69, 81-83, 90-91 acutifolium 48, 77 “ var. pallescens. . 72 “ rubrum .... 72 amblyphyllum 74 Angstroemii 42, 43 (PI. •XX, figs. 1, 2, 10, 11) balticum 44 Bolanderi. 44 capillaceum 28, 47 (PI. XXIII, figs. 1, 3, 5, 8), 48, 76, 77, 78 (PI. XXVII, %s. 3, 4) capillaceum var. tenellum 28, 47 (PI. XXIII, fig. 4), 48 compactum. .40 (PI. XVIII, figs. 4, 12), 41, 54, 73 “ var. subsquarrosum . 72 contortum 41, 75 cymbifolium 38, 72 “ var. laeve 72 dasyphyllum 41 Dusenii 28, 41, 42 (PI. XIX, figs. 3- 6, 9) fimbriatum 44, 45 (PI. XXI, figs. 1, 2, 8, 9) fuscum 46 (PI. XXII, figs. 1, 2, 8, 11), 48, 75 fuscum var. fuscescens 72, 76 Girgensohnii. . . .45, 46 (PI. XXII, figs. 5,6, 13), 72, 75, 77, 78 (PI. XXVII, fig. 4) imbricatum 38, 40 (PI. XVIII, figs. 5) 10, 11), 54. 55. 56, 82 intermedium 38 Keniae 92 laricinum 75 Lindbergii. .44, 45 (PI. XXI, figs- 3. 5. 7. 10) magellanicum. . .38, 39 (PI. XVII, figs. 1, 2, 3, 9), 54, 56, 65, 72, 73, 75, 77, 78 (PI. XXVII, fig. 4) magellanicum f. subbicolor 73,75 medium 38, 72 “ var. laeve f. purpur- ascens 72 Mehneri 45 mendocinum 42. (PI. XX, figs. 4, 8, 13), 44 microp'hyllum 44 Sphagnum mobilense 41 molluscum 41 obesum 41 orlandense 41 palustre. .38, 39 (PI. XVII, figs. 5-7), 54, 55, 56, 67, 82 papillosum. .. .38, 39 (PI. XVII, figs. 4, 8), 54, 55, 56, 82,83 Pappeanum 92 parvifolium 74 platyphyllum 41 plicatum 41 plumulosum 47 (PI. XXIII, . figs. 2, 6, 7), 48 quinquefarium 65, 67 recurvum. .40 (PI. XVIII, 3, 6, 8, 14), 41,74, 96 recurvum tenue. . . .40 (PI. XVIII, fig. 7), 41, 74 rigidum * . 73 riparium . . 43 (PI. XX, figs. 3, 9, 12), 44 robustum.. 46 (PI. XXII, figs. 4, 7, 12), 75 rufescens 41 Rugegense var. papilles- cens 92 Russowii •. . 46,75 simile 41 squarrosum. . 44, 45 (PI. XXI, figs. 4, 6, 1 1), 54, 73 sqUarrosulum 44, 74 subnitens 48 subsecundum.. 41, 42 (PI. XIX, figs. 1, 2, 7, 8), 72, 75 strictum 54,75,96 tenellum. . 41, 42 (PI. XIX, figs. 4, 5, 10), 48 teres.. 42 (PI. XX, figs. 5, 6, 7, 14), 44, 74 “ var. squarrosulum . . . 72 turfaceum 38 vancouveriense 48 Warnstorfii. . 46 (PI. XXII, figs. 3, 9, 10), 48, 76 Wulfianum.. 38, 40 (PI. XVIII, figs. 1, 2, 9, 13), 73, 77, 78 (PI. XXVII, fig. 4) Sphenolobus ascendens 51 exsectaeformis 88 exsectus 88 groenlandicus 88 Hellerianus 88 Xll — Sphenolobus Michauxii 88 minutus 88 politus. 88 saxicola 88 scitulus 88 Staurothele umbrina 93 Stereocaulon paschale 32 Stereodon cupressiformis 92 Stereodontopsis . . . . . 17 Sticta amplissima 30 Swartzia inclinata 28 Syrrhopodon . 17 floridanus 27 Targionia hypophylla 87 Taxilejeunea erosifolia 90 obtusangula 90 Temnoma setiforme 89 Tetraplodon bryoides 92 Thamnium 51, 83, 84 alleghenien.se 67 Hildebrandtii . 92 pennaeforme. 95 Thamnobryum 51, 83, 84 Thuidium 17 “ delicatulum. . . 63, 65, 66, 67 “ laevipes 95 “ pallidisetum 95 “ scitum 63 Tortula erubescens 92, 95 “ Cavalli... 92 “ flagellaris 93 11 var. densiretis. ... 9^ “ mucronifolia 28 “ perflaccida 93 “ ruralis 28 Trematodon longicollis 27 intermedius . . . 95 Trichocolea tomentella. . . . 89 Trichostelium 17 Ulota Hutchinsiae 63, 64, 65 “ phyllantha 28 “ ulophylla 63 Umbilicaria Dillenii 30 Muhlenbergii . . • • • • 3°> 32 pustulata 30 Urceolaria scruposa ....... 18 Usnea angulata ....... 50 “ florida .. 32 Vaccinium macrocarpum . . . 55 Vesicularia sphaerocarpa . . . 95 Verrucaria muralis 93 Webera sessilis . . 66 Weisia longiseta . . . . 27 “ viridula 63 Woodsia obtusa ....... 94 INDEX TO TITLES Additions to the List of Bryophytes from Cape Breton. George E. Nichols 28-29 Address List. S. M. S. Edward B. Chamberlain. 23-24 African Expedition, The Mosses Collected by the Smithsonian, 1909-19 10. [Note on article by N. H. Dixon.] O. E. J[ennings] 91-92 American Red Cross, The, Wants Information Regarding Supplies of Sur- gical Sphagnum. George E. Nichols. 81-83 Annual Reports, see Sullivant Moss Society 23-24 Anthoceros, Growth of Isolated Sporophore. [Note on article by D. H. Campbell.] E. B. C[hamberlain] 16 Berkshire Hills, Massachusetts, Lichens of the. Stewart H. Burnham. . . 29-32 Cape Breton, Additions to the List of Bryophytes from. George E. Nichols 28-29 Carolina, North, A Collection of Mosses from. A. LeRoy Andrews 61-67 Catkin-Hypnum, The, with long Hoses. E. G. Britton 32 “ Chatubinskia” A Further Correction. H. N. Dixon 80-81 Chilean Mosses, see Theriot. Cincinnati Region, see Vegetation on Conglomerate. Claassen on Lichens of Northern Ohio. [Note.] O. E. J[ennings] 96 Collection, A, of Mosses from North Carolina. A. LeRoy Andrews 61-67 Collemaceae , A New Genus and Species of the. [Note on article by Bruce Fink.] O. E. J[ennings] . 95 Conglomerate Rocks, see Vegetation on. Current Literature 51 — - Xlll — Ellen Hutchins — A Biographical Sketch. W. H. Pearson 78-80 Ephemerum, A Station for, near New York City. Daisy J. Levy 33 Evans on New England Hepatics. [Note on.] E. B. C[hamberlain] 51 Exchange Department 24, 36, 52, 68, 84, 96 Exchange List of Hepaticae, Sullivant Moss Society, Found in the United States, Canada, and Arctic America. Caroline C. Haynes and Alexander W. Evans 87-90 Florida, Mosses from, Collected by Severin Rapp. Elizabeth G. Britton 27-28 Guessow on Holding. Lens. [Note on.] O. E. J[ennings] 17-18 Hepaticae, Exchange List of, see Exchange List. Herberta. [Note on article by A. W. Evans.] E. B. C[hamberlain] 16 Hutchins, Ellen — A Biographical Sketch. W. H. Pearson. 78-80 Hybrid Moss. [Note on article by A. LeRoy Andrews.] E. B. C[hamberlain] 68 Illustrated Key to the Western Sphagnaceae. T. C. Frye 37-48 Jagerinopsis squarrosa, N. Sp. E. G. Britton 48-50 Jamaican Lichens, see Riddle. Lejeuneae, Four New Species of. [Note on article by A. W. Evans.] E. B. C[hamberlain] 16 Lens, Method of Holding. [Note on Guessow’s article.] O. E. J[ennings] 17-18 Levier, Dr. Emil, A Reminiscence of the late. Wm. Edw. Nicholson. . . . 85-86 Lichens for Nantucket, More. [Note on article by R. Heber Howe, Jr.] O. E. J[ennings] ; 96 Lichens of Northern Ohio, Claassen on. [Note.] O. E. J[ennings] 96 Lichens of the Berkshire Hills, Massachusetts. Stewart H. Burnham. . . 29-32 Lichens of the Mt. Monadnock Region, N. H. — No. 10. Thomas Durfee. . . 18 Literature, Notes on Recent Bryological 16-18, 51, 67-68, 90-96 Luisier on Bryology of Madeira. [Notes on.] E. B. C[hamberlain] 16-17 Machado on Portuguese Mosses. [Note on.] ' E. B. C[hamberlain] ......... 16 Madeira, Bryology of, see Luisier. Marchantia, The American Species of. Review by Caroline C. Haynes . . 33-34 Miscellaneous Notes 35-36 Mitten Lichen Herbarium, The William 96 Mnium spinosum, On the Unsymmetric Structure of the Leaves of. [Review by Edward B. Chamberlain] . 35 Mosses as Rock Builders. W. H. Emig 25-27 Mosses from Florida Collected by Severin Rapp. Elizabeth G. Britton. 27-28 Mosses from North Carolina, A Collection of. A. LeRoy Andrews 61-67 Mosses of Northwestern Ontario, Notes on the. I. Sphagnum. O. E. Jen- nings 69-78 Mt. Monadnock Region, N. H., Lichens of. — No. 10. Thomas Durfee 18 Nantucket Lichens. [Note on article by R. Heber Howe, Jr.] E. B. Cham- berlain] 51 Nantucket, More Lichens for. [Note on article by R. Heber Howe, Jr.] O. E. J[ennings] 96 New England Hepatics, see Evans. Nieuwland on Thamnium. [Note on.] E. B. C[hamberlain] 51 Notes, Miscellaneous 35-36 Notes on Radula obconica. Annie Lorenz 56-59 Notes on Recent Bryological Literature 16-18, 51, 67-68, 90-96 Notes on the Mosses of Northwestern Ontario. I. Sphagnum. O. E. Jen- nings 69-78 Octodiceras Julianum var. ohioense, New Variety. W. H. Emig 60-62 Ohio, Northern, Claassen on Lichens of. [Note.] O. E. J[ennings] 96 Ontario, Notes on the Mosses of Northwestern. I. Sphagnum. O. E. Jen- nings 69-78 Organic Substances, Certain, Assimilated by Ceratodon purpureus. [Note on article by W. J. Robbins.] O. E. J[ennings] 86 — XIV — Philippine Mosses, see Williams. Porotrichum not Thamnobryum. Elizabeth G. Britton 83-84 Portuguese Mosses, see Machado. Portuguese Mosses, see Sampaio. Predigested Cladonias. [Note on article by Rudolph M. Anderson.] O. E. J[ennings] . 94 Radula obconica, Notes on Annie Lorenz 56-59 Ranges, Some Extensions of. Lincoln W. Riddle 50 Reminiscence, A, of the late Dr. Emil Levier. Wm. Edw. Nicholson. . . . 85-86 Reviews — The American Species of Marchantia, by Alexander W. Evans. Caroline C. Haynes 33-34 On the Unsymmetric Structure of the Leaves of Mnium spinosum, by Jacqyes Pottier. E[dward] B. C[hamberlain] 35 Rhacomitriums, The, of Western North America. T. C. Frye. . : 1-16 Riddle on Cushman’s Jamaican Lichens. [Note on.] E. B. C[hamberlain] . 17 Rock Builders, Mosses as. W. H. Emig 25 Sampaio’s List of Portuguese Lichens. [Note on.] E. B. C[hamberlain] . . 51 Some Extensions of Ranges. Lincoln W. Riddle 50 Sphagnaceae, Illustrated Key to the Western. T. C. Frye 37-48 Sphagnum as a Surgical Dressing. [Note on article by J. W. Hotson.] O. E. J[ennings]. 90-91 Sphagnum , Surgical, The American Red Cross Wants Information Regarding Supplies of. George E. Nichols 81-83 Stirling Herbarium, The 96 Sullivant Moss Society Notes. Edward B. Chamberlain, r 52, 84 Sullivant Moss Society. Annual Reports. Report of the President. Elizabeth G. Britton. . 19 Report of the Secretary-Treasurer. Edward B. Chamberlain 19-21 Report of the Moss Department for 1917. George B. Kaiser 21 Report of the Curator of the Hepatic Herbarium. George H. Conklin 19-22 Report of the Lichen Department for 1917. Charles C. Plitt 22-23 Theriot on Some Chilean Mosses. [Note on article by I. Theriot.] O. E. Jfennings] 92-93 Uganda Mosses Collected by R. Duemmer and Others. [Note on article by H. N. Dixon.] E. O. Jfennings] 95 Vegetation on Conglomerate Rocks in Cincinnati Region. [Notes on article by Lucy E. Braun.] O. E. J[ennings] 93_94 War Work for Bryologists. George E. Nichols 53-56 Williams on Philippine Mosses. [Note on.] O. E. J[ennings] 17 INDEX TO AUTHORS Andrews, A. LeRoy 61-67 Britton, Elizabeth G. 19, 27-28, 32, 48-50, 83-84 Burnham, Stewart H. ........ . 29-32 Chamberlain, Edward B. 16-17, x9~ 21, 23-24, 35, 51, 52, 68, 84 Conklin, George H 19-22 Durfee, Thomas 18 Dixon, H. N 80-81 Emig, W. H 25-27, 60-62 Evans, Alexander W., and Haynes, Caroline C 87-90 Frye, T. C 1-16, 37-48 Haynes, Caroline C 33-34 Haynes, Caroline C., and Evans, Alexander W 87-90 Jennings, O. E. 17-18, 69-78, 86, 90— 92, 93-96 Kaiser, George H 21 Levy, Daisy J 33 Lorenz, Annie 56-59 Nichols, George E. 28-29, 53-56, 81-83 Nicholson, Wm. Edw 85-86 Pearson, W. H 78-80 Plitt, Charles C 22-23 Riddle, Lincoln W . 50 — xv — INDEX TO PLATES AND FIGURES Didymodon PI. XVI, fig. I tophaceus PI. XVI, figs. 1-6 Jagerinopsis squarrosa PI. XXIV, figs. 1-7 (p. 49) Map of part of Northwestern Ontario. ... P. 72 Nipigon Region, Ont. (Plant habitats)., PI. XXVII, figs. 1-5 Octodiceras Julianum PI. XXVI, figs, a, 1, 2 (p. 62) “ var. ohioense PI. XXVI, figs. 3-6 (p. 62) Philonotis PI. XVI, fig. 1 Radula obconica.' PI. XXV, figs. 1-11 (p. 59) Rhacomitrium affine. r PI. VI, figs, r-11 (p. 7) canescens PI. VIII, figs. 1-9 (p. 10) “ epilosum PI. IX, figs. 1-2 (p. 10) “ ericoides PI. X, figs. 1-4 (p. 11) cyclodictyon PI. I, figs. 1-8 (p. 1) fasciculare PI. XIV, figs. 1-6 (p. 15) heterostichum PI. II, figs. 1-6 (p. 2) lanuginosum PI. XI, figs. 1-8 (p. 12) Macounii PI. V, figs. 1-13 (p. 5) microcarpum PI. XII, figs. 1-10 (p. 13) Palmeri PI. XIII, figs. 1-7 (p. 15) sudeticum PI. Ill, figs. 1-9 (p. 4) “ occidentale PI. IV, figs 1-4 (p 4) “ varium... PI VII, figs 1-15 (p 8) Sphagnum Angstroemii PI. XX, figs. 1,2, 10, 11 (p. 43) capillaceum PI. XXIII, figs. 1, 3, 5, 8 (p. 47) and PI. XXVII, figs. 3, 4 var. tenellum PI. XXIII, fig. 4 (p. 47) compactum PI. XVIII, figs. 4, 12 (p. 40) Dusenii PI. XIX, figs. 3, 6, 9 (p. 42) fimbriatum PI. XXI, figs. 1, 2, 8, 9 (p. 45) fuscum PI. XXII, figs. 1, 2, 8, 11 (p. 46) Girgensohnii PI. XXII, figs. 5, 6, 13 (p. 46) and PI. XXVII, fig. 4 imbricatum PI. XVIII, figs. 5, 10, 11 (p. 40) Lindbergii PI. XXI, figs. 3, 5, 7, 10 (p. 45) magellanicum PI. XVII, figs. 1, 2, 3, 9 (p. 39) and PI. XXVII, fig. 4 mendocinum PI. XX, figs. 4, 8, 13 (p. 43) papillosum PI. XVII, figs. 4, 8 (p. 39) palustre PI. XVII, figs. 5-7 (p. 39) plumulosum PI. XXIII, figs. 2, 6, 7 (p. 47) recurvum PI. XVIII, figs. 3, 6, 8, 14 (p. 40) “ tenue. PI. XVIII, fig. 7 (p. 40) riparium PI. XX, figs. 3, 9, 12 (p. 43) robustum PI. XXII, figs. 4, 7, 12 (p. 46) squarrosum PI. XXI, figs. 4, 6, 11 (p. 45) subsecundum PI. XIX, figs. 1, 2, 7, 8 (p. 42) tenellum PI. XIX, figs. 4, 5, 10 (p. 42) teres * PI. XX, figs. 5, 6, 7, 14 (p. 34) Warnstorfii PI. XXII, figs. 3, 9, 10 (p. 46) Wulfianum PI. XVIII, figs. 1, 2, 9, 13 (p. 40) and PI. XXVII, fig. 4 Travertine Falls, Falls Creek, Okla PI. XVI, fig. 1 Turner Falls, Okla. (travertine falls) PI. XVI, fig. 2 — XVI ERRATA Page 17, line 26, for and read and. Page 24, line 16, for Solarina read Solorina. Page 36, line 22, for forma read forma. Page 60, line 27, for Ohioense read ohioense. Page 61, line 10 from bottom, for Ohioense read ohioense. Facing page 63, on Plate XXVI, for Ohioense read ohioense. Page 90, line 1, for Pytchocoleus read Ptychocoleus. Page 91, last line, for t opical read tropical. Page 92, lines 5, 8, and 9, for Keniae read keniae. VOLUME XXI NUMBER 1 N© JANUARY, 1918 YOLOGIS JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted and Published for the Society by O. E. JENNINGS, PL.D., Editor-in-CKief Associate Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT, Pb.D. GEORGE N. BEST, M.D. JOHN M. HOLZINGER, M.S. ALEXANDER W. EVANS, Pb.D. LINCOLN W. RIDDLE, Ph.D. The Rhacomitriums of Western North America [concluded] T. C. Frye / Notes on Recent Rryological Literature 16 Miscellaneous Notes 17 Lichens of the Mt. Monainock Region, N. H. — No. 10 18 Annual Reports — Sullivan! Moss Society — 1917 18 Address List — Sullivant Moss Society 23 Exchange Department 24 "Entered as second-class matter August 21st, 1913, at tbe Post Office at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, under tbe Act of Marcb 3, 1879." Copyright, 1918, by Edward B. Chamberlain The November number of THE BRYOLOGIST was published December 5, 1917 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE. LANCASTER. PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal of THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription in the United States, $1.25 per year; in all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Single copies, 25 cents. Vols. I-XX, 1898-1917, $29.25. TEN YEAR INDEX, $i.oo Checks, except New York City, MUST contain io cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 1 8 West 89th Street, New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President — Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President — Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N. Y. Secretary-Treasurer — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 18 W. 89th Street New York City. Curators of Herbaria — Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses , 508 Locust Avenue, Germantown, Pa.; Miss C. C. Haynes, pro tern., Hepatics, Highlands, N. J.; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. All material for identification should be sent to the respective curators, also all correspondence relating to the Exchange Department. THE BRYOLOGIST Vol. XXI January, 1918 No. 1 THE RHACOMITRIUMS OF WESTERN NORTH AMERICA [ Concluded ] T. C. Frye 4. Rhacomitrium cyclodictyon Card. & Ther. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. 4: 308. 1902. Plants densely caespitose, small, blackish-brown or reddish-brown. Stems depressed, 6 cm. or less long, pinnately much-branched; branches crowded, erect, short, 3-5 mm. long; short tuft-like lateral branches wholly wanting. Leaves when dry suberect, hardly flexuous; when moist erecto-patent ; up to 1.25 mm. long, up to .5 mm. wide, ovate-lanceolate, muticous; margin entire, revolute below, only 1 cell thick throughout; vein somewhat slender, 35-40/* Plate I Rhacomitrium cyclodictyon. (1) Plant, Xi. (2) Leaf-tip, X400. (3) Leaf, X17. (4) Leaf, X90. (5) Capsule, X17. (6) Cells of leaf-base, X400. (7) Cells of leaf-middle, X400. (8) Part cross section of leaf near its tip, X400. The November number of The Bryologist was published December 5, 1917. — 2 thick, vanishing below the apex, its cells in cross section subequal. Cells of leaf-base near the vein somewhat rectangular or sublinear, not sinuose; cells of leaf-tip and leaf-middle round or short-ovate, 8-12^ wide, incrassate at the side, smooth but convex on both sides of the leaf, very strongly convex on the upper side. Perichaetial leaves much larger than the others, at base somewhat subvaginate, long-acuminate, erect when moist. Seta short, purple but finally blackish, twisted to the right when dry, about 5 mm. long. Capsule erect, narrowly cylindric, 1.5 mm. long, .3 mm. in diameter. Spores minutely granulose, 16-ijn in diameter. Otherwise unknown. — Known only from Muir Glacier, Alaska. Type material was kindly lent by the Missouri Botanical Garden. It con- tained only 2 capsules, both mature, without teeth. There was no mature calyptra nor lid. Cardot & Theriot evidently also lacked these. There is some doubt whether it is a Rhacomitrium at all. The leaf-cells look more like those of Grimmia, but the capsule is rather long for that genus. The final disposition of the plant will likely have to await specimens with peristome. 5. Rhacomitrium heterostichum (Hedw.) Brid. Mant. p. 79. 1819. Plants green to grayish-green. Stems up to 6 cm. long; elongated branches none to few per plant, short tuft-like lateral branches none to fairly common. Rhacomitrium, heterostichum. (1) Plant, Xi. (2) Cells of leaf-middle, X400. (3) Leaf, Xi7- (4) Leaf-tip, X200. (5) Capsule, Xi7- (6) Cross section of margin in upper part of leaf, X550. Plate II — 3 — Leaves lanceolate, about 2.4 mm. long, loosely appressed when dry, recurved when moist, nearly all hyaline pointed; surfaces nearly smooth; margin 1 cell thick throughout. Cells of leaf-tip isodiametric, of leaf-middle rectangular, of leaf-base linear. Dioicous. Calyptra somewhat rough on the beak. Seta 5-8 mm. long, twisted to the right. Capsule erect, cylindric or almost club- shaped, its body 2-2.4 mm. long; lid half as long as capsule-body, its beak straight; annulus of 2-3 rows of cells. Peristome-teeth .25-45 mm. long, densely papil- lose, split to the -base into 2 divisions. Spores 14-18/4 in diameter. — Alaska and Yukon to Oregon and Colorado. R. heterostichum together with R. sudeticum, R. affine and R. macounii con- stitute a very closely related group. It is doubtful whether the last 3 named are sufficiently distinct from R. heterostichum to merit specific rank. All differ from R. heterostichum in having the margin in the upper part of the leaf more than 1 cell thick. 6. Rhacomitrtum sudeticum (Funk) B. S. G. Bryol. Eur., fasc. 25-28. 1845. Plants green to blackish-green. Stems up to 15 cm. long; elongated branches few, short tuft-like lateral branches none to few. Leaves lanceolate, almost smooth, mostly with short denticulate hyaline points with or without surface denticulations; margin 2 cells thick at least in the upper part of the leaf. Cells of the leaf-tip round-quadrate, those below the leaf-middle gradually longer, of the leaf-base linear; marginal row at base quadratic to rectangular, almost hyaline. Dioicous. Seta 2-3 mm. long, twisted to the right. Capsule erect, oval, smooth, its body 1.2-1.5 mm. long; lid about % the length of the capsule- body, straight-beaked. Peristome-teeth about .4 mm. long, densely papillose. Spores 10-18/4 in diameter. Macoun’s numbers 156 from McLeod Lake, and 404 and 405 from Rogers Pass, distributed as R. affine , are referred here. Typical. 1. None of the leaves with denticulations on the surface of the hyaline points. ■ — Alaska and Yukon to Oregon and Idaho. 6a. Rhacomitrium sudeCcum occidentale (R. & C.) n. comb. [R. hetero- stichum occidentale R. & C. Bot. Gaz. 15: 41, 1890; R. occidentale R. & C.; R. hrevipes Kindb.; R. micropus Kindb.] 1. At least some of the leaves with denticulations on the surface of the hya- line points. — British Columbia to Oregon. The surface denticulations seem to constitute about the only distinction that one can depend upon to separate the variety, and even that leaves one in doubt at times. The leaf-margin is 2 cells thick toward the tip. This removes it from R. heterostichum and allies it with the other members of this complex. It lacks the short tuft-like lateral branches of R. affine , and its leaf-tips are much more like those of R. sudeticum than like those of R. macounii. It is therefore placed as a variety of R. sudeticum. It might be recognized as a species; but the writer is inclined to believe that it, R. sudeticum, R. affine, and R. macounii are all largely if not entirely environmental forms of the same thing. Rhacomitrium sudeticum. (i) Plant, Xi- (2) Cross section of leaf-margin near tip, X550. (3) Cells of leaf-middle, X400. (4), (5) Leaves, X17. (6) Cells of leaf-base, X400. (7) Cross section of leaf -margin between tip and middle, XSSO- (8) Leaf-tip, X 200. (9) Capsule, X 17- Plate IV Rhacomitrium sudeticum occidentale. (r) Cross section of leaf-margin near tip, XSSO. (2) Plant, X17. (3) Capsule, X17. (4) Leaf-tip; (d) Surface denticulation, X200. — 5 — Plate V Rhacomitrium macounii. (i) Plant, Xi. (2), (3) Leaves, X17. (4) Leaf-tip without hyaline point, X400. (s) Leaf-tip with hyaline point of only 3 cells, X400. (6), (7) Capsules, Xi7- (8) Leaf-tip with typical hyaline point, X200. (9) Cells of leaf-middle, X400. (xo) Cross section of leaf-margin near tip, X400. (11) Capsule, X17. (12) Cells of leaf-base, Xi7* (13) Cross section of leaf-margin in upper part, XS50. — 6 — 7- Rhacomitrium macounii Kindb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 16: 93. 1889. [R. alternatum C. M. & Kindb.; R. robustifolium Kindb.] Plants green to brownish or blackish. Stems up to 7 cm. long; elongated branches few or none, short tuft-like lateral branches none or occasional. Leaves ovate-lanceolate; when dry loose, crispate, nearly erect; when moist recurved; apex obtuse to acuminate; hyaline tip none, or short and smooth; margin of opaque portion entire, 2 cells thick toward the apex, erect on one side, erect or revolute on the other; costa extending to the apex or nearly so. Cells some- what sunken over the lumen; those near the leaf-tip isodiametric; those of the leaf-middle a little longer than wide; those of the leaf-base linear, sinuose; lower marginal row quadrate to rectangular, some of them hyaline. Seta twisted to the right, about 5 mm. long, smooth, straight, or nearly erect and contorted. Capsule oblong, dark brown, not striate; its body about 1.8 mm. long. Per- istome-teeth orange to brown, perforate or cleft to below the middle, smooth, about .26 mm. long.— British Columbia to Oregon. An examination of co-type material kindly lent by Professor J. M. Macoun shows that the leaf-margins are two cells thick near the tip instead of 1 cell thick throughout as described by Kindberg. Also the leaves are hardly smooth; the surface is quite sunken over the cell cavities. The larger plants usually show fewer recurved leaves when dry, and constitute what is known as R. robust- ifolium. But the leaf and capsule characteristics agree very closely. Here is referred Macoun’s number 245 from Mt. Arrowsmith, Vancouver Island, and distributed as R. robustifolium. 8. Rhacomitrium affine (Schleich.) Lindb. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 552. 1875. [R. alopecurum Brid.; R. heterostichum alopecurum Huebn.; R. obtusum Brid.; R. affine obtusum Limpr.; R. heterostichum gracilescens B. S. G. ; Grimmia obtusum Lindb.] Plants green to yellowish brown. Stems up to 5 cm. long; elongated branches few, short tuft-like lateral branches many. Leaves lanceolate, nearly smooth, recurved when moist; apex obtuse to acuminate, muticous to hyaline-pointed; margin denticulate along hyaline point, otherwise entire, 2 cells thick toward tip. Cells of leaf-tip mostly isodiametric although some longer, of the leaf- middle rectangular, of the leaf-base linear; alar cells few, small, isodiametric; vein disappearing somewhat below the apex. Dioicous. Calyptra somewhat rough on the beak. Seta 4-6 mm. long, twisted to the right. Capsule 1.7-2. 4 mm. long, cylindric; lid } ■/&—-}£ the length of the capsule-body; annulus of 2-3 rows of cells. Peristome-teeth .25~.32 mm. long, densely papillose, divided to below the middle into 2 divisions. — Alaska to Washington. The lack of hair points on some plants does not seem to warrant a variety. The gradation is close. It is very likely that the amount of hyaline tip depends upon the conditions under which the plant is growing; apparently drought favors more and longer hyaline tips. Here are referred Macoun’s number 98 from Unalaska, Alaska, and his number 622a from Nova Scotia. — 7 — Rhacomitrium affine, (i) Plant, Xi. (2) Leaf, X17. (3) Cross section of leaf-margin near tip, X55o. (4) Leaf-tip, X200. (5), (6) Capsules, X17. (7) Cells of leaf-base, X400. (8) Leaf-tip showing one of the longer hyaline points, Xioo. (9) Cells of the leaf-middle, X400. (10) Cells from near leaf-tip, X400. (11) Leaf-tip, X200, 9. Rhacomitrium varium (Mitt.) L. & J. Manual Mos. N. Amer. p. 150. 1884. [ R . canescens lutescens L. & J.; R. speciosum R. & C.; R. oreganum R. & C.] Plants dirty-green to yellowish-green, rather coarse. Stems up to 5 cm. long; elongated branches none to few, short tuft-like lateral branches none to many. Leaves lanceolate, muticous or hyaline-pointed; muticous ones obtuse, entire; hyaline point short, somewhat denticulate, usually present on upper leaves of branches but sometimes wholly lacking throughout the plant; margin 1 cell thick throughout. Upper opaque cells 1-4 times as long as wide, most of them elongated in the leaves having hyaline points; middle and basal cells 1-2 times as long as wide. Dioicous. Calyptra long-subulate, slightly rough at apex. Seta 10-14 mm. long, twisted to the right, smooth. Capsule cylindric, erect, smooth, somewhat plicate when very old; body 3. 3-3. 8 mm. long; lid nearly as long; annulus of 3 rows of cells. Peristome-teeth nearly smooth, 1.5- 1.7 mm. long. Spores 12-18^1. — Alaska to California. Plate VII Rhacomitrium varium. (i), (2), (3) Plant, Xt. (4) Cells of leaf-base, X400. (5) Cells of leaf-middle, X400. (6) Annulus, X105. (7) Leaf, X25. (8) Lid, X17. (9), (10) Capsules, X17. (ix) Leaf-tip, X300. (12) Leaf, X25. (13) Leaf-tip, X400. (14) Split tooth of peri- stome, X400. (15) Cross section of leaf margin near tip, X400. 8 — 9 — The longer plants are the most yellowish, but there is a gradual gradation. Some plants have many tuft-like lateral branches but most of them have several. Most plants have hyaline points on the leaves at the branch-tips, but some have all of the leaves muticous. The striking characteristic is the long capsule. The variability of the species has been the cause of considerable confusion in our western Rhacomitriums. The cells of the marginal row near the leaf-tip are isodiametric, so are also often a few cells in the tips of the muticous leaves; but otherwise opaque cells of the leaf-tips are nearly all 2 or more times as long as wide. This has been confusing in keys based on leaf-cells. C. Mueller was in error in reporting the annulus lacking. 10. Rhacomitrium canescens (Weis) Brid. Mant. p. 78. 1819. Plant yellowish-green or grayish-green. Stems up to 10 cm. long; elong- ated branches none to few, short tuft-like lateral branches none to rather numer- ous. Leaves lanceolate, papillose on both sides, usually most of them with hyaline points; hyaline point papillose, dentate, up to half the length of the leaf; papillae not paired, over the cell-cavity; margin 1 cell thick throughout. Green cells of the leaf-tip 1-2 times as long as wide, of the leaf-middle scarcely longer, of the leaf-base 4-6 times as long as wide. Dioicous. Calyptra very warty. Seta 7-25 mm. long, smooth, twisted to the left. Capsule elliptic, about 2 mm. long; lid as long as or longer than the body of the capsule. Peristome-teeth 1. 3-1. 6 mm. long, finely papillose, split to the base. Spores 8-10/x. 10a. Rhacomitrium canescens ericoides (Web.) B. S. G. Bryol. Eur., Fasc. 25-28, 1845. [R. ericoides Brid.] 1. Most of the leaves with hyaline points. 2. Plants yellowish green. 3. Short tuft-like lateral branches very numerous. — Alaska to Oregon and Montana. Typical. 1. Most of the leaves with hyaline points. 2. Plants green, not greatly yellow. 3. Short tuft-like lateral branches not very numerous. — Alaska and Yukon to California and Montana. 10b. Rhacomitrium canescens epilosum Milde, Bryol. Siles. p. 160. 1869. [R. canescens muticum Vent.; R. canescens muticum Kindb.] 1. None of the leaves with hyaline points, or a few with very short ones. 2. Plants green, not greatly yellow. 3. Short tuft-like lateral branches not very numerous. — Alaska to Wash- ington. Macoun’s descriptions of Rhacomitrium canescens muticum do not agree. In Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 17: 272, 1890, the costa is said to be wanting; in Cat. Canadian PI. 6: 77, 1892, the costa is said to be excurrent. Examination shows it to be excurrent in the longest leaves, and not reaching the apex in the shorter ones. There is nothing in the description to separate it from R. canescens epi- losum Milde; and while material of R. canescens epilosum has not been accessible, it is very likely that it is the same as Kindberg’s var. muticum. — io — Plate VIII Rhacomitrium canescens. (i) Plant, Xi. (2), (3) Leaves, X17. (4) Leaf, X25. (5) Cells of leaf-base, X400. (6) Cells of leaf-middle, X400. (7) Green cells of leaf-tip, X400. (8) Leaf- tip, X105. (9) Leaf-tip, X200. Rhacomitrium canescens epilosum. (1) Tip of rather blunt leaf, X400. (2) Tip of rather pointed leaf, X200. I — Plate X Rhacomitrium canescens ericoides. (i) Plant, Xi. (2) Capsule, X23. (3) Peristome-tooth, cleft, X80. (4) Cross section of leaf-margin just below hyaline tip, X400. 11. Rhacomitrium lanuginosum (Ehrh.) Brid. Mant. p. 79. 1819. [R. hypnoides Lindb.] Plants green to grayish green. Stems up to 20 cm. long; short tuft-like lateral branches many, or else these elongated so there are many elongated branches. Leaves lanceolate, up to 5 mm. long, often secund, loosely appressed when dry, recurved when moist, hyaline pointed; hyaline point long, papillose on both surfaces, erose; margin only 1 cell thick throughout. Green cells of the leaf-tip 3-8 times as long as wide except the isodiametric marginal row, those near the hyaline cells papillose, the others merely sunken over the cell cavity; cells of the leaf-middle 4-8 times as long as wide, of the leaf-base 6-10 times as long as wide. Dioicous. Calyptra somewhat rough at beak. Seta 3-7 mm. long, rough toward the base, twisted to the left. Capsule ovate, its body about 1.5 mm. long, smooth; annulus of 4-5 rows of cells; lid about 1 mm. long, straight, red. Peristome-teeth split almost to base, up to .9 mm long, very papillose, not swollen at the joints. Spores 9-1 2/x. — Alaska and Yukon to Oregon and Idaho. 12. Rhacomitrium microcarpum (Schrad.) Brid. Mant. p. 79 (in part), 1819. [R. ramulosum Lindb.; R. heterostichum microcarpum Boul.] Plants light-green to blackish-green or brownish. Stems up to 5 cm. high; elongated branches few, short tuft-like lateral branches many. Leaves loosely appressed when dry, divergent or somewhat recurved when moist, lanceolate; hyaline point present on nearly all leaves, short or long; margin only 1 cell thick throughout. Cells convex on the leaf-surface, more so on the upper side; green cells near the hyaline tip 2-5 times as long as wide, gradually longer toward the leaf-base; modified alar cells often 1-2 rows, hyaline, square or short-rect- angular. Dioicous. Calyptra somewhat rough at tip. Seta 4-5 mm. long, twisted to the right. Capsule cylindric, its body 1.8-2. 1 mm. long, yellowish to brownish; lid with somewhat diagonal beak, almost half as long as the cap- sule-body. Peristome-teeth up to .6 mm. long, finely papillose, yellowish-red, — 12 — divided nearly to base into 2 parts. Spores 10-14^. — Alaska and Yukon to Oregon and Montana. In very dry situations the hyaline points are sometimes much longer than the typical eastern form. Plate XI Rhacomitrium lanuginosum. (1) Plant, Xi. (2) Leaf, X17. (3) Margin of hyaline leaf- tip, X400. (4) Parts of leaf-tip, X200. (5) Cells of leaf-middle, X400. (6) Cells of leaf-base, X400. (7) Cross section of leaf-margin at base of hyaline tip; xy, boundary line between green and hyaline portions,. X550. (8) Capsule, X17. — 13 Rhacomitrium microcarpum. (i), (2) Plants, Xi. (3) Capsule, X17. (4) Leaf, Xi7- (5) Parts of leaf-tip, X200. (6) Capsule, X17. (7) Leaf, X17. (8) Cross section of leaf-margin near hyaline point, X550. (9) Cells of leaf-middle, X400. (10) Capsule, X17. 13. Rhacomitrium palmeri Kindb. Rev. Bryol. 23: 19. 1896. [R. micro- carpum palmeri Kindb.; R. tenuinerve Kindb.] Plants densely tufted. Stems 2-3 cm. long; elongated branches none or few, short tuft-like lateral branches none to few. Leaves blackish to yellowish- green when dry, keeled, hardly papillose, nearly smooth, long-pointed, the upper faintly crisped when dry; hyaline point wholly lacking in all the leaves; margin entire, 1 cell thick throughout; vein faint, vanishing far below the apex. Cells narrow, 2-8 times as long as wide; alar cells large, rectangular. Seta mostly immersed, about 5 mm. long, twisted to the right, smooth. Capsule-body 1 .4-1. 5 mm. long, oval, about .6 mm. wide. Peristome-teeth deeply cleft, about .25 mm. long. — Alaska and British Columbia. sua;Bd -s> nS oil *- $ -c: -Q <*S suaosauno nQ io s • ^ - «5 ? uinsourSnuni c: C io 05o C'o'*0 co O Os, - ^5 st •Ot '-o •H- ti o uoApipopAo £ io 0 O •i*3 ty — St -Q o . OJBinOpB C: -to 2.. to 0 - St s o ajBjnopsBj 5^ -to . O > «^-o isy — sr Send subscriptions or applications for membership to E. J. WINSLOW, Auburndale, Mass. Send matter for publication to R. C. BENEDICT, 322 East 19th St., Brooklyn, N. Y. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages about 45 pages and 2 plates. Devoted to botanical contributions of the widest range; morphological, physiological, taxonomic, ecological, and geographical. $4.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news; established 1901. About 20 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Fifteen volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. MEMBERSHIP including publications, $5.00 a year. Address, Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club, BERNARD O. DODGE, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York City VOLUME XXI NUMBER 2 JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted and Published for the Society by O E. JENNINGS, PkD., Editor-in-Ckef Associate Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT, Ph D. GEORGE N. BEST, M.D. JOHN M. HOLZ1NGER, M S. ALEXANDER W. EVANS, Ph.D. LINCOLN W. RIDDLE, Ph D and the Advisory Board Officers of the Society CONTENTS Mosses as Rock Builders W. H. Emig Mosses from Florida Collected by Severin Rapp Elizabeth G. Britton Additions to the List of Bryophytes from Cape Breton George E. Nichols Lichens of the Berkshire Hills, Massachusetts Stewart H. Burnham “The Catkin-Hypnum with Long Hoses” Elizabeth G. Britton A Station of Ephemerum near New York City Daisy J. Levy Reviews Evans — “The American Species of Marehantia” Caroline C. Haynes Pottier— On the Uns>mmetric Structure of the Leaves of Mnium spincsum E. B. Chamberlain Miscellaneous Notes Notice to Members Exchange Department 25 27 28 29 32 33 33 35 35 3 6 36 “Entered as second-class matter August 21st, 1913, at the Post Office at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, under the Act of March 3, 1879." Copyright, 1918, by Edward B. Chamberlain The January number of THE BRYOLOGIST was published March 15. 1918 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE. LANCASTER. PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal ©f THE SWLLIVAlf MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription In the United States, $1.25 per year; In all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Single copies, 25 cents. Vois.I-XX, 1898-1917, $20.25. TEN YEAR INDEX, $e.oo Checks, except New York City, MUST contain 10 cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B, Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President — Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President — Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N . Y. Secretary-Treasurer — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 18 W. 89th Street New York City. Curators of Herbaria — Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses, 232 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue, Mount Airy, Pa. ; MissC. C. Haynes, Hepatics, pro tem ., Highlands, N. J.; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. All material for identification should h@ sent to the respective curators, also all correspondence relating t© the Exchange Department, BRYOLOGIST VOL. XXI, PLATE XV Didymodon tophaceus (Brid.) Jur., forming travertine ( See Explanation, p. 27) THE BRYOLOGIST Vol. XXI March, 1918 No. 2 MOSSES AS ROCK BUILDERS1 W. H. Emig The history of the travertine now to be found in the Arbuckle Mountains of the south-central part of Oklahoma begins with the removal of the Cretaceous strata from the underlying Paleozoic rocks during the Pleistocene age; a cycle of erosion that reduced the ancient mountains to a plateau radially dissected by short streams with small flood plains, rapids, and waterfalls. Some of these waterfalls were altered by the accumulations of the recent deposits of soft lime- stone— travertine — to such an extent that the falls attained a maximum height of 60 to 100 feet, and a width of 100 yards to nearly a half mile. The physio- graphic factors that have influenced the growth of these recent deposits have been aided in their work, to a considerable extent, by the presence of certain water plants, especially the tufted growths of the mosses Didymodon tophaceus (Brid.) Jur. and Philonotis calcarea Sch. The dense tufts of Didymodon are more commonly distributed along the moist ledges extending across the shallow streams. From an examination of the various travertine ledges, plants of Didymodon evidently had a greater share in the building of this kind of rock than the plants of Philonotis. A third species of water moss, Octodiceras Julianum Brid., was also found in small quantities in three different locations. The long branched moss stems fixed the tangled masses of algae, Oedogonium and Vaucheria, to the rock surfaces of the rapids or cascades. These little mats of plants bend with the undulating surface of the running water and apparently stretch like rubber. The water evap- orates from the more exposed plant surfaces; carbon dioxide gas diffuses into the air; the minerals held in solution concentrates in the plant mass; while calcium carbonate slowly, crystallizes about the filaments in a manner very much like the formation of crystals about strings that are suspended in a satur- ated solution of cane sugar. The young plants at the surface of the water continue to grow, but the incased filaments gradually decay, leaving behind small calcareous tubules arranged like a mass of coarse fiber. The incrustations about plants of the water moss Didymodon are more evident than those formed about algae or the mosses Octodiceras and Philonotis. The dense moss tufts, projecting one to four inches above the surface of the water at the margin of waterfalls, are always saturated like a sponge. As the water evaporates from the leaves and stems, most of the free carbon dioxide escapes 1 Contribution from the Department of Botany, University of Pittsburgh. The January number of the Bryologist was published March is, 1918. — 26 — into the air and only a comparatively small amount of free carbon dioxide or the carbon dioxide derived from the bicarbonates in solution is used by the mosses during the process of photosynthesis. The change of equilibrium, in- duced ^by the loss of carbon dioxide from the mineral water, is followed by a separation of calcium carbonate in such a manner as to place a white crystalline covering on the outer surfaces of the plants. The transition from the moss plant to incrustation, Plate XV, fig. i, and finally to compact limestone, Plate XV, fig. 2, is a very slow development. The moss leaves and stems with their initial covering of crystals, Plate XV, fig. i, serve as centers for the continued formation of travertine. In the interstices of this coral-like mass, the gradual accumulation of calcite gives rise to a hard but cavernous limestone. The fractured, longitudinal surfaces of the hardened travertine often show impres- sions or casts which indicate the position of the original moss leaves. Cross sections of the same travertine, Plate XV, fig. 3, reveal small and regular canals which have changed but little since the decay of the incrusted moss stems. By the action of the same physical and chemical agents described above, another type of travertine is produced if the moss Didymodon happens to grow suspended from the projecting ledges of waterfalls. Under these conditions the incrustations follow the development of the moss to within a few m.m. of the growing tips, transforming the leaves into rounded calcareous beads, Plate XV, fig. 4, which are finally cemented together into a soft mass of travertine. Fractured longitudinal surfaces of the hardened travertine, as shown in fig. 6, presents the arrangement of calcareous beads, which in all essentials are like the rounded masses of calcium carbonate as represented in fig. 4. Thus the type of travertine formed by the moss Didymodon depends largely on the orig- inal position of the growing plants. If the moss appears in erect tufts, Plate XVI, fig. 1, on the exposed surfaces of rapids, the travertine formed is like that shown in Plate XV, fig. 2; but if the plants grow suspended from overhanging ledges of waterfalls, Plate XVI, fig. 2, the travertine is like that represented in Plate XV, fig. 6. In the newly formed cavernous deposits, water mosses, and filamentous and unicellular algae are usually present. The most active deposition, 3 to 5 inches during a single summer, takes place in the presence of Vaucheria. But the de- velopment of travertine about moss plants will not exceed one inch per year under the most favorable circumstances; for as soon as the interior of certain tufts have hardened, the water currents will be diverted through other less re- sistant channels. The various streamlets shift from place to place on account of the unequal development and incrusting of the mosses. The growth of each separate moss tuft is intermittent. The mosses, however, are not the primary factors in the building of the travertine falls. If boulders collect in the channels so as to form a series of rapids, then the water mosses growing in the shallow currents will aid in the cementing of the boulders into a conglomerate dam. In addition, the traver- tine deposits have modified the appearance of practically all of the natural falls of the Arbuckle Mountains. On Honey Creek at the present site of Turner BRYOLOGIST VOL. XXI, PLATE XVI Fig. i.- — A travertine falls on Falls Creek, Oklahoma; tufts of Didymodon and Philonotis covering the greater part of the falls. Fig. 2. — Turner Falls, on Honey Creek near Davis, Oklahoma; a travertine falls developing on plants of algae and mosses. (After Emig: Travertine Deposits of Oklahoma. Okla. Geol. Surv. Bull. 29: 21. 1917). — 27 — Falls, Plate XVI, fig. 2, the calcareous deposits are 60 feet thick immediately above the natural fall, but as they extend upstream for a distance of 150 yards, they gradually diminish to only a few feet in thickness. At one time travertine covered completely the present Turner Falls, which are about one-eighth their former size. During the last extensive erosion cycle, the unwashfed formation on either side of the main channel was unaltered, but as the soft portions of the rocks crumbled away, the channel became deeper, the fissures in the travertine opened and were extended into a deep gorge. In spite of successive erosions, the travertine continues to grow by the aid of algae and mosses. The mosses act only indirectly in the precipitation of calcium carbonate, principally by supplying a larger absorptive and adsorptive surface for the evaporation of the calcareous water. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV Didymodon tophaceus (Brid.) Jur. X X 1. Recent travertine showing the mode of travertine formation about moss plants that grow in erect tufts. 2. Longitudinal section of hardened travertine showing the petrified moss plants. 3. Cross-section of hardened travertine showing the minute canals left by the decay of the moss stems. 4. Recent travertine showing the mode of travertine formation on pendent moss plants. 5. Recent travertine formed by mosses and unicellular algae. 6. The type of travertine that develops on pendent plants of Didymodon. University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. MOSSES FROM FLORIDA COLLECTED BY SEVERIN RAPP Elizabeth G. Britton The last collection sent to us by Mr. Severin Rapp from the vicinity of Sanford, Florida, contains some very interesting species, including one tropical genus, new to the United States, Jagerinopsis Broth., and the extension north- ward of one tropical Dicranella determined by Mr. Williams as D . subinclinata Lorentz, heretofore known only from Cuba, Mexico and Panama to South America. This station in Florida and one of our own collections from the Isle of Pines, Cuba, are additions to its range as given in N. A. Flora. It grows “on clay banks along creeks” and may be looked for in the same habitats as its more common relative, D. L' Herminieri ( D . leptotrichoides R. & C.). D. heteromalla orthocarpa also has been found, but is rare in Florida, and Mnium cuspidatum seems to reach its southern range in this state. Excellent speci- mens of such common species as the following were also collected: Bruchia Donellii and B. Ravenellii , Trematodon longicollis, Leucobryum albidum (Brid.) Lindb. (L. sediforme), Syrrhopodon floridanus, Weisia longiseta , Funaria flavi- cans, three Southern varieties of Physcomitrium turbinatum, two Ephemerums, and Brachymenium Wrightii (Sull.) Broth., all in excellent fruit. Several Archidiums — A. alter nifolium, (sent as A. Ravenellii and A. tenerrimum ) and A. Donellii — show that this genus varies in Florida as much as other northern species do in that moist warm climate. — 28 — The following pleurocarpous species were received: Amblystegium flori- danum and irriguum, Entodon Drummondii, Campylium chrysophyllum mixed with Haplocladium micro phyllum, Neckera Jamaicensis (Gmel.) E. G. B. (JSI. undulata Hedw.), Rhizogonium spiniforme, Rhynchostegium serrulatum and Clasmafodon parvulus. The rarer species are Cyclodictyon varians (Sull.) Broth., from “muddy places in Hammock”; Callicostella scabrida (Hook.) Jaeger. (. Hookeria Cruceana Duby ; Ectropothecium caloosiense (Aust.) Britt., and Sema- tophyllum subpinnatum (Brid.) E. G. B. or Raphidostegium subpinnatum (R. Kegelianum) . This species is common in the West Indies, reaching its north- ern range in Florida. An undescribed species of Jagerinopsis also occurs in Cuba, but so far has only been found sterile; I have called it J. squarrosa in reference to its spread- ing leaves, a character which it shares with other species of the genus. ADDITIONS TO THE LIST OF BRYOPHYTES FROM CAPE BRETON1 George E. Nichols Two years ago the writer published an account of the bryophytes of Nova Scotia, with special reference to Cape Breton Island.2 Since then, two more summers have been occupied in the botanical exploration of northern Cape Breton, and in this connection thirteen bryophytes heretofore unrecorded from there have been collected.3 A list of these is given below. Except where otherwise indicated the various species apparently are unknown from the penin- sula of Nova Scotia. 1. Lophocolea minor Nees. French River 1834. 2. Scapania curta (Mart.) Dumort. Aspy Bay 2024. 3. Anthoceros levis L. Middle River 2015. 4. Sphagnum capillaceum (Weiss) Schrank. Mt. Smoky 1763, This has also been recently collected near Annapolis, Nova Scotia, by Professor J. B. Porter. The var. tenellum (Schimp.) A. L. Andrews was reported in the previous paper. 5. Sphagnum Dusenii C. Jens. Ingonish Barrens 2001. 6. Swartzia inclinata Ehrh. Aspy Bay 2014. 7. Tortula mucronifolia Schwaegr. Aspy Bay 2008. Recorded also from Nova Scotia (Macoun). 8. Tortula ruralis (L.) Ehrh. Aspy Bay 1807. 9. Bryum fallax Milde. Barrasois 1806. 10. Bryum inclinatum (Sw.) Br & Sch. Aspy Bay 2012; Cape North 1805. Recorded also from Nova Scotia (Macoun). 11. Calliergon giganteum Schimp. French River 1815 ; Aspy Bay 1837 • 1 Contribution from the Osborn Botanical Laboratory. 2 Bryologist 19: 38-47. 1916. 3 To the species recorded in this paper may be added J unger mannia lanceolata, Ulota phyl- lantha, and Encalypla contorla, not previously collected by the writer though listed by Macoun. — 29 — 12. Buxbaumia aphylla L. Barrasois 1820. 13. Polytrichum piliferum Schreb. Wreck Cove 1816. Recorded also from Nova Scotia (Macoun). These additions bring the number of species of bryophytes recorded as having been collected in Cape Breton up to 361: 96 liverworts and 265 mosses. The bryophyte flora of the province of Nova Scotia as a whole is now known to include 408 species: 105 liverworts and 303 mosses. The writer is indebted to Dr. A. W. Evans, Dr. A. L. Andrews, and Mrs. E. G. Britton for assistance in determining various species. Sheffield Scientific School of Yale University. LICHENS OF THE BERKSHIRE HILLS, MASSACHUSETTS Stewart H. Burnham Two lists of lichens are enumerated below. Bash Bish Falls in the south- western part of Berkshire county, near Copake Iron Works, N. Y., was visited the afternoons of Aug. 1, 1908, and July 3, 1909. No special attention was given to collecting lichens; however, this wild rocky gorge supports rather a rich lichen flora as well as many fine mosses. Mt. Greylock, in northern Berkshire county, was visited on the following dates: July 4-5, 1908; May 29-31, and Oct. 9-10, 1909; and May 28-30, 1910. It is the highest land in the state of Massachusetts, 3505 feet above the level of the sea. The open rocky summit is fringed with forests of balsam fir, Abies balsamea (L.) Mill.; yellow birch, Betula lutea Mx. f. ; and small trees of moun- tain ash, Sorbus americana Marsh. The trunks of these trees, old decaying wood, and the earth in sheltered situations, is the habitat of a rich and notice- able lichen flora. A few of the lichens have been determined by Dr. L. W. Riddle, of Wellesley College, and some by Mr. G. K. Merrill, of Rockland, Maine. Bash Bish Falls Lichens Alectoria chalybeij ormis (L.) S. F. Gray. Buellia petraea (Flot., Koerb.) Tuck. Rocks; determined by Mr. Merrill. Cladonia furcata (Huds.) Schrad. C. furcata racemosa (Hoffm.) Flk. C. papillaria (Ehrh.) Hoffm. Prospect Rock. C. rangiferina (L.) Weber. C. uncialis (L.) Fr. A variety of this composite species. Leptogium tremelloides (L. f.) S. F. Gray. Determined by Mr. Merrill. Parmelia caper ata (L.) Ach. P. crinita pilo sella (Hue) Merrill. P. perlata (L.) Ach. Prospect Rock and elsewhere. P. rudecta Ach. ( Parmelia Borreri rudecta (Ach.) Tuck.) — 30 — P. saxatilis (L.) Fr. P. sulcata Tayl. ( Parmelia saxatilis sulcata Nyl.) Peltigera canina (L.) Hoffm. Pertusaria multipuncta (Turn.) Nyl. On trunks of Betula lutea. Physic & aquila detonsa T uck. Pyxine sorediata (Ach.) Fr. Ramalina farinacea (L.) Ach. On rocks. Umbilicaria Dillenii Tuck. Prospect Rock. U. Muhlenbergii (Ach.) Tuck. Lookout Rock. U. pustulata (L.) Hoffm. Prospect Rock. Mt. Greylock Lichens Alectoria chalybeiformis (L.) S. F. Gray. On rocks at the summit. Baeomyces roseus Pers. Wilbur’s Park. Biatora granulosa (Ehrh.) Poetsch. B. uliginosa (Schrad.) Fr. Determined by Dr. Riddle. B. viridescens (Schrad.) Fr. On old balsam stump at the summit with Icmadophila. Cladonia alpestris (L.) Rabenh. Stony Ledge. C. cariosa cribrosa (Wallr.) Wainio. C. cristatella Tuck. On rotten coniferous wood at the summit and else- where. C. fimbriata (L.) Hoffm. A variety of this composite species. C. furcata (Huds.) Fr. Woods west of Stony Ledge. C. furcata racemosa (Hoffm.) Flk. Bellowspipe Trail and in the woods west of Stony Ledge. C. gracilis (L.) Fr. A variety of this composite species. C. ochrochlora ceratodes Flk. On balsams and rotten logs at the summit; determined by Mr. Merrill. C. papillaria (Ehrh.) Hoffm. Stony Ledge. C. squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm. On rotten logs at the summit; a variety of this composite species. C. sylvatica (L.) Rabenh. Stony Ledge and at the summit. C. verticillata Hoffm. Ever nia furfur acea Cladonia Tuck. Graphis scripta (L.) Ach. On trunks of yellow birch. Icmadophila aeruginosa (Scop.) Mass. On old balsam stump at the summit. [Baeomyces aeruginosus, (Scop.) DC.] Lecanora subfusca (L., Nyl.) Ach. On balsams, yellow birch and mountain ash at the summit; determined by Mr. Merrill. Lecidea platycarpa Ach. On balsams and rocks at the summit; determined by Mr. Merrill and Dr. Riddle. Lobaria amplissima (Scop.) Arn. Fine specimens on the trees along the Bel- lowspipe Trail. [Sticta amplissima (Scop.) Mass.] — 3i — L. pulmonaria (L.) Hoffm. On trees along the Bellowspipe Trail and at the summit. Lopadium pezizoideum (Ach.) Koerb. On balsams at the summit; determined by Mr. Merrill. [ Heterothecium pez- izoideum (Ach.) Flot.] Mycoblastus sanguinarius (L.) Th. Fr. On balsams at the summit, more com- mon than the preceding species; determined by Mr. Merrill. [Heter- othecium sanguinarium (L.) Flot.] Pannaria lanuginosa (Ach.) Koerb. Parmelia caperata (L.) Ach. On trunks of yellow birch and at the summit. P. cetrata Ach. On the trunk of a fallen butternut, Juglans cinerea , where the North Adams road enters the forest at the base of Mt. Williams. P. crinita pilosella (Hue) Merrill. On the trunk of the fallen butternut with the preceding species and elsewhere. P. dubia (Wulf.) Schaer. On yellow birch at the summit. ( Parmelia Borreri Tuck.) P. exasperata (Ach.) D. N. On balsams, mountain ash and yellow birch at the summit. ( Parmelia olivacea aspidota Ach.) P. olivacea (L.) Ach. Fruiting specimens on balsams and mountain ash at the summit. P. olivaria (Ach.) D. N. On balsams, yellow birch and mountain ash at the summit; determined by Mr. Merrill. P. perlata (L.) Ach. On balsam trunks. P. pertusa (Schrank.) Schaer. On balsam trunks. P. physodes (L.) Ach. On balsam trunks at the summit and at the camp- grounds in the Hopper. P. rudecta Ach. Fruiting specimens. P. saxatilis (L.) Fr. On balsams and mountain ash at the summit. P. sulcata Tayl. On the trunk of the fallen butternut at the base of Mt. Williams; also at the summit on balsams, yellow birch, and mountain ash. Pertusaria communis Lam. & DC. Determined by Mr. Merrill. P. globularis Ach. On balsams. P. globulifera (Turn.) Nyl. On balsam trunks; determined by Mr. Merrill. P. velata (Turn.) Nyl. On yellow birch; determined by Mr. Merrill. P. Wuljenii Lam. & DC. Determined by Mr. Merrill. Peltigera aphthosa (L.) Willd. P. canina (L.) Hoffm. Physcia aquila detonsa Tuck. On balsams. Platysma ciliare (Ach.) Nyl. ( Cetraria ciliaris Ach.) — 32 — P. lacunosum (Ach.) Nyl. P. Oakesianum (Tuck.) Nyl. On balsams and mountain ash at the sum- mit; at the camp grounds on yellow birch and balsams. Pyxine sorediata (Ach.) Fr. On balsams at the summit. Stereocaulon paschale (L.) Fr. On rocks at the summit and on Stony Ledge. Umbilicaria Muhlenbergii (Ach.) Tuck. Rare on rocks at Stony Ledge. No Umbilicarias were seen about the summit. Usnea florida (L.) Hoffm. On balsams at the summit. Hudson Falls, N. Y. “THE CATKIN-HYPNUM, WITH LONG HOSES.’’ “Hypnum julaceum, perichaetio setas paene aequante.” In this quaint manner Prof. James Dillen,1 of Oxford University, in the middle of the 18th Century, described the species which we now know as Leu- codon julaceus (L.) Sull. and which Linnaeus,2 who in many cases, simply gave binomials to the Dillenian descriptions, without having seen the specimens, called Hypnum julaceum L. The specimens which Dillenius described and figured, were collected in Pennsylvania and Virginia by the three Johns, Bar- tram, Clayton and Mitchell. Of the Leucodons we have three species: two are endemic and have been frequently figured, described and compared, but strangely enough no mention seems to have been made of one characteristic of Leucodon julaceus, which to me is its most marked feature. Aside from the differences in the leaf-points, as figured in the Bryologist for January, 1902, L. julaceus may be known at once by the rounded, swollen, mamillose cells of the dorsal part of the apex, which, even in the young leaves of the apical branches, are unlike those of the other species of the genus. Leucodon br achy pus rarely shows a slight trace of it, but in L. julaceus their character is unmistakable. Austin, in his Musci Appalachiani, issued number 260 as a stoloniferous form of this species, collected on Red Cedars, Palisades of New Jersey; this “ forma stolonijera ” as he called it, varies considerably in the size and shape of its leaves and has since been collected by Sullivant and Kellerman in Ohio, by Dr. Small at Conewago, Pennsylvania, by myself in the Dismal Swamp of Vir- ginia, by Dr. R. M. Harper in Georgia, by Bush in Missouri, and by Chapman and John Donnell Smith in Florida. It seems to be only on the young stems of the plants, where the terminal growths have not reached complete development, that the leaves instead of being crowded and imbricate, as on the branches, are much smaller and more acuminate, as on the decumbent creeping stems of the older plants. E. G. Britton. New York Botanical Garden. 1 Dill. Hist. Muse. 2: 321. t. 41. f. 56. iT4i* 2 Hypnum julaceum L. Sp. pi. 2: 1130. 1753- — 33 — A STATION FOR EPHEMERUM NEAR NEW YORK CITY Daisy J. Levy For a number of years the woods of Pelham Manor, a small village immedi- ately north of Pelham Bay Park, on Long Island Sound, have been my favorite collecting grounds. The particular locality explored is rather thickly wooded, a brook on one side of it and on the other low ground, rather wet, owing to in- undations from the Sound. On Sunday, September 9, 1917, I came upon a patch of Fissidens taxifolius, a moss often before collected in these woods, but this colony being particularly interesting in that the plants grew in broken patches from about five inches to a foot or more square. Becoming curious as to the ecological factors concerned I sought about for the protonemal growth, eventually finding a small patch with what appeared to be protonema, but which was discovered, upon examina- tion with the hand lens, to be one of the minute forms of mosses. After further microscopical study the moss was determined as Ephemerum serratum var. angustijolium Schimp., this conclusion being based upon the facts that the spores were smaller than in E. serratum Hampe, and that the leaves were much narrower and more distinctly serrate. After having been kept for four months in a preparation of glycerine and alcohol the material was sent to Dr. Nichols, who pronounced it E. serratum, but too much shrunken for exact determination, while together with it he found E. crassinervium and with it another form ‘‘some- what puzzling in its smoother leaves and papillose calyptra.” New York City. REVIEWS “The American Species of Marchantia’’1 by Alexander W. Evans In this monograph we have a clear and able treatment of the American species of Marchantia which has been much needed and which will be highly appreciated by students of the Hepaticae. In the Introduction there is given a history of the treatment of the species of the genus as reported from America, this account having been extricated from the much involved and confused reports. Into the melting pot went all the species accredited to America by various botanists, nothing being taken for granted. The keen eye of the master having detected flaws in some of' the old points of contact in comparisons and descriptions, these were dropped for more reliable characters, and it was then found, after the most careful examination and after various reductions to synonymy and the placing of five doubtful species at the close of the paper, that nine species, including a new one, could be retained. Part II, Morphological Notes on the Genus, contains many statements by Goebel, Leitgeb, Schiffner, Stephani, Mueller, and others, which are examined 1 Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sciences 21: 201-313. March, 1917. — 34 — and criticized, while the author’s own observations form no small part of the twenty pages and, with constant references to figures, present a most valuable contribution.. The following citation of a paragraph from these Notes shows just which characters seem most trustworthy and which are used to form the framework: “In the present paper the morphology of Marchantia will be treated largely from the standpoint of the taxonomist. In other words the parts of the plant which yield the most distinct and constant specific characters will be primarily considered. These parts include the epidermis and the epidermal pores, the compact ventral tissue, the ventral scales, the rhizoids, the receptacles, and the cupules. The photosynthetic layer, the sexual organs, and the sporophyte, although yielding important generic characters, are less helpful when the in- dividual species are considered. For the sake of completeness, however, a brief account of the sporophyte will be included.’’2 Part III, Description of Species. After a full and most helpful key, come the descriptions, followed in most instances by the long lists of specimens exam- ined from different localities in North and South America, also an up-to-date synonymy and many critical and valuable notes. The figures illustrating the species are most concrete, the fragile scales and appendages, anatomical details, etc., showing the most delicate and skilful handling of the needles. The amount of work involved in the preparation of this paper can be some- what appreciated by running through the list of herbaria examined: those of the New York Botanical Garden, including the Mitten and Underwood herbaria; Harvard University, including those of Taylor and Sullivant; the United States National Herbarium; and Yale University, including those of Eaton and the author’s private herbarium; several specimens from the Montagne and Boissier herbaria, including a number of types; and the private herbarium of C. C. Haynes. The new species is M. breviloba Evans and it has been several times collected in the island of Jamaica. The whole list of species is as follows: Section I. Astromarchantia Marchantia polymorpha L. M. Berteroana Lehm. & Lindenb. Section II. M. paleacea Bertol. M. breviloba Evans M. domingensis Lehm. & Lindenb. M. plicata Nees & Mont. Chlamidium M. papillata Raddi M. Bescherellei Steph. M. chenopoda L. The three species that are known in the United States are M. polymorpha , M. paleacea (Arizona), and M. domingensis , which replaces one of the synonyms, M. disjuncta Sulliv., by which name we have so long known it. Caroline Coventry Haynes Highlands, New Jersey. 2 op. cit., page 209. — 35 — On the Unsymmetric Structure of the Leaves of Mnium spinosum In a pamphlet recently received M. Jacques Pottier1 presents some inter- esting observations upon the structure of the costa of Mnium spinosum , a species that in Europe occupies something of the position here taken by M. spinulosum. Since some material collected for embryological purposes was not in satisfactory shape, the author tried to utilize it for morphological study. Being struck with the decidedly one-sided development of the leaf first examined, M. Pottier made a careful study of a few leaves to ascertain, if possible, the cause. Be- cause of the large amount of labor required, it was impossible to make detailed studies of more than two leaves, but similar conditions were observed in all leaves examined. Beginning at the apex, over 350 transverse sections were made from definitely ascertained regions of the leaf, proceeding in regular order toward the base; the sections were then drawn under a camera lucida and studied in detail with especial reference to the position and origin of the various cellular elements in the costa. The costa in this species is composed of several layers of cells, containing large cells (guides), smaller stereid cells, and a central strand of small parenchyma cells. These all seem to arise from repeated divisions of a single layer of rather large cells, new walls being formed both horizontally and perpendicularly. If the axis of morphological symmetry be taken as a line passing between the two middle guides of the central row and in the plane of their division wall, it is seen that this line is not perpendicular to the upper surface of the leaf, and that the greater mass both of the stereids and of the central strand usually lies either to the right or to the left of it. Serial sections show that this displacement alter- nates from right to left, with intermediate portions that are more nearly sym- metrical. Furthermore this one-sidedness is apparently associated with the sinuosities of the costa, being to the right when the nerve bends to the right of the median line and vice versa. The alternations of right and left asymmetry seem to be more numerous in the apical and extreme basal portions of the leaf than in the median part. M. Pottier suggests that the sinuosities of the nerve arise from the fact that the leaf is formed from a single apical cell cutting off new cells in two planes, that the resulting displacements of costal elements come from the compres- sions and expansions associated with this bending of the nerve, and that the greater abundance of the alternations of asymmetry in the upper and lower portions is connected with the fact that these regions are the ones where the least intercalary growth occurs in the elongation of the leaf. E. B. C. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES Dr. Alma G. Stokey, of Mt. Holyoke College, writes us that in the recent fire that destroyed the building in which the botanical department was located, 1 Jacques Pottier. Sur la dissymetrie de structure de la feuille du Mnium spinosum (Voit) Schwaegr. pp. 1-16, with 28 figures in 7 unnumbered plates. Berne, Biichler & Co. 1917. — 36 — all the collections and most of the botanical library were burned. Dr. Stokey writes that the donation of duplicate material from members of the Society would confer a very great favor upon the College. In the way of herbarium material it is especially hoped that a representation of the commoner species from New England can be secured: mosses, lichens and hepatics are needed, as well as other forms. We are certain that all that is necessary is to bring to the notice of members of the Society this chance to pass along the help they have received themselves. E. B. C. NOTICE TO MEMBERS Since the report of membership was published in the January issue, Miss Eva M. Fling, 220 Prospect Street, Morgantown, West Virginia, has become a member of the Society. The members are requested to note especially that the address of the Moss Curator, Mr. Geo. B, Kaiser, has changed to 232 West Mt. Pleasant Ave., Mount Airy, Philadelphia, Penna. EXCHANGE DEPARTMENT Offerings — To members only. Return postage should accompany the re- quest. Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City. — Grimmia patens B. & S., c. fr., from Switzerland; Cinclidotus fontinaloides P. Beauv., forma , simulating C. riparius, see Dixon & Jameson Handbook, p. 248, both collected by Mr. Rhodes. Mr. S. Rapp, Sanford, Florida. — Fissidens falcatulus R. & C., and Neckera undulata Hedw., both collected in Florida by Mr. Rapp, this being the first record of fruiting specimens of F. falcatulus for the United States. Miss Daisy J. Levy, 403 West 115th St., New York City. — Dicranum longifolium Ehrh., collected by Miss Levy at Lake George, N. Y. CLUBBING OFFER The following rates are made in connection with Dr. Grout for a year’s subscription to the Bryologist, or for membership in the Sullivant Moss Society, if remittance is made at one time, in advance. Moss Flora of N. Y. City and Bryologist, $2.10; with membership, $2.35, Mosses with Handlens, Ed. ii, and Bryologist, $2.75; with membership, $3.00. Mosses with Handlens and Microscope and Bryologist, $6.25; with mem- bership, $6.50. All remittances and communications should go to Edward B. Chamberlain 18 West 89th St., New York CLOSING»OUT SALE AT REDUCTIONS A set of Austin’s Musci Appalachiani, and the following books: Underwood, Our Native Ferns; Berkeley, British Mosses; Sullivant, leones Muscorum and Supplement; P. Paul, Spirogyra des Environs de Paris; Rabenhorst, Flora Europaea Algarum; Wolle, Fresh Water Algae; Wolle, Desmids; Leidy, Fresh Water Rhizopods; S. Kent, Manual of Infusoria, Vol. iii, illust.; Micrographic Dictionary; Gosse, Evenings at the Microscope; McDonald, Examination of Drinking Water; Darwin, Habits of Climbing Plants; Britton & Brown, Illus- trated Flora of the United States and Canada, Ed. i. For prices and terms apply to EUGENE A. RAU 17© Church Street BETHLEHEM, PA* WANTED Back Numbers of the Bryologist . Anyone having copies of the Bryologist, Voh iii Nr. i, or Vol. vi. Nr. 2, for sale, is requested to write the undersigned; copies of the whole volume will also be bought. A liberal al- lowance will be made to members on next year’s dues. EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN 18 West 89th* Street NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN HEPATICAE By Miss C. C. Haynes and Dr. A. W. Evans Lists all forms known to occur in the United States and Canada. First Supplement containing additions and corrections, also ready. Price, for either List or Supplement , 25c per dozen , 50 for pi, 00 MISS C. C. HAYNES - - - HIGHLANDS* N. J, THE GUIDE TO NATURE A Magazine of Commonplace Nature with Uncommon Interest Beautifully Illustrated Many New Features “It is all very well to be a specialist, but it is bad to be nothing but a specialist ” — Dean Coulter, Purdue EDWARD F. BIGELOW, Managing Editor Subscription, $x.oo a Year Single or Sample Copy xoc. THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION ARCADIA SOUND BEACH CONNECTICUT AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL An illustrated quarterly devoted to the general study of ferns. Subscrip- tion, 1918, including membership in THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY, $1.00; or, without membership, 90 cents. Foreign subscriptions, 10 cents a year extra. Volume I, six parts, $2.00; Volumes II to VII, $1.00 each: the set, seven volumes, $7.50. Send subscriptions or applications for membership to E. J. WINSLOW, Auburndale, Mass. Send matter for publication to R. C. BENEDICT, 322 East 19th St.. Brooklyn, N. Y. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages about 45 pages and 2 plates. Devoted to botanical contributions of the widest range; morphological, physiological, taxonomic, ecological, and geographical. $4.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news; established 1901. About 20 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Fifteen volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. MEMBERSHIP including publications, $5.00 a year. Address, Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club, BERNARD O. DODGE, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York City VOLUME XXI NUMBER 3 THE BRY0L0GI8T JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted and Published for the Society by O. E. JENNINGS, PkD., Editor-in-Cliief Mg) MAY, 1918 Associate Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT, Ph D. GEORGE N. BEST. M.D. JOHN M. HOLZINGER. M S. ALEXANDER W. EVANS. Ph D. LINCOLN W. RIDDLE, Ph D. and the Advisory Board Officers of ^ AUG 12 1918 CONTEN Illustrated Key to the Western Sphagnaceae T. C. Frye 37 Jagerinopsis squarrosa, N. Sp. E. G. Britton 48 Some Extensions of Ranges Lincoln W. Riddle 30 Current Literature Sullivant Moss Society Note Exchange Department E. B. Chamberlain 31 E. B. Chamberlain 32 5* "Entered as second-class matter August 21st. 1913. at the Post Office at Pittsburgh. Pennsylvania, under the Act of March 3. 1879.” Copyright, 1918. by Edward B. Chamberlain The March number of THE BRYOLOGIST was published April 30. 1018 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE. LANCASTER. PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal of THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription in the United States, $1.25 per year; in all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Single copies, 25 cents. Vols. I-XX, 1898-1917, $20.25. TEN YEAR INDEX, $i„oo Checks, except New York City, MUST contain 10 cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President— Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President — -Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N. Y. Secretary-Treasurer — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 18 W. 89th Street New York City . Curators of Herbaria— Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses, 232 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue, Mount Airy , Pa. ; MissC. C. Haynes, Hepatics , pro tern., Highlands, N. J.; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. All material fer identificatien should b® sent to the respective curator®, ©Is® all correspondence relating to the Exchange Department. THE BRYOLOGIST Vol. XXI May, 1918 7 f, , V * 12 1918 ft a/ Wluse^' No. 3 ILLUSTRATED KEY TO THE WESTERN SPHAGNACEAE1 T. C. Frye SPHAGNUM, Peat Moss Plants grayish when dry. Branches usually tufted. Leaves veinless. Leaf-cells of 2 quite different kinds, the large hyaline ones with spiral or ring- like thickenings in their walls, the narrow long green ones alternating with the hyaline ones and so narrow that they might be mistaken for the walls of the hyaline ones. Calyptra irregularly torn. Capsule elevated by a false stalk which is a modified branch. Lid deciduous. Peristome none. Plants of un- drained bogs; or on high mountains and in cool regions growing in damp places in almost any situation. (Gk. sphagnos, some kind of moss.) Key and Comparison of Species A. Cortical cells of the stems and branches with spiral thickenings (see PI. XVII, fig. 2). Group i AA. Cortical cells of the stems and branches without spiral thickenings (see PI. XIX, fig. 1). B. Branches in tufts of 6-12. Group 2 BB. Branches in tufts of 1-6. C. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section not exposed on either surface, the cell-cavity elliptic (see PI. XVIII, fig. 12). Group 2 CC. Green cells of the branch leaves in cross section exposed exclusively or more broadly on the outer side (see PI. XVIII, fig. 14), or if with cen- tral cell-cavity and about equal exposure on the 2 sides (see PI. XIX, fig. 8) then the plants brownish-green rather than reddish-green. D. Stem-leaves not fimbriate nor lacerate, small, pointed (PI. XIX, fig. 3). Group 2 DD. Stem-leaves fimbriate or lacerate, large or small, pointed to rounded (see PI. XX, fig. 5). Group 3 CCC. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section exposed exclusively or more broadly on the inner side (PI. XXII, fig. 13), or if with central cell-cavity and about equal exposure on the 2 sides (PI. XXI, fig. 9) then the plants reddish-green rather than brownish-green. Group 4 1 The arrangement and condensed nature of this paper prevents acknowledgment to various authors whose works have been found useful, except perhaps the most admirable treatment of the genus by A. L. Andrews in Flora of North America. The March number of the Bryologist was published April 30, 1918. -38- Group i ia. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section with elliptic or oval cell- cavity, not exposed on either surface or slightly on the inner. 2a. Hyaline cells bulging outward about pi their thickness, their walls smooth where applied to the green cells; (3) stem-leaves wide at apex. Sphagnum magellanicumP Brid. — Alaska to Calif.; eastern N. Amer. ia. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section lenticular to truncately elliptic, usually about equally exposed on both surfaces. 2b. Hyaline cells bulging outward about pi their thickness, their walls smooth to densely papillose where applied to the green cells; (3) stem-leaves nar- row at apex. Sphagnum papillosum Lindb. — Alaska to Wash.; eastern N. Amer. (PI. XVII) ib. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section an isosceles-triangle narrower than equilateral, exposed on the inner surface only. 2a. Hyaline cells bulging outward about pi their thickness, their walls smooth where applied to the green cells; (3) stem-leaves wide at apex. Sphagnum palustre L.2 3 — Alaska to Calif.; eastern N. Amer. (PI. XVII) ib. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section an equilateral triangle, ex- posed on the inner surface only. 2b. Hyaline cells bulging outward about their thickness, their walls strongly papillose to fibrillose where applied to the green cells; (3) stem-leaves rather narrow at apex. Sphagnum imbricatum Hornsch.4 — Alaska; eastern N. Amer. (PL XVIII) Group 2 ia. Branches in tufts of 6-12; hyaline cells of branch-leaves very finely papillose where applied to the green cells, bulging more on the outer than on the inner surface; (2) green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section with widest exposure on outer side, or equally on the 2 sides, (3) in cross section trun- cately elliptic; (4) hyaline cells of the branch-leaves bulging hardly at all on the inner surface, (5) with 1-8 pores on the outer surface and 1-4 on the inner. Sphagnum wulfianum Girg. — -Vancouver Island, B. C.; eastern N. Amer. (PI. XVIII) ib. Branches in tufts of 2-6; hyaline cells of the branch-leaves smooth where applied to the green cells, bulging more on the inner than on the outer surface. 2 5. medium Limpr. ; S. intermedium Russ. 3 5. cymbifolium Ehrh. ; also American specimens which have been referred to 5. turfaceum Warnst. 4 5. austini Sull. — 39 — Plate XVII (i) Plant; s, stalk-like branch bearing capsule; sb, spreading branch; pb, pendent branch; X i. (2) Cortical cells of stem showing spiral thickenings and pores, X 125. (3, 4, 5) Stem- leaves, X 22. (6) Hyaline cell from middle region of leaf of spreading branch, showing pores on outer side, X 343. (7, 8, 9) Portions of cross sections of leaves of spreading branches, X 400. 40 — Plate XVIII (i) Portion of plant showing spreading and pendent branches, X I. (2, 3, 4, 5) Stem-leaves, X 22. (6, 7) Leaves of spreading branches, X 33. (8) Hyaline cell from middle region of leaf of spreading branch, showing pores on inner side, X 343* (9. 10) Hyaline cells from middle re- gions of leaves of spreading branches, showing pores on outer side, X 343- (11, 12, 13, 14) Por- tions of cross sections of leaves of spreading branches; g, green cell; p, pore; s, spiral thickening; X 400. — 4i — 2a. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section wholly included, (3) el- liptic; (4) hyaline cells of the branch-leaves bulging about % their thick- ness or less on the inner surface, (5) with 4-8 pores on the outer surface and usually 3 on the inner. Sphagnum compactum DC. — Alaska to Wash.; eastern N. Amer. (PI. XVIII) 2b. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section with widest exposure on outer side, or not at all exposed on inner side. 3a. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section triangular. 4a. Hyaline cells of the branch-leaves bulging about yP their thickness or less on the inner surface, (5) with 2-6 pores on the outer surface and 4-7 on the inner. 6a. Branch-leaves undulate toward their tips. Sphagnum recurvum Beauv. — Alaska to Wash, and Colo.; eastern N. Amer. (PI. XVIII) 6b. Branch-leaves not undulate. Sphagnum recurvum tenue Kling. — Alaska to Wash, and Idaho; northern N. Amer. (PI. XVIII) 4b. Hyaline cells of the branch-leaves bulging about pi their thickness or less on the inner surface, (5) with 0-3 pores on the outer surface and 0-3 on the inner. Sphagnum tenellum Pers.5 Alaska to B. C.; northeastern N. Amer. (PI. XIX). 2b. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section with widest exposure of the outer side but also exposed on the inner side. 3b. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section trapezoidal; (4) hyaline cells of the branch-leaves bulging % their thickness or less on the inner surface, (5) with 5-12 pores on the outer surface and mostly none on the inner. Sphagnum dusenii Jens. — Alaska.6 (PI. XIX). 2b. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section with widest exposure on the outer side, or equally on the 2 sides. 3c. Green cells of the branch-leaves in cross section truncately elliptic; (4) hyaline cells of the branch-leaves bulging pi their thickness on the inner surface, (5) with 10-20 pores on the outer surface and 1-4 on the inner. Sphagnum subsecundum Nees7 — Wash, to Mex. ; eastern N. Amer. (PI. XIX) 5 5. molluscum Bruch. 6 Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 2: 313. 1907. 1 S. contorlum Schultz; S. platyphyllum Sull.; 5. rufescens Limpr.r 5. obesunt Wils.; 5. dasy- phyllum Warnst.; 5. plicatum Warnst. ; 5. Orlandense Warnst. ; 5. mobilense Warnst.; 5. simile Warnst. S. TENELLUM Plate XIX xp JULY, 1918 / THE BRY0L0GI8T JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted! and Published for the Society by O . E. JENNINGS, PkD., Editor-in-Ckief Associate Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT. Pb.D. GEORGE N. BEST. M.D. JOHN M. HOLZINGER, M S. ALEXANDER W. EVANS. Pb.D. LINCOLN W. RIDDLE. Pb.D. and tbe Advisory Board Officer* of tbe Society CONTENTS War Work for Bryologists George E. Nichols 53 Notes on Radula Obconica SuIL Annie Lorenz 56 Octodiceras Julianum Brid. Var. Ohioense, New Variety, IF. II. Emig 60 A Collection of Mosses from North Carolina A. LeRoy Andrews 61 Review of Literature 67 Exchange Department 68 “Entered a* second-class matter August 21st. 1913. at tbe Poet Office at Pittsburgh . Pennsylvania, under the Act of March 3, 1879." Copyright. 1918. by Edward B. Chamberlain The May number of THE BRYOLOGIST was published July 30. 1018 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE. LANCASTER. PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal of THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription in the United States, $1.25 per year; in all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Single copies, 25 cents. Vols.I-XX, 1898-1917, $29.25. TEN YEAR INDEX, fi.oo Checks, except New York City, MUST contain io cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President— Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N. Y. Secretary-Treasurer — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 18 W. 89th Street New York City . Curators of Herbaria — Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses , 232 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue, Mount Airy, Pa. ; MissC. C. Haynes, Hepatics , pro tem ., Highlands, N. J.; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. All material for identification should be sent to the respective curators, ©Is® all correspondence relating to the Exchange Department. THE BRYOLOGIST Vol. XXI July, 1918 No. 4 WAR WORK FOR BRYOLOGISTS1 George E. Nichols Until quite recently, sphagnum has not been generally considered as pos- sessing any particular economic value, except in connection with the formation of peat, where its importance is well recognized. To be sure, it is used quite extensively by florists and nurserymen as packing material for plants, and lo- cally it is employed for stable litter and bedding, as well as for various other purposes. But its value in surgical work, while recognized many years ago in Germany, has been little appreciated outside of that country, and it is only recently that this phase has ccme into prominence. At the present time sphag- num is being used to a vast extent, particularly by the British Red Cross, in place of absorbent cotton in surgical dressings. According to Professor Hotson,2 the present British output of sphagnum dressings amounts to a million per month. And while the sphagnum was advocated primarily as a war substitute, there is little question that it will retain a permanent position as a standard material for absorbent surgical dressings. For use in absorbent pads, the sphagnum is not merely equal to absorbent cotton — it is superior to it. According to Professor Porter,3 sphagnum pads surpass cotton pads in the following important particulars: (1) they absorb liquids much more rapidly: about three times as fast; (2) they take up liquids in much greater amounts: a cotton pad will absorb only five or six times its weight of water, as compared with sixteen, eighteen, and even as high as twenty- two times, for a sphagnum pad; (3) they retain liquids much better: which means, of course, that the dressings need be changed less frequently; (4) they distribute the absorbed liquids more uniformly throughout their mass; (5) they are cooler and less irritating, yet at the same time fully as soft; (6) they can be produced at much less expense. The structural peculiarities of the sphagnum plant, which enable it to take up and retain liquids, are, of course, familiar to all moss students and require only brief comment. Suffice it to say that whereas in a cotton pad liquids for the most part are merely held within a tangle of threads, in the sphagnum we have a highly efficient absorbing system. The ability of the sphagnum in this respect can be attributed to three features: (1) the presence of the large, color- 1 Contribution from the Osborn Botanical Laboratory. 2 Hotson, J. W. Sphagnum as a surgical dressing. 1-31. /. 1-18. Northwest Division of the American Red Cross. Seattle. 1918. 3 Porter, J. B. Sphagnum surgical dressings. Internat. Journ. Surgery 30: 129-135. /. 1-8. 1917. Distributed as a separate by the Canadian Red Cross. The May number of The Bryologist was published July 30, 1918. — 54 — less, porous cells in the leaves and frequently also in the stem and branches; (2) the close overlapping of the leaves on the branches; (3) the sponge-like mat- ting of the pendent branches around the stem. Sphagnum moss was officially adopted by the American Red Cross as a standard surgical dressing material early in March of this year, but the enter- prise here has not yet attained the magnitude which it is reasonable to expect that it will in the near future. For one thing, the project here is comparatively new and our American army surgeons, accustomed to using absorbent cotton, seem reluctant to adopt the substitute, notwithstanding that its superiority has been conclusively demonstrated. But another very serious handicap to the sphagnum enterprise in this country is the lack of exact knowledge regarding our resources of surgical sphagnum. In the Pacific Northwest, largely through the efforts of Professor Hotson and his associates, the situation is now well in hand; but in the east, while we know in a general way that the material is here, we have all too few exact data regarding sources of supply. It is primarily with the object of eliciting information on this subject from bryologists, who of all people should be best qualified to furnish it, that the present article is written. The writer is associated with the Department of Development of the American Red Cross in the capacity of Botanical Adviser on Sphagnum and will be pleased to examine any specimens of material which may be sub- mitted. For the benefit of those who may be willing to cooperate, it should be em- phasized that there is a great difference in different lots of sphagnum when it comes to the selection of material for use in surgical dressings. First of all, different species differ greatly in their capacity for absorption, degree of softness, etc. Thus, of the forty species of sphagnum native to North America, only those belonging to the Inophloea group (the group which includes A. papillosum , S. palustre, S. imbricatum, S. magellanicum , etc.) have been found wholly satis- factory. Species of the Compactum group (S. compactum, S. strictum ) have not been tried out, but ought to furnish excellent material. S. squarrosum seems excellent as to foliage and probably is open to objection only on account of its usually wiry stem. The species in the remaining groups, comprising about three-quarters of our native sphagnum flora, are virtually useless for surgical purposes, although some of them may be employed to a limited extent for special purposes or in combination with material of the more suitable species. Speaking in general, it can be said that the more robust species of sphagnum are superior to the more delicate; forms with large leaves, dense foliage and close-set branches are greatly preferable to those with small leaves, skimpy foliage and scattered branches. Harsh, stiff, or brittle forms must be avoided. In this connection it should be further pointed out that not only is there a wide range of variation in the suitability of different species of sphagnum for surgical use, but in that of the same species from different regions or from different hab- itats within the same region. Thus, the average quality of material from the humid districts of western Washington and Vancouver is much higher than anything that has been seen from the east. In grading his western material, — 55 — Professor Hotson ( l c .) regards S. imbricatum as the most desirable species for surgical work, with S. palustre second, and S. papillosum third. In the east the order of excellence appears to be exactly reversed, S. papillosum being re- garded as by far the best species (see Porter, l c.). Further, the sphagnums attain their optimum growth in bogs, and, when present, the best qualities of surgical sphagnum almost invariably frequent the wettest parts of a bog. This is true even in the humid northeast, but it is even more so in regions where cli- matic conditions are less congenial. The same species (e. g. S. papillosum) may grow throughout a bog, yet it may attain the requisite degree of luxuriance only in the wettest, quakiest parts of the bog; elsewhere, not only will it be poor in quality, but the chances are that it will be more or less intimately mixed with undesirable species. In searching for surgical sphagnum, it is a good rule to avoid wooded swamps, for while sphagnums usually are present in abundance in such places, for various reasons the material generally is of too poor quality to be of surgical value. Bogs which are densely popula ted by heaths or other bushy growth likewise furnish unfavorable conditions, except locally, where there are wet, open depressions. The same may be said of bogs that are densely overgrown with sedges or grasses so much so as to give them the aspect of a meadow. S. papillosum in particular, requires plenty of sunlight as well as plenty of water. In bogs which have been flooded, as frequently happens through the damming of a lake, the better grades of sphagnum have usually been drowned out. S. papil- losum seems especially sensitive to any change of environment. Along the coast in eastern Maine, the lumberman has thus been responsible for the exter- mination of much of the surgical sphagnum which formerly occupied the “flow- age” swamps bordering many of the lakes and streams. During a recent trip of investigation in this region, the most ideal conditions for S. papillosum were found to be in low, wet, quaky bogs along the borders of well-drained ponds or small lakes, and in similar situations along slow streams. In favorable situations of this sort, this moss may comprise the bulk of the vegetation, building up broad cushions, often a foot high, and forming a more or less continuous ground cover. From a distance the most conspicuous plants in such an area are the “cranberry grasses” {Car ex filiformis, C. oligosperma ), which, on closer inspec- tion, are usually found to form a rather scanty, open growth. Cranberries {Vaccinium macrocarpon ) are practically always present, together with a scatter- ing of low shrubs, such as sweet gale {Myrica Gale) and various heaths. Con- sidered from the standpoint of the ecologist, it can be said that not only are bogs which have arisen through the intervention of a floating mat most favorable to surgical sphagnum, but 5. papillosum in particular is far more likely to flourish in a bog where the mat-forming pioneers are sedges than in one where the pioneers are shrubs. Taken as a group, the sphagnums are much more widely distributed in cool, humid regions than in warm, relatively dry regions. From a climatic point of view, the most favorable regions in the east are eastern Maine and the country lying to the northeast, along the coast: the region in which raised bogs are encountered. The best eastern material thus far collected in quantity came — 56 from Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia. But even in the interior, good material apparently is not lacking: fine specimens of A. papillosum have recently been received from Michigan. Except in regions where the climate is congenial, however, it is to be expected that sphagnums of surgical value will be very local in their distribution. In conclusion, information is particularly sought regarding the occurrence in quantity of 5. papillosum, since this species, as already pointed out, has proven the most uniformly adapted to surgical use. S. papillosum, to a limited degree, of course, can be recognized by its very robust habit and its commonly yellowish brown to brown pigmentation. Information regarding S. palustre, S. imbricatum, and 5. magellanicum, where these appear sufficiently luxuriant to be of use, will also be welcome, but these, particularly the last named, tend to be of too poor quality (too much stem in proportion to foliage, stem too stiff, etc.) to meet the requirements. Sheffield Scientific School, Yale University. NOTES ON RADULA OBCONICA SULL. Annie Lorenz There are but few references to this interesting species in American hepatic literature. Sullivant’s original description, copied by Underwood in his catalog of North American Hepaticae, (7, p. 44) was in the 1848 edition of Gray’s Man- ual (6, p. 688), but it was not there illustrated. The figures appeared in the second edition, 1856, drawn by Isaac Sprague. While they are very small, and lacking in critical detail, they give a good impression of R. obconica' s branch- ing habit, and its general similarity to R. complanata. In fact, the two species are very closely related, the chief reason for separating them being the difference in their methods of vegetative reproduction. The plant is of a more copiously branching and slender aspect than R. complanata, and it is found in moister situations than either that or R. tenax, on rocks in brooks, damp places near waterfalls, dripping rocks, etc. Sullivant gives its habitat as cedar trees, but Austin first notes its occurrence on rocks in his exsiccatae. In New England it usually occurs on rocks, being found uoon both granitic and trap rocks. As R. obconica has been but scantily described or figured, the following description has been compiled mainly from Sullivant and Stephani (4). The latter, of course, is not familiar with it in the field, so the writer has been obliged to differ with him on a few minor points. He says the species is heteroicous; it should be regarded rather as proterandrous, as the $ bracts are developed on the branch before the $ bracts. He gives the bracts as “hardly smaller than the stem-leaves”; the contrary is true of the New England material; also he makes no mention of the method of vegetative reproduction in either this or any other species of Radula. Muller, also, does not consider the method of vegetative reproduction as a specific diagnostic character. Stevens (5), in 1910, studied the discoid gemmae in R. complanata, and Miss Williston (9), in 1912, discussed several species of Radula, all of which — 57 — have gemmae of the type which grow to a specific size and are then shed before germination commences. Description of Radula obconica Radula obconica Sullivant. Gray’s Manual, Ed. i, 1848. Delin. Gray’s Manual, Ed. 2, 1856. Exsic. Aust. Hep. Bor. Amer. no. 88. Monoicous, small, dark olive-green, coloring-matter imparting a yellowish green tint to water, like other Radulae, rather stiff, growing upon damp rocks or bark. Stem about 1 cm. long, indefinitely pinnate-branching. Stem-leaves hardly imbricated, almost flat, conduplicate, nearly horizontally spreading, very ovate, 0.86 mm. long, 0.65 mm. wide, apex obtuse, free about halfway to base and covering the stem. Lobule small, subquadrate, 0.27 mm. long, 0.23 mm. wide, obliquely truncate at apex, with an obtuse or acute angle at base, entirely adnate, upper margin (parallel to the stem) 0.2 mm. long, keel obliquely spreading, slightly arched, 0.4 mm. long, with smooth sinus termin- ating at the margin of the leaf. Leaf-cells hexagonal, upper 18^ in diameter, basal a little longer, trigones almost none. Perichaetial bracts a little larger than the stem-leaves, spatulate, with rounded apex, lobule shorter, very simi- lar, apex truncate. Perianth with innovations on each side, clavate-oblong, 2 mm. long, mouth repand, entire, shortly bilobed. Perigonial bracts hypogy- nous, bracts in few pairs, deeply saccate, upper lobe rather gradually rounded, the under lobe very shortly truncate. Vegetative reproduction by means of caducous brood-leaves producing leafy shoots. Habitat. Wet rocks, or tree trunks. Distribution. Somewhat more southerly than the common species, according to the material in the herbaria of Dr. Evans, the New York Botanical Garden and the writer. Stations are as follows: Vermont: Liana Falls, Salisbury. (A. L.). Massachusetts: Bare Rock Falls, Sheffield. (A. L.). Connecticut: Litchfield: Watertown, (A. L.); Fairfield: Redding, (Evans); New Haven: Mt. Carmel, (Evans), Hamden, (Evans), New Haven, (Evans), North Branford, (Evans), Oxford, (Harger), Guilford, (A. L.); Middlesex: Kil- lingworth, (Nichols); New London: North Stonington, (Evans). Pennsylvania: Delaware Water Gap, (Garber). New Jersey: “Rare,” (Austin). District of Columbia: Washington, (Holzinger); Georgetown, (Coville). Virginia: Nicks Creek, (Mrs. Britton and Miss Vail). North Carolina: Salem. Georgia: Tallulah and Toccoa Falls, (Underwood and Seymour). Ohio: Champaign County, (Miss Biddlecome); Columbus, (Sullivant). Arkansas: Boston Mts., Swain, (W. H. Emig). R. obconica produces caducous brood-leaves in precisely the manner de- scribed by the writer in 1912 in Frullania (2), except that rhizoids have not been observed on the shed leaves. These leaves are “Briichblatter”, and not “Brutblatter”, as they do not break off at any particular place. Goebel (1, p. 674, f. 632) figures a Radula from Brazil which has similar leaves breaking off at a specific spot. I 58 A marginal cell on the shed leaves of R. obconica darkens, enlarges, and the cell-wall thickens, though not as noticeably as in Frullania. This enlarged cell divided by a horizontal wall, forming an inner and an outer cell. The outer one divides by a wall perpendicular to the leaf-margin, these divide in turn, and one side cuts out a triangular apical cell. The shoot develops directly from this, its first leaves being rudimentary, but it soon forms regular leaves with lobules, and is then easily detached from the parent leaf. The cell-masses are not produced in as great abundance as in Frullania , but were observed on perhaps half of the specimens studied. They occur upon $ bracts as well as upon the leaves; none were observed upon the lobules. The habitat has no apparent effect upon the production of brood-leaves, for while all the New England material examined by the writer grew on rocks, some particularly fine specimens were found on Miss Biddlecome’s Ohio plants growing upon Juniperus. The accompanying figures are drawn mainly from material collected by Dr. Evans in Connecticut, and the writer would thank him for lending his mate- rial of R. obconica for these investigations. Hartford, Connecticut, March, 1918. LITERATURE CITED 1. Goebel, K. — Organographie der Pflanzen. Zweiter Teil, erste Heft. Bryophyten. p. 674. 1915. 2. Lorenz, A. — Vegetative Reproduction in the New England Frullaniae. Bull. Torrey Club 39: 279-284, f. 1-3. 1912. 3. Miiller, K. — Lebermoose, in Rabenhorst. Kryptogamen-Flora Deutschlands, &c. 62: 539-553- 1915. 4. Stephani, F. — Species Hepaticariim. Vol. 4, p. 216, 1910. 5. Stevens, N. E. — Discoid Gemmae in the Leafy Hepaticae of New England, Bull. Torrey Club 37 : 365-373. f- i-4- 1910. 6. Sullivant, W. S. — Gray’s Manual, Ed. 1, 1848. 7. Underwood, L. M. — Descriptive Catalogue of the North American Hepaticae North of Mexico. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 2 : 1-133. 1884. 8. Underwood, L. M. — In Gray’s Manual, Ed. 6, p. 708, 1889. 9. Williston, R. — Discoid Gemmae in Radula. Bull. Torrey Club 39: 329~339- f- i~37- 1912. PLATE XXV. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Radula obconica Sullivant 1. Plant with perianth. X22.K 2. Plant with perianth. X22K 3. Sterile shoot. X22.K- 4. Sterile bract. X43K- 5. Sterile bract. X43K* 6. Leaf-cells. X285. All figures drawn by the writer from material from Mt. Carmel. Branford and N. Stoning- ton, Conn. (A. W. E.), and Mt. Washington, Mass. (A. L.). 7. Marginal cells. X285. 8. Leaf with cell-masses. X43X. 9. Leaf with cell-masses. X43K. 10. Leafy shoot. X43M- 11. Leafy shoot. X43K. BRYOLOGIST VOL. XXI, PLATE XXV Radula obconica Sullivant — 6o — OGTODICERAS JULIANUM BRID. VAR. OHIOENSE, NEW VARIETY1 W. H. Emig Octodiceras Julianum Brid., a water moss of Fontinalis-like habit, is quite common attached to submerged boulders and rocks, in the rapids of Washita River where the river cuts through the Arbuckle Mountains of Oklahoma. Only a few plants of Octodiceras , much branched and four to six inches long, were found in the clear calcareous streams of this region. The water of the Washita River is clear for about two months during the late summer, but during the remainder of the year the water is muddy, more especially since the recent clear- ing of the local forests with its accompanying erosion of the exposed soil. Dur- ing the next few years this change in the turbidity of the river water may have a decided influence on the continued growth and habit of these plants. The moss stems, much branched and usually about two inches in length, occur in small compact clusters at the base of which the rhizoids are flattened into small discs that serve as holdfasts. The dark green, flexible, and submerged sprays of mosses appear from a distance like growths of the alga Cladophora. A minute examination of the moss soon reveals its identity. Specimens of this moss from Oklahoma were compared with a number of specimens, which had been determined as Octodiceras Julianum Brid., in the herbarium of the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburgh. In this collection there was one specimen — collected by Prof. L. S. Hopkins on August 20, 1909, in Portage County, Ohio — which, although sterile, was in certain respects different from the species. The more apparent differences of the new variety and the species are illustrated in figures 1, 2, and 3 of Plate XXVI. In the following table the several points of variation between the species and the new variety are indicated. Octodiceras Julianum Brid. Length of leaf 3-85-4.05 mm. Width of leaf at widest part 32 mm. Number of cells across widest part of leaf 20-24 Width of leaf above vaginant lamina .23 mm. Width of costa 02 mm. Diameter of average cell near the center of the leaf between margin and costa, rounded- hexagonal 012-.02 mm. Cells at base of leaf near midrib, rectangular 01X.02 mm. Length of vaginant lamina 1.35 mm. Costa ends below apex 16 mm. Along the midrib — Leaf cells are uniformly rounded hexagonal At margin Cells uniform with no in- dication of a margin var. Ohioense 4-85-5-05 mm. .52 mm. 30-36 .39 mm. .02 mm. .016-.024 mm. .016X.03-.04 mm. 1.80 mm. .16 mm. One or more rows of elongated rect- angular cells. Several rows of small cells that give the appear- ance of an indis- tinct margin. 1 Contribution No. 2, Botanical Department of the University of Pittsburgh. i — 61 — The moss described above as a new variety is not given the rank of new species since it was not in fruiting condition. In the published illustrations and descriptions of Octodiceras there were found certain details at variance with the characteristics of the actual specimens. A correcton of these details are here consideied a noteworthy addition and are illustrated in figures 4, 5, and 6 of Plate XXVI. There is also considerable confusion in regards to the true rela- tionship of Octodiceras Julianum Brid., with the closely related species of Fissidens in which genus Octodiceras is often placed by certain bryologists. Octodiceras Julianum Brid. as it occurs in Oklahoma, is found submerged in running water throughout the year. In this respect it differs in habit from the species of Fissi- dens, which are found floating in quiet water, in moist places, or on surfaces that are dripping wet. Since Fissidens Hallianum Sull. and Lesq. is most fre- quently classed with Octodiceras under the synonym Conomitrium or as a sub- genus of Fissidens, the differences between these two species will be given in the table that follows. These points of variance apply equally as well to a comparison of Octodiceras with the genus Fissidens as a whole. Octodiceras Julianum Brid Fissidens Hallianum Sull. and Lesq. Habitat submerged aquatic floating or in moist places Seta of capsule. . .same length or much longer than the cap- shorter than capsule sule Calyptra mitriform cucullate Dehiscence of operculum equatorial above center of capsule Peristome 16 truncate teeth 16 subulate-lanceolate teeth Octodiceras (okto — -eight, dis keras — two horned, referring to the sixteen teeth) with a mitriform calyptra, a reduced peristome, and the equatorial dehis- cence of the operculum should rank as a genus distinct from Fissidens in which genus the species have a cucullate calyptra, an operculum that dehisces above the center of the capsule, and a peristome of more or less perfect teeth. University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Explanation of Plate XXVI a. Octodiceras Julianum Brid., entire plant, Xi. 1. “ “ “ portion of leaf above vaginant lamina, X200. 2. “ “ “ portion of leaf just below apex, X200. 3. “ var. Ohioense Emig, portion X200. 4- “ capsule and spore, X50. 5. “ peristome, X200. 6. “ capsule and calyptra, X40. A COLLECTION OF MOSSES FROM NORTH CAROLINA A. LeRoy Andrews As supplementary to the list of hepatics published several years ago,1 the following list of mosses may be of interest. In this case I have not taken the 1 The Bryologist, 17: s8ff 1914. BRYOLOGIST VOL. XXI, PLATE XXVI Octodiceras Julianum Brid., and var. Ohioense Emig -63 same pains to include all the species represented under each number, but have for each taken only the plant making up the bulk of the’ collection, unless there was something else of particular interest or in great quantity found with it. As to nomenclature, that of the North American Flora has been followed so far as it extends; beyond that the names are such as will be generally recognized. They are not meant to express conviction as to generic limits, natural relation- ships, or priority of names, but rather for the most part a lack of such con- viction: i. “Collected by Geo. F. Atkinson at Blowing Rock, Watauga and Cald- well Counties, Aug. 19-Sept. 22, 1901. Blue Ridge Mountains, altitude, 3500- 5000 feet.” Georgia pellucida (L.) Rabenh. 10971. Catharinaea angustata Brid. 11000, 11028, 11041, 11043. Pogonatum tenue (Menz.) E. G. B. 10978. Polytrichum ohioense R. & C. 10967, 10968, 10993, 11004, 11015, 11031, 1 1037. Ceratodon purpureus (L.) Brid. 11023. Dicranella heteromalla (L.) Schimp. 10965, 10969, 10986, 10990, 11001, 11006, 11014, 11038, 11039, 11044, 11045, 12150. Dicranum flagellare Hedw. 10974, 10985, 11007, 11027, 11029, 11051a, 1 1053, 11062, 11076. Dicranum fulvum Hook. 11046. Dicranum scoparium (L.) Hedw. 11010, 11022, 11052, 11071, 11074. Leucobryum glaucum (L.) Schimp. 10977, 11079. Rhabdoweisia crispata (Dicks.) Kindb. 10983. Fissidens subbasilaris Hedw. 11069. Weisia viridula (L.) Hedw. 10979. Ulota ulophylla (Ehrh.) Broth. 11032. Ulota Hutchinsiae (Sm.) Hamm. 11036, 11048. Hedwigia albicans (Web.) Lindb. 11016, 11033. Bryum argenteum L. 10966. Rhodobryum roseum (Weis) Limpr. 11021, 11067. Mnium cuspidatum (L.) Leyss. 11019. Mnium affine Bland. 11040,11067. Philonotis fontana (L.) Brid. 11049. Leucodon brachypus Brid. 10984, 10999, 11030, 11033, 11082. Anomodon rostratus (Hedw.) Schimp. 10964, 11026, 11068. Anomodon attenuatus (Schreb.) Hiiben. 11020. Anomodon apiculatus B. & S. 11042. Thuidium scitum (Beauv.) Aust. 11081. Thuidium delicatulum (L.) Mitt. 11034, 11051. Entodon cladorrhizans (Hedw.) C. M. 11017. Rhynchostegium serrulatum (Hedw.) J. & S. 10994. Sematophyllum carolinianum (C. M.) E. G. B. 11013. Sematophyllum recurvans (Michx.) E. G. B. 11008, 11009, 11066, 11084. -64- Hypnum chrysophyllum B rid. 11035. Hypnum reptile Michx. 11018. Hy pnum imponens Hedw. 11005, 11047. Hypnum Crista-castrensis L. 10995. Hypnum rugosum Ehrh. 11085. Eurhynchium strigosum (Hoffm.) B. & S. 11025. la. Same label, collected 1889. Polytrichum commune L. 7337- lb. Same locality, collected by E. J. Durand, July 20-Sept. 14, 1901. Georgia pellucida (L.) Rabenh. 12116. Catharinaea angustata Brid. 12115. Pogonatum tenue (Menz.) E. G. B. 12113. Polytrichum ohioense R. & C. 12108, 12 109. Dicranella heteromalla (L.) Schimp. 12112. Dicranum flagellar e Hedw. 12106. Dicranum scoparium (L.) Hedw. 12 107. Ulota Hutchinsiae (Sm.) Hamm. 12110. Rhodobryum roseum (Weis) Limpr. 12098. Mnium punctatum { L.) Hedw. 12119. Fontinalis dalecarlica Schimp. 12097. Fontinalis Lescurii Sull. 1 2 1 1 7 . Leucodon hr achy pus Brid. 12m. Neckera pennata (L.) Hedw. 12118. Hypnum reptile Michx. 12114. Hypnum imponens Hedw. 12 105. 2. “Collected by Geo. F. Atkinson in Watauga County, on trip from Blow- ing Rock, via Aho, Boone, return by Boone Road, Sept. 7, 1901. Blue Ridge Mountains, altitude, 2500-3000 feet.” Catharinaea undulata (L.) W. & M. 11389. Polytrichum ohioense R. & C. 11302, 11322, 11386. Ditrichum pusillum (Hedw.) Timm. 11341. Dicranella heteromalla (L.) Schimp. 11343, 11355, 11368. Dicranella rubra (Huds.) Kindb. 11364. Dicranum flagellar e Hedw. 11370. Dicranum fulvum Hook. 11317, 11321, 11361. Dicranum scoparium (L.) Hedw. 11305, 11346, 11390. Fissidens subbasilaris Hedw. 11334. Fissidens cristatus Wils. 11379. Grimmia pennsylvanica Schwaegr. 11332. Pohlia elongata Hedw. 11341. Rhodobryum roseum (Weis) Limpr. 11339. Mnium punctatum var. elatum Schimp. 11308. Climacium americanum Brid. 11338, 11373. Forsstroemia trichomitria (Hedw.) Lindb. 11357* Neckera pennata (L.) Hedw. 11347. -65- Anomodon apiculatus B. & S. 11298, 11331, 11387. Thuidium delicatulum (L.) Mitt. 11306, 11323, 11348, 11362, 11363. Sematophyllum recurmns (Michx.) E. G. B. 11303, 1 1315, 11335, 11340. 1 1344, 11358. Hypnum chrysophyllum Brid. 11382. Hypnum reptile Michx. 11300, 11303, 11360. Hypnum imponens Hedw. 11309, 11313. Hypnum nemorosum Koch. 11350, 11384. Hylocomium brevirostre (Ehrh.) B. & S. 11381. Hylocomium splendens (Hedw.) B. & S. 11354. Homalotheciella subcapillata (Hedw.) Card. 11376. Br achy thecium acuminatum (Hedw.) Kindb. 11311. Brachythecium plumosum (Sw.) B. & S. 11316, 1135 1. Brachythecium oxycladon (Brid.) J. & S. 11374. Eurhynchium strigosum (Hoffm.) B. & S. 11312, 11327, 11353. Eurhynchium graminicolor (Brid.) R. & C. 11304. 2b. Same trip, collected by E. J. Durand. Neckera pennata (L.) Hedw. 12 100. Thuidium delicatulum (L.) Mitt. 12101. Hypnum chrysophyllum Brid. 12 102. 3. “Collected by Geo. F. Atkinson on Grandfather Mountain, Watauga, Caldwell and Mitchell Counties, Sept. 10 and 11, 1901. Blue Ridge Mountains, altitude, 3500-6000 feet.’ Sphagnum magellanicum Brid. 11664. Sphagnum quinquefarium (Lindb.) Warnst. 11659, 11660, 11661, 11662, 11663, 11665, 11666, 11667, 11668, 11669, 11670, 11671, 11672, 11673, 11674, 11675, 11676, 11677, 11678, 11679, 1 1680, 1 1 68 1 , 11682, 11683, 11684, 11685, 11687, 1 1688, 11689, 11690, 11691, 11692, 11693, 11694. Andreaea rupestris (L.) Hedw. 11432. Georgia pellucida (L.) Rabenh. 11486. Catharinaea angustata Brid. 11962. Polytrichum ohioense R. & C. 11473, 11496, 11503, 11504, 11974. Dicranella heteromalla (L.) Schimp. 11411, 11433, 11438, 11443, 11445, 11461, 11465. Dicranodontium denudatum (Brid.) E. G. B. 11396, 11487. Dicranum fulvum Hook. 11444, 11458, 11981. Dicranum fuscescens Turn. 11429, 11436, 11446, 11457, 11476, 11481, 11482. Dicranum scoparium (L.) Hedw. 11418, 11437, 11479, 11492, 11500, 11970, 11989. Dicranum longifolium Hedw. 11401, 11439. Leucobryum glaucum (L.) Schimp. 11686. Rhabdoweisia crispata (Dicks.) Kindb. 11606. Fissidens cristatus Wils. 11963, 11971. Ulota Hutchinsiae (Sm.) Hamm. 11488. — 66 — Pohlia elongata Hedw. 11988. Pohlia nutans (Schreb.) Lindb. 11497. Rhodobryum roseum (Weis) Limpr. 11964. Mnium punctatum (L.) Hedw. 11983. Mnium affine Bland. 11990. Autacomnium heterostichum (Hedw.) B. & S. 11994. Bartramia pomiformis (L.) Hedw. 11399. Fontinalis Lescurii Sull. 11958. Leucodon brachypus Brid. 11977. Neckera pennata (L.) Hedw. 11597, 11975. Anomodon apiculatus B. & S. 11959. Thuidium delicatulum (L.) Mitt. 11985. Pylaisia Schimperi Card. 11978. Plagiothecium denticulatum (L.) B. & S. 1 1477, 11502. Plagiothecium sylvaticum (Huds.) B. & S. 11434, 11494. Plagiothecium striatellum (Brid.) Lindb. 11464. Sciaromium Lescurii (Sull.) Broth. 11966. Sematophyllum carolinianum (C. M.) E. G. B. 11459. Sematophyllum recurvans (Michx.) E. G. B. 11395, 11414, 11454, 11463, 1 1477, 1 1495- Hypnum reptile Michx. 11405, 11430, 11608, 11960, 11979. Hypnum imponens Hedw. 11991, 11992. Hypnum Crista-castrensis L. 11403, 11498. Hypnum Schreberi Willd. 11440. Hylocomium brevirostre (Ehrh.) B. & S. 11968, 11993. Hylocomium splendens (Hedw.) B. & S. 11419. Eurhynchium strigosum (Hoffm.) B. & S. 11953, 11961. 4. “Collected by Geo. F. Atkinson near Shulls Mills, N. C., Sept. 13, 1901. Blue Ridge Mountains, altitude, about 3000 feet.” Poly trichum ohioense R. & C. 12049. Webera sessilis (Schmid.) Lindb. 12058. Dicranum longifolium Hedw. 12053. Leucobryum glaucum (L.) Schimp. 12052. 5. “Collected by Geo. F. Atkinson along Caney River, on lower slope of Mt. Mitchell, Yancey County, Sept. 15-16, 1901. Black Mountains, altitude, 3000-4000 feet.” Georgia pellucida (L.) Rabenh. 11708. Catharinaea angustata Brid. 1 1 747 , 11750. Catharinaea undulata (L.) W. & M. 11699. Polytrichum ohioense R. & C. 11719. Webera sessilis (Schmid.) Lindb. 11727. Dicranum fulvum Hook. 11710, 11730. Dicranum scoparium (L.) Hedw. 1 1714, 11745. Rhacomitrium aciculare (L.) Brid. 11723, 1 1 755. Bartramia pomiformis (L.) Hedw. 11703. — 67 Climacium americanum Brid. 11695. Leucodon brachypus Brid. 11698, 11700, 11721, 11748. Forsstroemia trichomitria (Hedw.) Lindb. 11717. Neckera pennata (L.) Hedw. 11707. Thamnium alleghaniense (C. M.) B. & S. 11722, 11731. Anomodon rostratus (Hedw.) Schimp. 11713. Anomodon apiculatus B. & S. 11712, 11729, 11732, 11734, 11740, 11752. Thuidium delicatulum (L.) Mitt. 11716, 11720, 11728, 11735, ii739> 1 ll7 43- Hypnum curvifolium Hedw. 11742. Hylocomium brevirostre (Ehrh.) B.&S. 11718, 11 751. Brachythecium plumosum (Sw.)*B. & S. 11696, 11701. Eurhynchium strigosum (Hoffm.) B. & S. 11738. 6. “Collected by Geo. F. Atkinson near Spruce Pine, N. C., Sept. 15 and 17, 1901. Blue Ridge Mountains, altitude, about 3000 feet.” Sphagnum palustre L. 12050, 12051. Sphagnum quinquefarium (Lindb.) Warnst. 12056, 12057. 7. “Collected at Chapel Hill, N. C., Feb. 26, 1888.” Fissidens cristatus Wils. 12 133. Ptychomitrium incurvum (Schwaegr.) Sull. 12138. Ithaca, N. Y. REVIEW OF LITERATURE In the Kew Bulletin 1 there has recently appeared a note on a long obscure moss name. Inasmuch as the Bulletin is not so readily accessible to most mem- bers, we reprint the note in full: “Chatubinskia, Rehmann.— During his travels in South Africa in 1875 to 1877, Dr. Rehmann collected a large number of mosses and hepaticae, which he distributed in sets accompanied by printed labels bearing details as to the habitat and in most cases also the determination. Amongst the mosses were many proposed new species, of which descriptions were not published at the time, but this was done in some cases by Dr. Carl Mueller in Hedwigia, xxxviii, pp. 52-155 (1899), while others were merely enumerated in the Revue Bryologique 1878, pp. 69-71, and in General Paris’ Index Muscorum, but up to the present time no general list of this valuable collection has appeared. No. 595, collected in the Transvaal, was regarded by Rehmann as a new genus, for which he pro- posed the name Chatubinskia africana, which up to the time of the recent issue of T. R. Sim’s Handbook of the Bryophyta of South Africa (p. 199) had been neither described nor identified. The specimen at Kew shows that this is not a moss, but the almost cosmopolitan hepatic, Herberta juniperina, Spruce, in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb., xv, p. 342 (1885); Jungermannia juniperina Sw. FI. Ind. Occ., p. 1855 (1806); Schisma juniper inum, Dmrt. Comm. Bot., p. 114 (1822); Sendtner a juniperina, Nees in Gott., Lindenb. et Nees, Syn. Hepat., p. 239 (1844F The locality given on Rehmann’s label is: “Transvalia; in silvis primaevis mont. Lechlaba in latere meridionali in summi montis Snellskop ad arborum truncos.” 1 C. H. W. Chatubinskia, Rehmann. Kew Bulletin of Misc. Information, 1917. No. 9 and 10. pp. 339-340. — 68 — Dr. Andrews2 has recently described a new hybrid moss from material collected on the surface of fine silt that had been pumped upon a fresh marsh at Ithaca, N. Y., in the progress of reclamation work. The antheridial parent was Physcomitrium turbinatum, and the archegonial, Physcomitrella patens. Both parents, with various species of Physcomitrium and Aphanorrhegma, were abundant in the vicinity. Dr. Andrews gives a detailed description of the sporophyte, and mentions other cases of hybridism which have been described in mosses. Four new species of Lejeuneae are described by Dr. Evans3 in a recent issue of the American Journal of Botany .' The four are: Cololejeunea contractiloba, Lejeunea cladogyna, Euosmolejeunea parvula, and Ptychocoleus heterophyllus, all from Florida. Besides detailed descriptions and figures of these species, there are extended critical notes upon the relationships and distribution of the plants described, a description (with figure) of Lejeunea longifissa Steph., and addi- tional descriptive note upon Rectolejeunea Maxonii Evans. E. B. C. EXCHANGE DEPARTMENT Offerings— To members only. Return postage should accompany the re- quest. It is better to send a stamp, rather than a stamped envelope; many of the latter do not fit specimen packets. Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City.— Breutelia arctuata Schimp., st. Coll. Mr. Rhodes, in Wales. Dicranoweisia cirrhata, Lindb., c. fr. Coll. Mr. Rhodes, in England. Dr. Wm. H. Wiegmann, 436 East 5th Street, New York City. — Dicranum rhabdocarpum Sulk, Coll. Dr. Jos. Bequaert, in Arizona. Mr. Frank E. MacDonald, 417 California Avenue, Peoria, 111. — Dicranella heteromalla Schimp., Dicranella varia Schimp., and Catharinaea angustata Brid., all c. fr. from Illinois. 2 A. LeRoy Andrews. Bryological Notes IV. — A New Hybrid in Physcomitrium. Torreya, 18: 52-54- (March, 1918.) 3 Alexander W. Evans. Noteworthy Lejeuneae from Florida. Am. Journ. Bot. 5: 131-150. figs. 1-5 • (March, 1918.) CLUBBING OFFER The following rates are made in connection with Dr. Grout for a year’s subscription to the Bryologist, or for membership in the Sullivant Mos9 Society, if remittance is made at one time, in advance. Moss Flora of N. Y. City and Bryologist, $2.10; with membership, $2.35, Mosses with Handlens, Ed. ii, and Bryologist, $2.75; with membership, $3.00. Mosses with Handlens and Microscope and Bryologist, $6.25; with mem- bership, $6.50. All remittances and communications should go to Edward B. Chamberlain 18 West 89th St., New York WANTED Back Numbers of the Bryologist* Anyone having copies of the Bryologist, Vol. iii Nr. i, or Vol. vi. Nr. 2, for sale, is requested to write the undersigned; copies of the whole volume will also be bought. A liberal al- lowance will be made to members on next year’s dues. EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN 18 West 89th. Street NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN HEPATICAE By Miss C. C. Haynes and Dr. A. W. Evans Lists all forms known to occur in the United States and Canada. First Supplement containing additions and corrections, also ready. Price, for either List or Supplement , 25c per dozen , 50 for $r oo MISS C. C. HAYNES - - - HIGHLANDS, N. L THE GUIDE TO NATURE A Magazine of Commonplace Nature with Uncommon Interest Beautifully Illustrated Many New Features “It i» all very well to be a specialist, but it is bad to be nothing but a specialist ” —Dean Coulter , Purdue EDWARD F. BIGELOW, Managing Editor Subscription, $i ,m a Year Single or Sample Copy roe. THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION ARCADIA SOUND BEACH CONNECTICUT AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL An illustrated quarterly devoted to the general study of ferns. Subscrip- tion, 1918,, including membership in THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY, $1.00; or, without membership, 90 cents. Foreign subscriptions, 10 cents a year extra. Volume I. six parts, $2.00; Volumes II to VII, $1.00 each: the set, seven volumes, $7.50. Send subscriptions or applications for membership to E. J. WINSLOW, Auburndale, Mass. Send matter for publication to R. C. BENEDICT, 322 East 19th St., Brooklyn, N. Y. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages about 45 pages and 2 plates. Devoted to botanical contributions of the widest range; morphological, physiological, taxonomic, teological, and geographical. $4.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news; established 1901. About 20 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Fifteen volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. MEMBERSHIP including publications, $5.00 a year. Address, Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club, BERNARD O. DODGE, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York City r VOLUME XXI NUMBER 5 SEPTEMBER, 1918 THE BRY0L0GI8T JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted and Published for the Society by O. E. JENNINGS, Pk.D., Editor-in-Ctief /& Associate Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT, Pb.D. GEORGE N. BEST, M.D. JOHN M. HOLZINGER, M S. ALEXANDER W. EVANS. Ph D. LINCOLN W. RIDDLE, Pb.D. and the Advisory Board Officers of the Society CONTENTS Notes on the Mosses of Northwestern Ontario* Ellen Hutchins— A Biographical Sketch Further Notes on Jagerinopsis, Broth “Chatubinskia”— A Further Correction The American Red Cross Wants Information Porotrichum Not Thamnobryum Sullivant Moss Society Notes Exchange Department I. Spagnum O. E. Jennings 6 9 IV. H. Pearson 78 E. G. Britton 80 H. N. Dixon 80 G. E. Nichols 8/ E. G. Britton 83 84 68 Entered as second-class matter August 2l6t, 1913, at the Post Office at Pittsburgh. Pennsylvania, under the Act of March 3, 1879. ’ "Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized August 8, 1918 ” Copyright. 1918, hy Edward B. Chamberlain The July number of T HE BRYOLOGIST was published September 16, 1918 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE. LANCASTER. PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal of THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription in the United States, $1.25 per year; in all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Single copies, 25 cents. Vols. I-XX, 1898-1917, $20.25. TEN YEAR INDEX, fi.oo Checks, except New York City, MUST contain io cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President — Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President — -Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N. Y. Secretary -Treasurer — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 18 W. 89th Street New York City . Curators 0} Herbaria — Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses , 232 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue, Mount Airy, Pa. ; Miss C. C. Haynes, Hepatics , pro tem Highlands, N. J . ; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. AH material for identification should be sent to the respective curators, also all correspondence relating to the Exchange Department. VOL. XXI, PLATE XXVII Characteristic Plant Habitats, Nipigon Region, Ontario and 3 near Nipigon; 2, 4, and 5 at north end of Lake Nipigon. See Explanation of Plate, p. 78 THE BRYOLOGIST Vol. XXI September, 1918 No. 5 NOTES ON THE MOSSES OF NORTHWESTERN ONTARIO. I. SPHAGNUM O. E. Jennings It has been my intention for some time to begin the publication of a series of notes relating to the bryophytes collected by my wife and me during the five summers we have spent in the delightfully wild and little botanized region to the north and northwest of Lake Superior. During these expeditions we have spent most of the time “roughing it,” pitching our tent at some point for from two to three or four weeks and from this station working the surrounding terri- tory, sometimes so far from our tent as to necessitate sleeping out and returning to the tent next day. During the first season, Mr. R. H. Daily was with us most of the summer, but otherwise we worked by ourselves, without the services of either cook or guide. Altogether during the summers of 1912, 13, 14, 16, and 17, we have established ourselves at twenty-one stations, some of these places having been worked two or three times at different seasons. The region thus covered extends for about two hundred miles along the “North Shore” of Lake Superior and out onto many of the islands and peninsulas, and from there north- east to the north end of Long Lake on the Kenogami River (Hudson Bay drain- age) ; north to the north end of Lake Nipigon, about a hundred miles north of Lake Superior; and northwest to Sioux Lookout, nearly two hundred miles from Lake Superior. The whole territory embraced within these points is perhaps twice the size of the state of New Jersey, and our field numbers, including all kinds of plants, have mounted to nearly eighteen thousand. In articles in the American Fern Journal 1 the natural features of the regions visited have been described to some extent. The region along the north shore of Lake Superior and to the north around what is really one of o.ur six “Great Lakes,” Lake Nipigon, is rough enough to be termed mountainous. Thunder Cape and St. Ignace Island along the north shore of Lake Superior rise to over twelve hundred feet above its waters, while especially around the southern end of Lake Nipigon steep knobs and even vertical cliffs rise precipitately out of the water to a height of several hundred feet. This Nipigon and North Shore region is covered very largely with a thick cap of Keewenawan diabase which has faulted in wide gaps or which has broken down vertically producing pali- 1 Jennings, O. E. Notes on the Pteridophytes of the North Shore of Lake Superior. Amer. Fern Journ. 3: 38-48. June, 1913; same titlen-II. 4: 68-73. Apr.-June, 1914; Notes on the Pteri- dophytes of Northwestern Ontario, Amer. Fern Journ. 5: 33-39, May, 1915; An annotated List of the Pteridophytes of Northwestern Ontario. Amer, Fern Journ. 8 : 38-50 and 76-88. Apr.- June and July-Sept., 1918. The July number of The Bryologist was published September 16, 1918, £ o & o Ph Map showing by black dots the localities in northwestern Ontario which were used one or more times as bases or stations from which to botanize the surrounding territory during the years 1912, 13, 14, 16, and 17. No attempt has been made to include on this map the hundreds of smaller lakes and streams. Reproduced by permission from the Amekican Fekn^Touknal — 7i — sades such as those forming the main attraction of the magnificent scenery towards the mouth of the Nipigon River. This diabase country is wild and rough — a wilderness of mountain, cliff, talus-slope, bog, lake, and rushing waters with frequent waterfalls, practically all in forest, although burned over in places. It is a botanists’ and sportsmen’s paradise, but woe to him who is not able to live in a tent or to pack things on his back over rough trails, or whose nerves are not equal to the test of the hordes of black flies by day, “no-see-ums,”2 at dusk and daybreak, and mosquitoes by night! The forests in this region consist of but few types. Black spruce occurs everywhere in the mature muskegs and also in crevices on the cliffs and more barren rocky surfaces where soil is scanty or none. On the burned-over areas, of course, the white birch and trembling aspen prevail, while in favorable situa- tions, where a rather deep forest soil has accumulated, the forest is nearly pure balsam and spruce, or, more usually, a mixture of these trees with white birch and trembling aspen and an undergrowth of mountain ash and moose maple (Acer spicatum ). To the east of Lake Nipigon the country is less rough, there being much glacial till and sand-plain between the rock hills, though still with numerous lakes and bogs, the spruce muskeg covering large areas. To the northwest of Lake Superior, along the line of the Canadian Government Railway, about thirty miles from Fort William, there is a mountain range which, with its similar altitude and rounded contours, reminds one of the ranges of the Allegheny Moun- tains, though with some very steep cliffs and rocky gorges. Beyond this range, farther northwest, the country becomes rather monotonous with wide stretches of spruce muskeg and lakes and ponds innumerable, bounded by flat stretches of Banksian pine sand-plain or by glacial moraines, or by low knobs of rock made round and smooth by glaciers. The following list enumerates the specimens of Sphagnum collected during the years 1912, 1913, and 1914. These were* identified for us by Dr. A. LeRoy Andrews. While not yet worked over, the 1916 and 1917 specimens will not likely show much in addition, other than to extend the areas of some of the species eastward from Lake Nipigon to Jellicoe and Long Lake, and to add further localities within the general area covered by the three years’ collections reported herewith. The ranges given for the species and the order of sequence and the nomenclature in the list is that adopted by Andrews in the North Amer- ican Flora. All specimens were collected by O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, unless otherwise stated. The numbers in parenthesis are the writer’s field- numbers for his Ontario collections. 2 Minute blood-sucking flies variously known as Midges, Sand-flies, Punkies, or No-see-ums, belonging to the genus Culicoides. These pests were especially annoying at our station at Orient Bay, Lake Nipigon. The “Black Fly” of the North Woods is a dark-colored, hump-backed, short-legged fly (genus Simulium) about half as long as a house fly. It bites with a lance-like cut from which blood flows, especially along the edge of one’s hat-band, under the collar, and around the wrists. This pest is much worse during the first half of the summer, and especially after a wet spring and its favorite habitat is a black spruce-sphagnum muskeg. See Miall’s Aquatic Insects for some interesting reading concerning the life of the Black Fly. — 72 — Annotated List of Species i. Sphagnum magellanicum Brid. (S. medium Limpr.), Margin of pond, Silver Islet, Thunder Cape, June 23, 1912 (No. 336) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Bog margin of twin lakes 1 mile south of Nipigon, July 2, 1912 *(634) 0. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Spruce muskeg west of Heron Bay R. R. Station, July 20, 1912 (1355) 0. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Open bog near Porphyry Island lighthouse, July 23, 1913 (3689)] Spruce muskeg at Fort William Mission, Sept. 5, 1913 ( 5208 , 5210) ; Open bog at Orient siding, south end of Lake Nipigon, July 2, 1914 ( 6i6o)\ Boggy margin of little lake between Orient Bay and Virgin Falls, south end of Lake Nipigon, July 8, 1914 ( 6335 ) and July 19, 1914 {6537)', Spruce muskeg on gentle slope at north end of Ombabika Bay, north end of Lake Nipigon, Aug. 17, 1914 ( [7046 ); Muskeg at east end of Pelican Lake, Graham, Sept. 5, 1914 ( 7481 ). Macoun reports it from Lake Nipigon* 1 2 3. The distribution of this species is: “Labrador southward to Alabama and Florida; [Central Pennsylvania — O. E. J.]; Michigan; Minnesota; California; Vancouver Island to Alaska; Bermuda; also in Europe, Asia, and South Amer- ica.”4 In common with a considerable number of other plants occurring in northwestern Ontario, this species, as far as its distribution is known, has in North America a range which may be likened to an hour-glass, wide at both ends and narrowing down in the middle. However, the abundant occurrence of this species in practically all parts of the region visited would indicate that its range may extend much farther to the north in the middle portion of Canada. It is of interest at the present time to note that this is practically the only one of the good surgical sphagnums occurring in northwestern Ontario.5 6 7 8 9 Not having in mind this practical use of the moss when collecting the specimens, 3 Macoun, in Catalogue of Canadian Plants, Part VI — Musci. 1892 (Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. Canada), reports the following sphagnums from the general region covered by our expeditions. The reports are taken verbatim from the Catalogue without any attempt being made to straighten out the synonymy, nor to verify the reports according to more modern treatments of the genus: 1. 5. Girgensohnii Russ. “On the portage path, four miles east of Kakabeka Falls, west of Lake Superior.” “Peat bog, Newboro, near Kingston, Ont. {Prof. Lawson).” 2. S. fuscum var. fuscescens Warnst. “In a swamp near the Pic, Lake Superior.” 3. S. acutifolium var. palescens Warnst. “In the hollows of granite rocks on a small island off the northeast coast of Lake Superior, nearly opposite the lower end of Michipicoten Island.” 4. 5. acutifolium var. rubrum Warnst. “Peat bogs, Lake Nipigon, Ont. {Macoun).” 5. 5. teres var. squarrosulum Lesq. “In a swamp 15 miles west of Port Arthur, Lake Supe- rior {Macoun) .” 6. S. compaclum var. subsquarrosum Warnst. “Bogs along Nipigon River, Ont.” 7. 5. subsecundum Nees. “Bogs, Lake Nipigon, Ont.” 8. 5. cymbifolium Ehrh. Very common in peat bogs throughout Ontario, but seldom sep- arated from the variety,” i. e. var. laeve Warnst. 9. 5. medium var. laeve f. purpurascens Russ. “Peat bogs along Lake Nepigon.” 4 Andrews. A. LeRoy. North American Flora. 5 Nichols, G. E. War Work for Bryologists. Bryoi.oc-ist 21: 53-56. July, 1918. Hotson, J. W. Sphagnum as a Surgical Dressing, Science, N. S. 48: 203-208. Aug. 30, 1918, 73 — I did not note the relative abundance of this species. Gathering together my various ecological notes and other data it appears quite certain, however, that S. magellanicum occurs in considerable quantity throughout most of the region but it is practically always closely associated with a number of other species and practically always occurs with Myrica or Chamaedaphne,' or in black spruce muskegs, in each case likely to be mixed with twigs and other foreign matter. Generally speaking, this would not likely be a good region for extensive gather- ings of the moss for surgical purposes, but I have no doubt that careful search among the bogs of the North Shore district of Lake Superior would reveal here and there supplies of good quality. i a. Sphagnum magellanicum Brid. — The form called by Warnstorf S. sub- bicolor Hampe. Bog margin of little lake, one-half mile north of Rossport, July 15, 1912 (. 1158 ) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Margin of Perry Pond, Silver Islet, July 13, I9I3 (J5°7)i In alder thicket along rivulet in deep spruce-balsam woods, Por- phyry Island, Lake Superior, July 23, 1913 ( 3692 ). 2. Sphagnum compactum D. C. (S. rigidum Schimp.). Near Rossport, July 14, 1912 {1053b) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily. Bogs along Nepigon River, according to Macoun {see footnote, p. 7 2). With a re- ported range {North American Flora) of “Greenland; Labrador southward to Florida and Alabama; [also central Pennsylvania — O. E. J .] ; Illinois; Vancouver Island to Alaska; also in Europe and Asia.” The additional stations extend the mid-continental range of the species considerably to the north. 3. Sphagnum Wulfianum Girg. In dark, moist Balsam-Spruce-Thuya-Birch woods, between granite hills one mile northwest of Heron Bay R. R. station, July 22, 1912 {1447b) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Spruce muskeg on top of mountain south of Nipigon, Aug. 27, 1912 {2336, 2326b, 2327) O. E. & G. K. Jennings and R. H. Daily; Under spruce at margin of bog, Porphyry Island, Lake Superior, July 26, 1913 (. 3803 ); Little muskeg on glacial till north of Ombabika Post, Aug. 17, 1914 {6756)] Forming the high mounds in spruce muskeg at head of Ombabika Bay, north end of Lake Nipigon, Aug. 17, 1914 {7038), see PL XXVII, fig. 4. In the regions visited, S. Wulfianum seems to be almost always prominently associated with the black spruce, often forming mounds of considerable size. North of the head of Ombabika Bay, in the extensive spruce muskeg covering the gently ascending slope, the mounds were often three or four feet in diameter and as much as a foot high. In North America the' reported range of the species is from Greenland and eastern Canada to Connecticut; New York; Minnesota; and Vancouver Island. It is also reported from Siberia and northern Europe, and its abundance in the Lake Superior and Lake Nipigon districts would indi- cate a considerable mid-continental range in America to the northwards. 4. Sphagnum squarrosum Crome. In spruce muskeg margin of lakelet, Ft. William Mission, June 19, 1912 {180) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Exposed top of Sleeping Giant, Thunder Cape, June 27, 1912 {426) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Under spruce-alder — 74 — thicket along margin of cold rivulet, Porphyry Island, L. Superior, July 23, 1913 {3692) and July 26, 1913 (3796)] Maloney Harbor, Black Bay Peninsula, Lake Superior, Aug. 17, 1913 ( 4871 ); Boggy woods east side Loon Lake, Sept. 9, 1913 (5268)\ In boggy woods along trail west of Sioux Lookout, Sept. 7, 1914 (7538). From arctic regions ranging along the North American coasts as far south as New Jersey and California, the species has been found inland in central Penn- sylvania, Ohio, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota, and our records show it rather general along the northwest shore of Lake Superior and to the northwest of there. However, we did not get it from Nipigon nor east of there along the North Shore, nor from the Lake Nipigon district. It occurs closely associated with the black spruce in muskegs and with alders fringing cold rivulets. 5. Sphagnum teres (Schimp.) Angstr. (S. squarrosulum Lesq.). Mixed with other sphagnums in boggy margin of small lake between Orient Bay and Virgin Falls, south end Lake Nipigon, July 19, 1914 ( 6540 ). Macoun reports it along the Nipigon River (see footnote, p. 72.) Ranging south along the coasts to New Jersey and California, this species has been found inland in Pennsylvania, New York, Michigan, and Colorado, so that the Lake Nipigon station marks a still farther extension of range northwards in the interior of the continent. 6. Sphagnum recurvum Beauv. (S. amblyphyllum Warnst.). Marginal bog of Six-mile Lake, Thunder Cape, Aug. 5, 1912 (1829) O. E. & G. K. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Ft. William Mission bog, Sept. 5, 1913 (5204); Boggy margin of little lake between Orient Bay and Virgin Falls, south end Lake Nipigon, July 19, 1914 (6538 & 6342 ); Along wet woods trail west of Sioux Lookout, Sept. 7, 1914 (7527); Bog at western edge of Graham, Sept. 7, 1914 (7578). According to North American Flora , this species ranges from “Labrador southwards to Florida and Louisiana; Colorado; Washington to Alaska; also in South America, Europe, and Asia, and reported from Africa.” No mention is made of any stations in the Great Lakes region, although it occurs commonly in northwestern Pennsylvania. Our collections would indicate a considerable mid-continental range for it, especially northwards. 6a. Sphagnum recurvum var. tenue Klingr. (S. parrifolium Warnst.). Boggy margin of lake near Ft. William Mission, June 19, 1912 (179 & 184 ) O. E. Jennings & R. Id. Daily; Spruce muskeg west of Heron Bay R. R. station, July 20, 1912 (1356) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; In small open bog with Sarracenia, Iris, Chamaedaphne, etc., Orient siding, south end Lake Nipigon, July 2, 1914 (6161, 6180, 6181 ); Open bog at western edge of Graham, Sept. 7, 1914 (7585). In North America this species ranges from Greenland to Pennsylvania, and from Washington to Alaska, occurring inland in central Pennsylvania, Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska, Montana, and Idaho. Our collections show it to have a rather general distribution in northwestern Ontario also. It usually occurs in rather open bogs with Sarracenia, Iris, Cassandra, etc. — 75 — 7. Sphagnum subsecundum Nees. (S. contortum Schultz, 5. laricinum Spruce). Boggy woods near shore, Edwards Island, Lake Superior, July 24, 1913 ( 3731 )l In Myrica bog at mouth of creek, Orient Bay, Lake Nipigon, July 18, 1914 ( 6306 ). Macoun also reports it for Lake Nipigon. Dr. Andrews notes that No. 3731 is the form called by Warnstorff, S. contortum Schultz. With a distribution from Greenland and Labrador to Florida, Louisiana, and Mexico, and from California to Washington; also Europe and Asia, and “regarded as cosmopolitan,” our collections would indicate it, for the North Shore and Lake Nipigon regions, as a rather rare moss occurring near the edges of large bodies of water. 8. Sphagnum Girgensohnii Russow. (S. strictum Lindb.). Together with the subbicolor form of S. magellanicum (No. 1153), this forms most of the open bog margin of a lakelet one-half mile north of Rossport, July 15, 1912. O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Boggy woods at margin of Perry Lake, Silver Islet, Thunder Cape, July 7, 1913 ( 3423 ); Alder swamp near Grassy Lake, Silver Islet, July 16, 1913 (3536)] Margin of pond in woods, Fluor Island, Lake Superior, Aug. 16, 1913 (3966)] Periodically dry pocket on unforested rocky top of knob, Little Fluor Island, Aug. 7, 1913 ( 4002 ); same island, Aug. 9, 1913 ( 4030 ); Spruce muskeg at head of Ombabika Bay, north end of Lake Nipigon, Aug. 14, 1914 (6907, 6910, 7043 ); Rock pocket on bare top of Sioux Lookout Mount, Sept. 4, 1914 (7398); Open bog at western edge of Graham, Sept. 7, 1914 (7576). Reported by Macoun: “On the portage path, four miles east of Kakabeka Falls, west of Lake Superior.” ( See footnote, p. 72.) Distributed from Greenland and Labrador to New Jersey and Pennsyl- vania; in West Virginia; Ohio; Minnesota; and from Oregon to Alaska; also Europe and Asia, our collections show it to have a quite general distribution in northwestern Ontario. 9. Sphagnum rpbustum (Russow) Roell. (S. Russowii Warnst.). On spray-swe*pt rock shore of Lake Superior, three miles northwest of Ross- port, July 15, 1912. O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily ( 1121 ); On steep granite slope, south side of Jackfish Island, Lake Superior, July 19, 1912 (1260) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Grassy bog at upper end of Grassy Lake, Silver Islet, Thunder Cape, July 9, 1913 (3463d)] With S. magellanicum (3689) in bog near Porphyry Island lighthouse, Lake Superior, July 23, 1913; Along wet portage in spruce forest on North Ombabika Peninsula, Lake Nipigon, Aug. 19, 1914 (7184c, 7190). “Greenland and Labrador to Massachusetts and New York; Colorado; Montana; Idaho; reported from Washington; also in Europe and reported from Asia.” Evidently also rather generally distributed along the North Shore and northward around Lake Nipigon. 10. Sphagnum fuscum (Schimp.) Klingr. Bog at Ft. William Mission, June 19, 1912 (185, 186 ) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; North face of cliff in deep woods, Silver Islet, Thunder Cape, June 23, 1912 (310s) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Spruce muskeg west of Heron Bay -76- R. R. station, July 20, 1912 ( 1354 , 1357 ) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Spruce bog two miles northwest of Current River Park, Port Arthur, Aug. 2, 1913 (. 1728 ); Swampy spot between sandhills three miles southeast of Stanley, June 30, I9I3 (3200) ; Base of old stump, shore Surprize Lake, Thunder Cape, July, 1913; Boggy spruce woods east side Edwards Island, Lake Superior, July 24, 1913 ( 3731 )'» Forming dense, rounded, brownish-green mounds in outer edge of bog near encircling black spruce forest, Porphyry Island, July 26, 1913 ( 3791 ); Grassy bog, Grassy Lake, Thunder Cape, July 9, 1913 (3459)', Spruce muskeg, Maloney Harbor, Magnet Point, Lake Superior, Aug. 17, 1913 ( 4827 , 4844 ); In bog at Fort William Mission, Sept. 5, 1913 (5205); Forming with No. 5238 ( S . capillaceum) mounds in spruce muskeg, east side LoOn Lake, Sept. 9, 1913; Boggy margin of little lake between Orient Bay and Virgin Falls, south end Lake Nipigon, July 19, 1913 (6539); Open bog western outskirts of Graham, Sept. 7, 1914 ( 7581 , 7582). Macoun reports 5. fuscum var. fuscescens Warnst. from “Swamp near the Pic, Lake Superior.” ( See footnote, p. 72.) Recorded from Europe and Asia, this species ranges south along North American coasts to Connecticut and New York in the east and Washington in the west. Inland it occurs in Michigan and Minnesota, Montana and Colo- rado, and our collections show it general along the north shore of Lake Superior, and north to Lake Nipigon and northwest to Sioux Lookout. We did not find it, however, at the northern end of Lake Nipigon. It usually forms dense mounds at the outer edges of bogs or associated with the black spruce. 1 1 . Sphagnum Warnstorfti Russow. Bog margin of lakelet near Ruby, southeast of Nipigon, July 2, 1912 ( 667 ) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Open bog, Sawbill Lake, Thunder Cape, June 27, 1912, O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Deep woods southwest of Silver Islet, Thun- der Cape, Aug. 4, 1912 ( 1812 ) O. E. & G. K. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Grassy bog, upper end Grassy Lake, Thunder Cape, July 9, 1913 (3466) and in alder fringe (same place); Marginal bog, Perry Pond, Silver Islet, July 13, 1913 (3508)] Spruce muskeg, Maloney Harbor, Magnet Point, Lake Superior, Aug. 17, 1913 (, 4870 , 4823 ); Wet meadow in advance of muskeg, two miles east of Loon Lake, Sept. 14, 1913 ( 5386 ); Deep woods in narrow rocky gorge, Orient, southeast corner Lake Nipigon, July 6, 1914 (6305); Alder thicket, mouth of creek, Orient Bay, July 18, 1914 ( 6302 ); Boggy margin of cove, Rangers’ Point, Orient Bay, July 21, 1914 (6331)] Muskeg at edge Ombabika Bay, north end Lake Nipigon, Aug. 15, 1914 (6994)-, Open bog margin, head Ombabika Bay, Aug. 17, 1914 (7033); Spruce muskeg at west end of Pelican Lake, Graham, Sept. 5, 1914 (7478, 7479 , 7480). “Greenland and Labrador to Connecticut and New York; [northwestern Pennsylvania — O. E. J.]; Michigan; Minnesota; Colorado and northward in Rocky Mountains to Alaska; also in Europe and reported from Asia.” Our collections show it generally distributed in Ontario, at least from the north- western shore of Lake Superior from Fort William to Nipigon, and north and west from there, but we did not find it along the North Shore at any of the sta- tions east of Nipigon. — 77 — 12. Sphagnum capillaceum (Weiss) Schrank, Baier. (S. acutifolium Ehrh.). Thuya-Larix-Picea bog, along outlet of depression, Silver Islet, Thunder Cape, June 23, 1912 ( 348 ) 0. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Wooded talus slope of mountain south of Nipigon, July 2, 1912, O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; In hollow on rounded bare rock knob near Lake Helen Mission, Nipigon, July 8, 1912. O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily ( 818 )'; Dense spruce-sphagnum muskeg at Pays Plat, July 15, 1912 ( 1981 ) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Steep granite slope, side south Jackfish Island, Lake Superior, July 19, 1912 ( 1264 ) O. E. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Dense spruce-sphagnum muskeg around Ruby Lake, four miles southeast of Nipigon, Aug. 25, 1912 (. 2269 ) O. E. & G. K. Jennings & R. H. Daily; Boggy woods towards top of Porphyry Island, Lake Superior, July 23, 1913 ( 3634 ); Edwards Island, forming a large part of ground cover together with black spruce, July 25, 1913 (, 3741 ); Spruce woods on top of knob, Little Fluor Island, Aug. 3, 1913 ( 3840 ); Under spruce-birch cover on islet near Fluor Island, Aug. 4, 1913 (, 3924 ); Forms mounds on bare bluff above Fluor Island channel, Aug. 10, 1913 ( 4043 , 4043a); Forming mounds in spruce muskeg east of Loon Lake, Sept. 9, 1913 {5238, 5239, 5240 ); Boggy woods east of R. R., Loon Lake, Sept. 9, 1913 (5249); Wet meadow at edge of muskeg in old lake basin, two miles east of Loon, Sept. 14, 1913 (338/); Muskeg on glacial till north of Ombabika Post, Aug. 9, 1914 {6726) and Aug. 10 (6790, 6793, 6796b, 6799 ); Alder thicket along stream in burn, Ombabika Post, Aug. 11, 1913 ( 6801 ), near shore of Ombabika. Bay, Aug. 13 (6898b); Floor of great spruce muskeg at head of Ombabika Bay, Lake Nipigon, Aug. 14, 1914 (6911, 6914); Floor of spruce woods along portage on North Ombabika Peninsula, Aug. 19, 1914 (7184, 7184b); Open bog at west edge of Graham, Sept. 7, 1914 (7372, 7373, 7579); Along lake shore at Sioux Lookout, Sept. 3, 1914 ( 7315 )• Recorded from Europe, Asia, and South America, this species occurs in North America from Greenland and Labrador to Virginia and central Penn- sylvania; also Wisconsin and Minnesota; Colorado; and from Washington to Alaska. This was collected more often than any other species during our expe- ditions and can safely be said to be the most common sphagnum in that part of Ontario, at least. In many of the mature black spruce-sphagnum muskegs this species really forms the floor, often nearly pure over considerable patches, and sometimes forming also rather distinct mounds. In the extensive and beautiful example of a well-developed black spruce muskeg covering the gentle slope at the head of Ombabika Bay, at the north end of Lake Nipigon, the spruces reach a fair size, forming a dense and rather dark forest cover, while the floor for acres and acres is a deep bed of billowy sphagnum into which one sinks nearly to the knees, or, perhaps, breaks through a twiggy mat to “bark his shins” on some buried tree trunk. The real floor of this forest consists of Sphagnum capillaceum, but there is more or less of a mixture of S. Girgensohnii and S. magellanicum, while the highest mounds are composed of S. Wulfianum. See Pl. XXVII, fig. 4. Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania -78- Exflanation of Plate XXVII 1. Along the Nipigon River, looking south from Nipigon. Palisades show at right, while at base of the mountain at extreme left is the bog shown in Fig. 3. 2. Looking north from north end of Ombabika Bay, L. Nipigon; a gentle glacial till slope covered with spruce-sphagnum muskeg, as shown in Fig. 4. 3. Spruc«-sphagnum muskeg southeast of Nipigon. S. capillaceum forms most of this floor in a deep bed (No. 2260). 4. Spruce-sphagnum muskeg north of Ombabika Bay, L. Nipigon. Contains Sphagnum magellanicum and 5. Girgensohnii, most of the floor being covered with 5. capillaceum above which rise mounds of A. Wulfianum. 5. Locomotive Island, Ombabika Bay, north end of L. Nipigon. Ahgular blocks of Kee- wenawan diabase supporting thin stunted forest of black spruce. Most talus slopes in Nipigon region are of this character. (Photographs by O. E. and Grace K. Jennings) ELLEN HUTCHINS— A BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH W. H. Pearson Professor Evans having dedicated a new hepatic, Herberta Hutchinsiae, to the memory of Miss Hutchins, a short sketch of her life and work may not be unacceptable to the readers of the Bryologist There have been many women who have distinguished themselves in the realm of science, and amongst those of the early part of the last century in the domain of botany stands pre- eminently the name of Miss Hutchins. Robert Brown, one of the greatest of British botanists, established the genus Hutchinsia in her honor; Sir Joseph Paxton, in referring to the genus, says, “in compliment to Miss Hutchins, an accomplished Irish cryptogamist.” Hutchinsia petrea is one of our early flowering cruciferous plants, found in limestone districts, and I always feel a thrill of pleasure when I see it on wall or rocks in some of our picturesque valleys in Derbyshire and Wales. Miss Hutchins was the first to find the rare and beautiful hepatic, Jubula Hutchinsiae, which Sir William Jackson Hooker named after the discoverer. Readers of Professor Evans’s severely scientific description of Herberta Hutchinsiae would scarcely imagine that such an apparently dry subject could conjure up remembrances which stir the blood, but I treasure as one of my most valued possessions a microscopic .slide of Scapania purpurascens, given me to mount nearly forty years ago by Dr. Carrington, from specimens collected by Miss Hutchins. It is still a beautiful object, having retained its color for over one hundred years. In a valuable contribution to the “Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy’’ for 1915, by Canon Lett, on a “Census Report on the Mosses of Ireland,” a chronological list of Irish museologists is given, Miss Hutchins having the place of honor so far as length of description is concerned, and I cannot do better than give the Canon’s account of her life and work, with the hope that it may encourage other women to study this delightful field of botany: “Miss Ellen Hutchins, daughter of Thomas Hutchins, was born in 1785 at Ballylickey, between Bantry and Glengarriff, in the County of Cork, and died in 1815, and was buried in Bantry churchyard. She was educated in Dub- — 79 — lin, and when her school time was ended, her health was found to be unsatis- factory. Dr. Whitley Stokes, a friend of her family, who was consulted about the case, recommended her being left in his care. It was so arranged, and she soon recovered. When finally leaving for home, Dr. Stokes advised her to live in the open air as much as possible, and to this end to take up the study of some branch of natural history, by preference that of botany, which was his own specialty, and he offered to lend her books into which she had been dipping whilst in his house, where also she had become acquainted with Mr. Mackay, of Glasnevin Gardens, and Mr. Dawson Turner, of Yarmouth. This would provide exercise and fresh air and quiet occupation while indoors. “She became an ardent student of mosses, hepatics, lichens, and algae, which abounded on the hills, in the glens, or in the sea, around Bantry and Glengarriff. She discovered many rare species of all these in the neighborhood near her home, and made many drawings for Turner’s ‘Fuci.’ .“A trait in her character was her natural modesty, which was so great that for some time she objected to her name being published as the collector of the rare plants she had found. “Sir James Smith wrote of her that ‘she could find almost anything.’ Tur- ner, in the conclusion of his ‘Fuci’ (1819), laments her untimely death at the early age of 30 years, and says by it he has been deprived of a most able assistant, and botany had lost a votary as indefatigable as she was acute, and as successful as she was indefatigable. Sir William J. Hooker, in ‘ Muscologia Britannica’ (1827), acknowledges assistance received from Miss Hutchins in the preparation of that work. “David Moore writes in the introduction to his ‘Synopsis of the Mosses of Ireland,’ Proceedings of Royal Academy (1872), that William Wilson notices in his ‘ Bryologia Britannica’ some species of mosses which were not included by Dr. Taylor in Part 2 of Mackay ’s ‘Flora Hibernica,’ but which Wilson had found when examining the herbaria of Dawson Turner and Sir William J. Hooker, to whom these plants had been sent by the late Miss Hutchins, of Bantry, ‘whose name is well known to all cryptogamic botanists, both here and abroad.’ To form some idea of her great success amongst the Hepaticae, we have only to consult the pages of Hooker’s ‘ Jungermanniae,’ where her name is more or less connected with nearly every rare species contained in- that grand work.” In the Journal of Botany, February, 1912, page 63, under the title, “Eighteenth Century Women Botanists,” is reprinted from a little-known work, “Primitiae Florae Essequeboensis,” of G. F. W. Meyer, published in 1818, page 199, a tribute to the botanical work of Miss Hutchins. She is described as having lately died at “Bontajae,” in Ireland, which is no doubt intended for Bantry. Allusion is made to the hepatic, Jungermannia ( Frullania ) Hutch- insiae, as having been named after her; mention is made of her fervent love of the s'tudy of cryptogamic botany, notwithstanding all its difficulties, and of her having found many plants new to English botany. The remarkable collec- tion of plants which she had made, together with a large number of beautiful drawings and notes on the plants, passed into the possession of Dawson Turner, — 8o — and are now in safe keeping at Kew. Taylor, in Mackay’s “Flora Hibernica,” gives Miss Hutchins as the collector of eleven rare mosses in Ireland. In Braith- waite’s “British Moss Flora” are several records of mosses collected by Miss Hutchins at “Belfast” and in the “North of Ireland,” in the year 1801. Manchester, England FURTHER NOTES ON JAGERINOPSIS, BROTH. E. G. Britton Through the kindness of M. I. Theriot, we have received a specimen of Jagerinopsis scariosa (Lor.) Broth., named by Brotherus, and collected by Don Jimenez at Alajuela, Costa Rica, in January, 1910. In a letter dated August 28, M. Theriot states that, judging from the figures in the Bryologist1, J. scariosa differs from J. squarrosa in having its leaves less spreading, the veins more often double (though occasionally a leaf has a simple vein), the cells more lax at the summit of the leaves; but the sum total of these characters is very slight. The specimens that he sends bear out these statements, but it may be added that the plants are coarser and larger, resembling much more closely J. brasiliense (Mitt.) Broth.; the leaves are larger and broader than in J. squarrosa E. G. B., much more glossy, and the apical cells longer and narrower and much less porose. The alar cells are very similar in both these species and are less thickened and not yellow in color as they are in J. Brasiliense and J. TJlei (C. M.) Broth. The costa seems to be variable in all of them. It must be remembered that no fruit has been found on any of these species except J. Ulei , as far as we are aware, and it is possible that fruiting plants may show other differences than those at present known. According to Brotherus,2 J. Ulei has a very peculiar peri- stome, with short lanceolate thickened teeth, varying in length, and having irregular projections on each joint. The capsules are borne on short stalks from lateral buds above the middle of the stems, and the perichaetial leaves are longer and narrower, with more acuminate points. We hope the fruit of J. squarrosa may soon be found either in Florida or in Cuba. N. Y. Botanical Garden, October 2, 1918. “CHAT UBINSKIA” A FURTHER CORRECTION H. N. Dixon “Chatubinskia, Rehmann." A still further correction is necessary in regard to this. The name is cited in a Kew Bulletin note from T. R. Sim’s “ Hand- book of the Bryophyta of South Africa,” where the name is given as above. But the name should properly be “Chalubinskia.” It is given in honor of Prof. Tytus Chalubinskia, of Warsaw, author of “Grimmiae Tatrenses” (War- 1 21 : 49, Plate 24. 2 Engl. & Prantl. Pflfam. fasc. 224, p. 790, fig. 591. — 81 — saw, 1882). Mr. Gepp writes that the Czechs have two modified “l’s,” this one being printed by the Poles like a “t” with the cross oblique, and it is this modified “1” which has given rise to the transcription “ Chatubinskia.” 17 St. Matthews Parade, Northampton, England. THE AMERICAN RED CROSS WANTS INFORMATION1 Regarding Supplies of Surgical Sphagnum George E. Nichols Sphagnum moss is being used by the Allied armies on an enormous scale as a substitute for absorbent cotton in surgical dressings. The British are using nearly 1,000,000 sphagnum dressings every month. The Canadian Red Cross is making over 200,000 per month. The American Red Cross, in March, 1918, officially adopted sphagnum as a standard dressing material, and it is now being used in many American military hospitals. As yet, for various reasons, the number of sphagnum dressings that is being called for in this country is comparatively small. The raw material from which these are being made is secured mainly from the Pacific Northwest, where there are large supplies of excellent moss. But it is anticipated that at any moment the call may come for the American Red Cross to furnish sphagnum dressings in immense quantities. In order to be able to do this, raw material must be available in large amounts. Where are we going to get it? To be sure, there is an abundance of it in the Pacific Northwest. But our eastern chapters must not be compelled to depend on this: transportation is too uncertain and too expensive. Here is the problem! Unquestionably, there is plenty of good surgical sphagnum to supply our needs right here in the east. But there is this diffi- culty: Until very recently the surgical value of sphagnum was not realized in this country, although it has been used in Germany since 1880. Conse- quently, nobody has searched for it particularly. Hence, while we know that there is plenty of it scattered about here and there throughout much of the east, we do not know (except for a limited number of localities) where to place our hands on it. Our problem, then, is to locate definitely as many good sources of supply for surgical sphagnum as is possible. And we must do it now1 When the demand comes for sphagnum dressings in vast quantities, we must be pre- pared to provide the goods at once. It will be too late then to start in exploring. Can you help? There may be enough good moss in your neighborhood to at least satisfy your local needs. You may even find enough to warrant the collection of raw material for shipment to less favored communities. You can only find out by prospecting. Locate the bogs and explore them. Here are a few pointers. Surgical sphagnum commonly is very local in its occurrence. It grows in bogs, but may be absent from nine out of every ten. The tenth bog may be full of it. Wet, quaky bogs, open and mossy or with scattered grasses and bushes, are best. Dry, firm bogs, bushy or wooded, are least favorable. lc 'ee note, bottom p. 84. — 82 — What we want now, then, is information. Do not attempt to collect mate- rial in bulk at this time, but do collect good, generous samples of representative material and submit them to us for examination. We want accurate and reli- able information regarding the location, size, and accessibility to roads of every bog that dbntains surgical moss, and regarding the quality, purity, and amount of the material present. Notes on Surgical Sphagnum How to recognize sphagnum moss — -Sphagnum is one of the largest of the mosses. Like all mosses, a sphagnum plant consists of stem, leaves, and “roots.” Its distinguishing characters are as follows: (i) Color — pale green when wet, nearly white when dry; or commonly some shade of red, pink, yellow or brown; never a true leaf-green. (2) Plant consists of a main stem which bears many branches. Branches are short and grow scattered along the stem, standing out from it at right angles. Toward the tip of the stem they are clustered, forming a compact rosette. (3) Leaves are very small, almost scale-like, and more or less spoon-shaped. Where the sphagnum grows — Sphagnum may grow in any swamp, but the best quality grows in bogs. A bog is a peculiar type of swamp, which often develops in wet, undrained depressions or around the edges of ponds. Its sur- face is commonly quaking. Its vegetation differs from that of ordinary swamps in the abundance of cranberries and other “heaths,” and usually of pitcher plants and black spruce, and in the luxuriant development of the sphagnum mosses. How to distinguish surgical from non-surgical sphagnum — Only a few of the forty kinds of sphagnum found in this country are of surgical value. Exam- ine the sphagnums in almost any bog and you will find two quite distinct classes. Class I : Plants comparatively robust, with stout branches and large leaves. Class II: Plants comparatively delicate, with more slender branches and smaller leaves. Only the sphagnums of Class I are of surgical value. There are four important species in this class: Sphagnum papillosum , S. palustre, S. magellani- cum , and S. imbricatum. These are of value in the order named. They can be distinguished from one another roughly by color. 5. papillosum , by far the best one, may be green, but ordinarily it is brownish — from yellow-brown to dark brown. It is never pink or purple. S. palustre is usually a pale green- ish-white. S. magella?iicum may be green, but commonly it is pink to purple- red. S. imbricatum is usually green. Note: the sphagnums of Class II ex- hibit similar variation in color, so that color alone cannot be relied on. When growing under certain conditions, any of the four sphagnums named may be too stiff-stemmed, too sparsely branched, or too thinly leaved to be of surgical value. The three species last named are ordinarily useless on this account. But growing under other conditions any of the four may be soft- stemmed, closely branched (“bushy”), and densely leaved. Material like this is best for surgical work-, and it is largely because it commonly has this habit -83 — that S. papillosum holds the place of first importance. It is only in very wet places and under exceptionally favorable conditions that the other three sphag- nums acquire the soft, bushy habit. How to prepare sphagnum samples for assay purposes — First of all, in col- lecting select a characteristic specimen: one that really is a fair sample of the area of moss that it is intended to represent. Try to include only one kind of sphagnum in each sample — don’t get a mixture. Pull up a good, generous double-handful, pick out any “weeds,” squeeze out the water, and wrap, it up in a piece of newspaper. Tag the package with a number, so that you will know just where it came from. Collect plenty of samples from different areas, and make each one good and big — it will be as light as a feather when dry, parcel post rates are low, and large samples are easier to judge than small ones. When you get it home, loosen each bunch up with your fingers and spread it out in the air to dry. When nearly or quite dry, separate each sample into two lots and ship one of these to headquarters for examination, keeping the other (num- bered in duplicate) for reference. For mailing, samples can be wrapped in newspaper or wrapping paper. Send for a sample of surgical moss , if* you are in any doubt as to what to look for. Specimens for examination can be sent to George E. Nichols, Botan- ical Adviser on Sphagnum, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. POROTRICHUM NOT THAMNOBRYUM Elizabeth G. Britton In the May Bryologist, Professor Chamberlain records the changes pro- posed by Dr. Nieuwland1 2 for the genus Thamnium Br. & Sch. The truth of the matter is that there is no need for another generic name, as Porotrichum (Brid.) Mitt, is quite sufficient for both groups of species. It is a refinement of hair-splitting to attempt to separate so large and characteristic a genus, which may be recognized by macroscopic characters, on microscopic differences in the markings of the teeth, which do not hold constant! Anyone who has studied the key and illustrations given by Brotherus 2 and. then turned to the genus Porotrichum and found that the key breaks down in various w'ays, will realize that it is a most troublesome and needless separation of a perfectly natural group of species, which furthermore are most generally found sterile. Braithwaite3 says: “This large genus of 175 species appears to connect the Hypnacece with Neckeracece, having the peristome of the former, but the habit and aerolation of the latter The newer name Thamnium cannot be main- 1 J. A. Nieuwland. Critical Notes on New and Old Genera of Plants — X. Am. Midi. Nat. 3:50-51.1917- 2 Teeth of the outer peristome striate. 51. Thamnium. Teeth of the outer peristome papillose or striate only below. 47. Porotrichum. Engler & Prantl. Pfl. fam. fasc. 226, p. 852, 859. 1906, figs. 629-633. 3 British Moss-flora 3 : 197. 1963. — 84 — tained; it only differs from Porolrichum by the cernuous capsule and presence of cilia in the endostome, and besides had already been used for two genera of lichens and one of Ericaceae .” The synonymy is as follows: Porotrichum (Brid.) Mitt. J. L. Soc. 12: 20, 458. 1869. Climdcium ( Porotrichum ) Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 275. 1827. Thamnium Br. & Sch. Bryol. Eu. fasc. 49: 51. 1852. Not Klotzsch, 1838. Thamnobryum Nieuw. New York Botanical Garden. SULLIYANT MOSS SOCIETY NOTES The following changes are supplementary to the address list of the Society, which appeared in the January, 1918, issue of The Bryologist: New Members Mr. T. J. Fitzpatrick. . Bethany, Nebr. Miss Eva M. Fling 220 Prospect St., Morgantown, W. Va. Mr. Walter E. Flowers Locke, Wash. Mrs. J. M. Fox “Wakefield,” Logan, Philadelphia, Pa. Lektor Dr. Hj. Moller Stocksund, Sweden Change of Address Mr. E. R. Grose Sago, W. Va. Miss Ara villa Taylor 5744 Kenwood Ave., Chicago, 111. EXCHANGE DEPARTMENT Offerings — To members only. Return postage should accompany the re- quest. It is better to send a stamp , rather than a stamped envelope, which might not be of the right size for the specimen. Rev. H. Dupret, Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada. — Drepano- cladus aduncus var. polycarpum and var. intermedins B. & S. [Hypnum aduncum var. polycarpum (Bland.) Bry. Eur., and var. intermedium W. P. Schimp.] Col- lected by Rev. Dupret, in Quebec. The rather sudden termination gf hostilities possibly relieves to a consid- erable extent the immediate urgency of the call of the Red Cross for information regarding supplies of .surgical sphagnum, but the communication printed on pages 81-83, this issue, contains so much of interest and value to bryologists that we have proceeded with its publication.— Editor. CLUBBING OFFER The following rates are made in connection with Dr. Grout for a year’s subscription to the Bryologist. or for membership in the Sullivant Moss Society, if remittance is made at one time, in advance. Moss Flora of N. Y. City and Bryologist, $2.10; with membership, $2.35, Mosses with Handlens, Ed. ii, and Bryologist, $2.75; with membership, $3.00. Mosses with Handlens and Microscope and Bryologist, $6.25; with mem- bership, $6 50. All remittances and communications should go to Edward B. Chamberlain 18 West 89th St., New York WANTED Back Numbers of the Bryologist* Anyone having copies of the Bryologist, Vol. iii Nr. i, or Vol. vi. Nr. 2, for sale, is requested to write the undersigned; A liberal allowance will be made to members on next year’s dues. EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN 18 West 89th. Street NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN HEPATICAE By Miss C. C. Haynes and Dr. A. W. Evans Lists all forms known to occur in the United States and Canada. First Supplement containing additions and corrections, also ready. Price, for either List or Supplement , 25c per dozen , 50 for $1,00 MISS G. C. HAYNES - - - HIGHLANDS, N. J. THE GUIDE TO NATURE A Magazine of Commonplace Nature with Uncommon Interest Beautifully Illustrated Many New Features "It is all very well to be a specialist, but it is bad to be nothing but a specialist " — Dean Coulter , Hurdue EDWARD F. BIGELOW, Managing Editor Subscription, $x.oo a Year Single or Sample Copy soc. THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION ARCADIA SOUND BEACH CONNECTICUT AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL An illustrated quarterly devoted to the general study of ferns. Subscrip- tion, 1918,, including membership in THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY, $i.qo; or, without membership, 90 cents. Foreign subscriptions, 10 cents a year extra. Volume I. six parts, $2,001 Volumes II to VII, $1.00 each : the set, seven volumes, $7.50. Send subscriptions or applications for membership to E. J. WINSLOW, Auburndale, Mass. Send matter for publication to R. C. BENEDICT, 322 East 19th St., Brooklyn, N. Y. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages .about 45 pages and 2 plates. Devoted to botanical contributions of the widest range; morphological, physiological, taxonomic, ecological, and geographical. $4.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news; established 1901. About 20 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Fifteen volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. MEMBERSHIP including publications, $5.00 a year. Address, Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club, BERNARD O. DODGE, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York City VOLUME XXI NUMBER 6 NOVEMBER, 1918 THE BRY0L0GI8T JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted and Published for the Society by O. E. JENNINGS, Ph.D., Editor-in-chief and tbe Associate Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT, Pb.D. GEORGE N. BEST, M.D. JOHN M. HOLZINGER, M S. ALEXANDER W. EVANS, Pb.D. LINCOLN W. RIDpi^WrAX (* JAN 2 4 1 Qi 9 CONTENTS .. A Reminiscence of the late Dr. Emil Levier Wm. Edw. Nicholson 85 Certain Organic Substances Assimilated by Ceratodon purpureus (Short review) O. E. Jennings 86 Suliivant Moss Society Exchange List of Hepaticae found in the United States, Canada, and Arctic America Caroline C. Haynes and Alexander IV. Eva?is 8/ Notes on Recent Bryological Literature 90 Exchange Department 96 Entered as second-class matter August 21st, 1913, at tbe Post Office at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, under tbe Act of March 3, 1879.'' "Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized August 8, 1918 Copyright, 1918, by Edward B. Chamberlain \ / The September number of T HE BRYOLOGIST was published December 7, 1918 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE, LANCASTER. PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal of "THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription in the United States, $1.25 per year; in all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Single copies, 25 cents. Vols. I-XX, 1898-1917, $20.25. TEN YEAR INDEX, $i.oo Checks, except New York City, MUST contain 10 cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President — M rs . Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N. Y . Secretary-Treasurer — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 18 W. 89th Street New York City. Curators of Herbaria — Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses , 232 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue, Mount Airy, Pa. ; Miss C. C. Haynes, Hepatics , pro tem.y Highlands, N. J.; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. All material for identification should be sent to the respective curators, also all correspondence relating to the Exchange Department. THE BRYOLOGIST Vol. XXI November, 1918 A REMINISCENCE OF THE LATE DR. EMIL LEVIER Wm. Edw. Nicholson There must be many bryologists on both sides of the Atlantic who cherish pleasant memories of the genial botanist of Florence and Bagni di Bormio, the late Dr. Emil Levier. Florence, the very name of which suggests flowers, and how appropriately no one who has seen it in April can deny, has produced many botanists, especially in the field of Bryology, particularly noteworthy being Miche.li and Raddi, whose friends have made such a mark on the generic names of the frondose hepatics. I had been in correspondence with Dr. Levier for many years, but it was not until May, 1910, when I was passing through Florence on my return from a short holiday in southern Italy, that I had an opportunity of meeting him. I was only staying for one night in Florence, and shortly after my arrival I called at 16 Via Jacopo da Diacetto, the address which had long been familiar to me, and received a most cprdial welcome from Dr. and Mme. Levier, whom I found in their little garden, in the center of which grew a very fine specimen of the palmetto, Chamaerpps humilis., seven or eight feet high. In another part of the garden was a large autumn flowering species of Clematis sent to Dr. Levier by Mr. W. Gottan from Mussoorie (N. W. Himalaya), nom fatidique, as he playfully said apropos of the wealth of mosses found there. They most hospitably invited me that evening to dinner, which we had in a delightful room panelled with carved cinque-cento oak, which I understood had been collected by Dr. Levier’s uncle. Mme. Levier had been in England, where she had been very much struck by the magnificent trees in some of the private parks, where, indeed, the trees do compare rather favorably with the somewhat stunted speci- mens which, for the most part, one sees in Italy. Dr. Levier was very far from well at the time of my visit, as he was suffering from heart trouble which he attributed largely to indiscretion in smoking. His herbarium, of which he showed me several sheets, among which I remember some particularly fine ones of Schistocheila appendiculata (Hook.) Dum. and a species of Barbella, was magnificently mounted, everything being on large separate sheets and in most cases very amply represented. The method was laborious, entailing more time and labor than most of us can afford, and on his own admission had cost him many thousands of hours. He expressed great dislike of the practice of mounting mosses and hepatics in envelopes, which, he maintained, were not calculated to preserve them so well as the open sheets; and he illustrated this by the fact that he had found the specimens of Ricpiq The September number of The Bryologist was published December 7, 1918. — 86 — mounted on open sheets by Micheli in a much better state of preservation than those of Raddi in envelopes, though the latter were collected nearly a hundred years later. Indeed, he grew quite warm on the subject of ces sacrees enveloppes, as he ventured to call them. We were talking about botanizing in Spain, where he had done some work in the past with Boissier and Leresche, and about the roughness of the accommo- dation in any place at all off the beaten track. Dr. Levier, however, main- tained that for dirt and discomfort it was hard to beat the usual run of accom- modation in the Abruzzi, in his own country, where a rich and interesting district is rendered almost inaccessible to the ordinary traveller from this cause. It is unfortunate that it has never been possible to publish the monograph on the genus Riccia, towards which he had accumulated a large amount of mate- rial, as he had an almost unique knowledge of the genus, and the neighborhood of Florence afforded him opportunities for observing a large number of species in the field. It was not very long after I saw him that he passed away on the 26th of October, 1911. An interesting account of him, with an excellent photograph, was published by Signor Sommice in the Nuovo Giornale botanico italiano for January, 1912. Lewes, Sussex, September 27, 1918. Certain Organic Substances Assimilated by Ceratodon purpureus. — In recent years it has been emphasized that organic materials accumulating in the soil through the activities of plants and animals may have much to do with the fertility of the soil and may, to some extent, control the character of the native vegetation. Recent work by Robbins1 has a bearing on these ques- tions. Servettaz2 found some mosses, particularly Hypnutn purum, able to live and become slowly green when grown in the dark and furnished with sugar or certain other organic substances, and able to assimilate considerable sugar in the light. Von Ubish, in 1913, found that Funaria hygrometrica protonema, when grown in darkness on nutrient agar containing peptone and glucose, formed large starch grains, but without the peptone and glucose the grains were small. Robbins found that with Ceratodon purpureus: “In test tubes on a nutrient agar containing glucose the growth in the light was four or five times as luxuriant as on the nutrient agar lacking glucose.” Grown in the dark the protonema was a dark reddish brown and, out of several sugars tried, the best development was on levulose. Robbins concludes that this moss can absorb and utilize organic carbon and he suggests that if suitable organic compounds are in the soil solution, the moss may be able to use them advantageously. O. E. J. 1 Robbins, William J. Direct Assimilation of Organic Carbon by Ceratodon purpureus. Bot. Gaz. 65: 541-551. June, 1918. 2 Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IX, 17: m-124. Pis. 4, figs. 11. 1913. SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY EXCHANGE LIST OF HEPATICAE FOUND IN THE UNITED STATES, CANADA, AND ARCTIC AMERICA Compiled by Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes FROM VARIOUS SOURCES Revised by Dr. Alexander W. Evans Sequence follows Engler & Prantl for the Families and Genera, the species being alphabeted . Ricciaceae Riccia albida Sulliv. americana M. A. Howe arvensis Aust. Austini Steph. Beyrichiana Hampe californica Aust. Campbelliana M. A. Howe catalinae Underw. Curtisii (Aust.) James dictyospora M. A. Howe Donnellii Aust. Frostii Aust. glauca L. hirta Aust. McAllisteri M. A. Howe nigrella DC. sorocarpa Bisch. trichocarpa M. A. Howe Ricciella crystallina (L.) Warnst. fluitans (L.) A. Br. Huebeneriana (Lindenb.) Dumort. membranacea (Gottsche & Lindenb.) Evans Sullivantii (Aust.) Evans Ricciocarpus natans (L.) Corda Oxymitra androgyna M. A. Howe Marchantiaceae Corsinia marchantioides Raddi Targionia hypophylla L. Peltolepis grandis Lindb. Sauteria alpina (Nees & Bisch.) Nees Clevea hyalina (Sommerf.) Lindb. Plagiochasma rupestre (Forst.) Steph. Wrightii Sulliv. Reboulia hemisphaerica (L.) Raddi Grimaldia californica Gottsche fragrans (Balb.) Corda Neesiella pilosa (Hornem.) Schiffn. rupestris (Nees) Schiffn. Cryptomitrium tenerum (Hook.) Aust. Asterella Bolanderi (Aust.) Underw. californica (Hampe) Underw. echinella (Gottsche) Underw. fragrans (Nees) Trevis. gracilis (Web. f.) Underw. Lindenbergiana (Corda) Lindb. Palmeri (Aust.) Underw. tenella (L.) Beauv. violacea (Aust.) Underw. Conocephalum conicum (L.) Dumort. Lunularia cruciata (L.) Dumort. Dumortiera hirsuta (Swartz) Nees Bucegia romanica Radian Preissia quadrata (Scop.) Nees March anti a domingensis Lehm & Lin- denb. paleacea Bertol. polymorpha L. Metzgeriaceae Sphaerocarpos cristatus M. A. Howe Donnellii Aust. hians Haynes texanus Aust. Geothallus tuberosus Campb. Riella americana Howe & Underw. Riccardia latifrons Lindb. major (Nees) Lindb. multifida (L.) S. F. Gray palmata (Hedw.) Carruth. pinguis (L.) S. F. Gray sinuata (Dicks.) Trevis. Metzgeria angusta Steph. conjugata Lindb. crassipilis (Lindb.) Evans fruticulosa (Dicks.) Evans furcata (L.) Dumort. hamata Lindb. myriopoda Lindb. pubescens (Schrank) Raddi uncigera Evans Pallavicinia Blyttii (Morck) Lindb. — 88 — Flotowiana (Nees) Lindb. hibernica (Hook.) S. F. Gray Lyellii (Hook.) S. F. Gray Pellia epiphylla (L.) Corda Fabroniana Raddi Neesiana (pottsche) Limpr. Blasia pusilla L. Fossombronia cristula Aust. foveolata Lindb. lamellata Steph. longiseta Aust. salina Lindb. Wondraczeki (Corda) Du- mort. Sqalia Hookeri (Lyell) S. F. Gray J ungermanniaceae Gymnomitrium concinnatum (Lightf.) Corda corallioides Nees crenulatum Gottsche obtusum (Lindb.) Pears, revolutum (Nees) Philibert Marsupella apiculata Schiffn. aquatica (Lindb.) Schiffn. arctica (Bergr.) Bryhn & Kaal. Bolanderi (Aust.) Underw. condensata (Angstr.) Kaal. emarginata (Ehrh.) Dumort. groenlandica C. Jens sparsifolia (Lindb.) Dumort. sphacelata (Gieseke) Du- mort. Sullivantii (De Not.) Evans ustulata (Huben.) Spruce Nardia biformis (Aust.) Lindb. Breidleri (Limpr.) Lindb. compressa (Hook.) S. F. Gray crenulata (Smith) Lindb. crenuliformis (Aust.) Lindb. fossombronioides (Aust.) Lindb. Geoscyphus (DeNot.) Lindb. hyalina (Lyell) Carringt. Lescurii (Aust.) Underw. obovata (Nees) Carringt. scalaris (Schrad.) S. F. Gray Gyrothyra Underwoodiana M. A. Howe Prasanthus suec.icus (Gottsche) Lindb. Arnellia fennica (Gottsche) Lindb. Jungermannia Allenii Clark atrovirens Dumort. Bolanderi Gottsche caespiticia Lindenb. cordifolia Hook, danicola Gottsche lanceolata L. pumila With, sphaerocarpa Hook. Rauana Steph. riparia Tayl. Schiffneri (Loitles.) Evans Jamesoniella autumnalis (DC) Steph. heterostipa Evans Anastrophyllum Reichardti (Gottsche) Steph. Lophozia alpestris (Schleich.) Evans attenu&ta (Mart.) Dumort. badensis (Gottsche) Schiffn. barbata (Schreb.) Dumort. bicrenata (Schmid.) Dumort. Binsteadii (Kaalaas) Evans confertifolia Schiffn. elongata (Lindb.) Steph. excisa (Dicks.) Dumort. Floerkei (Web. & Mohr) Schiffn. grandiretis (Lindb.) Schiffn. guttulata (Lindb. & Arnell) Evans harpanthoides Bryhn & Kaal. Hatched (Evans) Steph. heterocolpa (Thed.) M. A. Howe Hornschuchiana (Nees) Schiffn. incisa (Schrad.) Dumort. inflata (Huds.) M. A. Howe Jenseni K. Mull. Kaurini (Limpr.) Steph. Kunzeana (Hiiben) Evans longiflora (Nees) Schiffn. longidens (Lindb.) Macoun lycopodioides (Wallr.) Cogn. marchica (Nees) Steph. Mildeana (Gottsche) Schiffn. Muelleri (Nees) Dumort. murmanica Kaal. obtusa (Lindb.) Evans porphyroleuca (Nees) Schiffn quadriloba (Lindb.) Evans quinquedentata (Huds.) Cogn. Rutheana (Limpr.) M. A. Howe Wenzelii (Nees) Steph. Vahliana (Nees) Macoun ventricosa (Dicks.) Dumort. violascens Bryhn & Kaal. Mesoptychia Sahlbergii (Lindb. & Arnell) I Evans Anastrepta orcadensis (Hook.) Schiffn. Sphenolobus exsectaeformis (Breidl.) Steph. exsectus (Schmid.) Steph. groenlandicus (Nees) Steph. Hellerianus (Nees) Steph. Michauxii (Web.) Steph. minutus (Crantz) Steph. politus (Nees) Steph. saxicola (Schrad.) Steph. scitulus (Tayl.) Steph. Plagiochila alaskana Evans arctica Bryhn & Kaal. asplenioides (L.) Dumort. Austini Evans Columbiana Evans floridana Evans Fryei Evans ludoviciana Sulliv. Smallii Evans Sullivantii Gottsche undata Sulliv. virginica Evans Pedinophyllum interruptum (Nees) Pears. Mylia anomala (Hook.) S. F. Gray Taylori (Hook.) S. F. Gray Clasmatocolea Doellingeri (Nees) Steph. exigua Steph. Lophocolea alata Mitt. bidentata (L.) Dumort. cuspidata (Nees) Limpr. heterophylla (Schrad.) Du- mort. Leiboldii Steph. Martiana Nees minor Nees Chiloscyphus fragilis (Roth) Schiffn. pallescens (Ehrh.) Dumort. polyanthos (L.) Corda rivularis (Schrad.) Loeske Webberianus Steph. Harpanthus Flotowianus Nees scuta tus (Web. & Mohr) Spruce Geocalyx graveolens (Schrad.) Nees Cephalozia affinis Lindb. ambigua C. Massal. bicuspidata (L.) Dumort. I catenulata (Huben.) Spruce -89- connivens (Dicks.) Lindb. curvifolia (Dicks.) Dumort. fluitans (Nees) Spruce Francisci (Hook.) Dumort. Lammersiana (Hiiben.) Spruce leucantha Spruce Loitlesbergeri Schiffn. Macounii Aust. macrostachya Kaal. media Lindb. pleniceps (Aust.) Lindb. Hygrobiella laxifolia (Hook.) Spruce Cephaloziella arctica Bryhn & Douin bifida (Schreb.) Schiffn. biloba (Lindb.) K. Mull. Bryhnii (Kaal.) Schiffn. byssacea (Roth) Warnst. elachista (Jack.) Schiffn. elegans (Heeg) K. Mull, floridae Douin grimsulana (Jack) K. Mull. Hampeana (Nees) Schiffn. Limprichtii Warnst. ludoviciana Douin myriantha (Lindb.) Schiffn. obliqua Douin papillosa (Douin) Schiffn. spinicaulis Douin striatula (C. Jens.) Douin Sullivantii (Aust.) Evans Turneri (Hook.) K. Mull. Odontoschisma denudatum (Mart.) Dumort. elongatum (Lindb.) Evans Gibbsiae Evans Macounii (Aust.) Underw. prostratum (Swartz) Trevis. Sphagni (Dicks.) Dumort. Calypogeia acuta Steph. arguta Nees & Mont, fissa (L.) Raddi Neesiana (Massal. & Carest.) K. Mull. paludosa Warnst. sphagnicola (Arn. & Perss.) Warnst. & Loeske suecica (Arn. & Perss.) K. Mull. Sullivantii Aust. Trichomanis (L.) Corda Bazzania Pearsoni Steph. tricrenata (Wahl.) Trevis. trilobata (L.) S. F. Gray Pleuroclada albescens (Hook.) Spruce Lepidozia filamentosa (Lehm. & Lin- denb.) Lindenb. reptans (L.) Dumort. sandvicensis Lindenb. setacea (Web.) Mitt, sylvatica Evans Blepharostoma arachnoideum M. A. Howe trichophyllum (L.) Dumort. Temnoma setiforme (Ehrh.) M. A. Howe Anthelia julacea (L.) Dumort. Juratzkana (Limpr.) Trevis. Herberta Hutchinsiae (Gottsche) Evans tenuis Evans Ptilidium californicum (Aust.) Underw. & Cook ciliare (L.) Nees pulcherrimum (Web.) Hampe Trichocolea tomentella (Ehrh.) Dumort. Diplophyllum albicans (L.) Dumort. apiculatum (Evans) Steph. argenteum (Tayl.) Spruce gymnostomophilum Kaal. imbricatum (Howe) K. Mull, incurvum Bryhn & Kaal. obtusifolium (Hook.) Du- mort. ovatum (Dicks.) Steph. plicatum Lindb. taxifolium (Wahl.) Dumort. Scapania aequiloba (Schwaegr.) Du- mort. americana K. Miill. apiculata Spruce Bolanderi Aust. compacta (Roth) Dumont, convexula K. Miill. cordifolia K. Mull, curta (Mart.) Dumort. cuspiduligera (Ness) K. Miill dentata Dumort. Evansii Bryhn glaucocephala (Tayl.) Aust. heterophylla M. A. Howe irrigua (Nees) Dumort. Kaurini Ryan nemorosa (L.) Dumort. Oakesii Aust. obliqua (Arnell) Schiffn. paludicola Loeske & K. Miill. paludosa K. Miill. spitzbergensis (Lindb.) K. Mull. subalpina (Nees) Dumort. uliginosa (Swartz) Dumort. umbrosa (Schrad.) Dumort. undulata (L.) Dumort. Radula arctica Steph. australis Aust. Bolanderi Gottsche complanata (L.) Dumort. flaccida Lindenb. & Gottsche Hallii Aust. Lescurii Aust. obconica Sulliv. polyclada Evans Sullivantii Aust. tenax Lindb. Pleurozia purpurea (Lightf.) Lindb. Porella Bolanderi (Aust.) Pears, laevigata (Schrad.) Lindb. navicularis (Lehm & Lin- denb.) Lindb. pinnata L. platyphylla (L.) Lindb. platyphylloidea (Schwein.) Lindb. rivularis (Nees) Trevis. Roellii Steph. Swartziana (Web.) Trevis. wataugensis (Sulliv.) Underw. Diplasiolejeunea Rudolphiana Steph. Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae (Aust.) Evans contractiloba Evans diaphana Evans Macounii (Spruce) Evans minutissima (Smith) Schiffn. setiloba Evans subcristata Evans tuberculata Evans Leptocolea Jooriana (Aust.) Evans Aphanolejeunea sicaefolia (Gottsche) Evans Lejeunea cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb. cladogyna Evans flava (Swartz) Nees floridana Evans glaucescens Gottsche longifissa Steph. patens Lindb. pililoba Spruce spiniloba Lindenb. & Gottsche Microlejeunea bullata (Tayl.) Evans Cardoti (Steph.) Evans laetevirens (Nees & Mont.) Evans Ruthii Evans ulicina (Tayl.) Evans Cheilolejeunea decidua (Spruce) Evans polyantha Evans Eectolejeimea Berteroana (Gottsche) Evans Brittoniae Evans Maxonii Evans phylloloba (Nees & Mont.) Evans Euosmolejeunea clausa (Nees & Mont.) Evans duriuscula (Nees) Evans parvula Evans Pytchocoleus heterophyllus Evans Lopholejeunea Muelleriana (Qottsche) Schiffn. Sagraeana (Mont.) Schiffn. Caudalejeunea Lehmanniana (Gottsche) Evans Taxilejeunea erosifolia Steph. obtusangula (Spruce) Evans C eratole j eune a cubensis (Mont.) Schiffn. integrifolia Evans Leptolejeunea elliptica (Lehm & Lindenb.) Schiffn. Drepanolej eunea bidens (Steph.) Evans Harpalejeunea ovata (Hook.) Schiffn. Crossotolejeunea bermudiana Evans Brachiole j eunea bahamensis Evans corticalis (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Schiffn. Mastigolej eunea auriculata (Wils. & Hook.) Schiffn. Leucolejeunea clypeata (Schwein.) Evans conchifolia Evans unciloba (Lindenb.) Evans xanthocarpa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Evans. Jubula pennsylvanica (Steph.) Evans Frullania arietina Tayl. Asagrayana Mont. Bolanderi Aust. Brittoniae Evans californica (Aust.) Evans catalinae Evans chilcootiensis Steph. cobrensis Gottsche cucullata Lindenb. & Gottsche Donnellu Aust. eboracensis Gottsche franciscana M. A. Howe gibbosa Nees inflata Gottsche Kunzei Lehm & Lindenb. mexicana Lindenb. nisquallensis Sulliv. Oakesiana Aust. obcordata Lehm & Lindenb. plana Sulliv. Rappii Evans riojaneirensis (Raddi) Spruce riparia Hampe saxicola Aust. Selwyniana Pears, squarrosa (R. Bl. & N.) Dumort. Tamarisci (L.) Dumort. Wrightii Aust. Anthocerotaceae Notothylas Breutelii Gottsche orbicularis (Schwein.) Sulliv. Anthoceros carolinianus Michx. crispulus (Mont.) Douin Donnellii Aust. fusiformis Aust. Hallii Aust. laevis L. Macounii M. A. Howe Pearsoni M. A. Howe phymatodes M. A. Howe punctatus L. Ravenelii Aust. NOTES ON RECENT BRYOLOGICAL LITERATURE Sphagnum as a Surgical Dressing. — Under this title Professor J. W. Hotson, University of Washington, Seattle, has written an excellent popular article in Science.1 It is noted that the most promising fields for surgical sphag- num are along the northern Pacific and Atlantic coasts. Among the uses of sphagnum are enumerated: peat, as fuel; packing, by nurserymen and florists; as insulating material; as packing around raw fruits, such as grapes; for manu- facture of papers, such as wall-paper, wrapping paper, and building paper, especially in Sweden; stable bedding; dressings for wounds of domestic animals; mixed with wool, used for cloth in Germany; used with good results as a so-called fertilizer because of its water-holding properties. Hotson notes that it has been used to some extent as a surgical dressing by the Hudson Bay Company, and in the Napoleonic and Franco-Prussian .and Russo-Japanese wars. Dr. C. W. Cathcart, an Edinburgh surgeon, ' began experimenting with sphagnum in one of the Scottish hospitals in 1914, publishing results in the 1 Hotson, J. W. Sphagnum as a Surgical Dressing. Science, N. Sf, 48 : 203-208. Aug. 30, 1918. — 9i — Scotsman, and also formed an organization for collecting and preparing the moss for use in Edinburgh. The British War Office accepted sphagnum pads as “official” dressings in February, 1916, and such dressings have grown in popu- larity until in the summer of 1918 Scotland alone has been asked, to supply 4,000,000 pads per month. In America, Dr. J. B. Porter, McGill University, Montreal, began work with surgical sphagnum in 1916, an organization was effected under the Canadian Red Cross, and in January, 1918, the British War Office asked Canada for 20,000,000 pads. The National Red Cross of America later took up the idea, giving the Seattle Chapter a preliminary order for 50,000 pads in March, 1918. In collecting sphagnum for surgical dressings a small handful at a time should be taken, shaken lightly to free it of sticks, etc., the water gently squeezed out if wet, then put in a bag. The moss is sometimes usable to considerable depth — the beginning of partial decay at the lower end of the stem determining the limit. The moss is then spread out to dry and later is sorted, preferably before entirely dry, otherwise it will have to be moistened again. Prof. Hotson gives a detailed account of the method of preparation of the American dressing. Briefly stated, this dressing consists of a piece of Zorbik or Scot tissue (wood- pulp paper) on which is placed a layer of sphagnum and then a thin layer of non-absorbent cotton, then the edges of the tissue are folded over these and another layer of cotton placed over the fold. This pad is enclosed in a piece of gauze with the folds on the cotton side of the pad and the ends folded in “muff- wise.” The British pad is simply a flat bag of English “long-cloth” filled with a layer of moss and sewed shut. O. E. J. The Mosses collected by the Smithsonian African Expedition, 1939- 19102 — Under this title, H. N. Dixon publishes an annotated list of the eighty- three numbers of specimens of mosses collected on the African expedition by Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, the actual number of species being forty-eight. “As would be expected in the tropical region of Africa, the bulk of them were at high altitudes, only seven numbers being below 2,000 meters, five of these at 1,350 meters, the remaining two at 1,950 meters. Of the rest, the largest pro- portion (between 65 and 70), came from the ‘giant heath zone’ of Mt. Kenia, at about 3,630 meters.” Only eight species were in fruit. Dixon discusses at some length the questions of plant geography involved, the relationships of this alpine African moss flora being, for the most part, with that of the arctic and cold temperate regions of the northern hemisphere. Many of the species are dioicous or sterile and thus not so likely to have arrived at their African station by a chance distribution of spores, and the author concludes “that a more continuous land area under colder and more hygrophytic condi- tions than Engler admits3 is postulated by the known facts, and that the prac- 2 Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 69: (No. 12): 1-28. PI 1 & 2. Oct. 8, 1918. 3 Engler, A. Plants of the North Temperate Zone in their transition to the high mountains of t opical Africa. Annals of Botany 18: 523-540. 1904. — 92 — tically total absence of any counter-exchange from Africa to Europe presupposes something much more definite in the way of southerly migration than has hitherto been recognized, difficult as it may be to trace the land connection that would have provided the necessary bridge of transit.” Twelye new species are described and figured: Sphagnum Keniae, Hymen - ostylium crassinervium , Leptodontiopsis elata, Rhacomitrium defoliatum, Bryum piano-mar gtnalum, Philonotis speirophylla, Breutelia stricticauhs , Poly trichum Keniae , Hygroamblystegium procerum , Calhergon Keniae , Isopterygium send - folium , and Rhynchostegiella Keniae , the types of these being in the U. S. National Herbarium. Two new varieties are described: Aulacomnium turgidum var. papillosum, and Neckera complanata var. maxima. The other species repre- sented in the collections were: Sphagnum Pappeanum C. M., S. Rugegense var. gracilescens Warnst., Andreaea kilimandschanca Par., Distichium kilimand- jaricum C. M., Blindia acuta forma prolixa [evidently proposed as a new form]-, Campylopus stramineus (Mitt.) Jaeg., C. procerus (C. M.) Par., C. Joannis- Meyeri (C. M.) Par., Leptodontium pumilum (C. M.) Broth., L. Joannis-Meyeri C. M., Tortula erubescens (C. M.) Broth., T. Cavalli Negri, Grimmia ovata Web. & Mohr, Rhacomitrium alare (Broth.) Par., R. durum (C. M.) Par., Amphidium cyathicarpum (Mont.) Broth., Tetraplodon bryoides (Zoeg.) Lind., Pohlia afro- cruda (C. M.) Broth., Pohlia sp., Rhodobryum spathulosifolium (C. M.) Broth., Bartramia ruvenzorensis Broth., Breutelia subgnaphalea var. densiramea Negri, B. auronitens Negri, Rhacocarpus Humboldtii (Hook.) Lindb., Antitrichia kili- mandschanca Broth., Pterogonium ornithopodioides (Huds.) Lindb., Pilotrichella profusicaulis (C. M.) Par., Papillaria africana (C. M.) Jaeg., Pinnatella Engleri Broth., Thamnium Hildebrandtii (C. M.) Besch., Calliergon sarmentosum var. subflavum Ferg., Stereodon cupressiformis (L.) Brid., Pleuropsis sericeus (Hornsch.) Broth., and Brachythecium implicatum (Hornsch.) Jaeg. Dixon notes that “it may be possible to gain some idea of the prevailing species on Mt. Kenia from the number of gatherings made of some of them. Judged in this way, the most frequent mosses would be: Campylopus stramineus (Mitt.) Jaeg., 13 gatherings; Tortula Cavalli Negri, 9 gatherings; Bartramia ruvenzorensis Broth., 5 gatherings; Grimmia ovata Web. & Mohr, 5 gatherings. None of the others are represented by more than three gatherings each.” O. E. J. Theriot on Some Chilean Mosses — Monsieur I. Theriot has recently sent us a separate of an article4 dealing with the confusion that has arisen in the case of two Chilean mosses. According to the studies of M. Theriot, based partly upon a comparison of type material, practically all authors subsequent to Schimper have described under Barbula flagellaris a moss which is identical with what Sullivant, in the Mosses of the Wilkes Expedition, had called B. depressa. Schimper’s original description, however, calls for a Tortula, and an examination of the original specimen collected by Bertero shows that Schimp- 4 Theriot: Note sur une mousse du Chili. Extrait du recueil des publications de la Societe." Havraise d’ etudes diverses. ier trimestre, 1917. Pp. 1-7 (repaged?). — 93 — er's name applies to the plant later described as Tortula perflaccida Broth. The two species are, indeed, so similar in gross appearance that on the original sheet of Bertero’s material, ticketed in Schimper’s hand, there is a tuft of each species preserved, side by side. The clearing up of the identity of these two species involves a few nomen- clatorial changes, and as the original publication may not be readily accessible, we summarize these conclusions below: (1) Barbula depressa Sull. Musci Wilkes Exped. p. 5, pi. 11 B (1859). B. flagellaris Schimp. pp. in sched. in Hb. Mus. Paris; Mitten, (sub Tortula ), Musci austro-am. p. 150; Brotherus, in Engler & Prantl. Nat. Pflanzenf. Musci. p. 410; Dusen, in Arkiv for Bot. bd. 6, Nr. 8, p. 14; Cardot. FI. bry. terr. magell. p. 94. Under the species are three varieties, viz.: var. denticulata (Dus.) Ther.; var. gracilis (Dus.) Ther. ; and var. oliviensis (Card.) Ther. The latter is the Barbula oliviensis Card., while the two others had been de- scribed by Dusen under B. flagellaris auct. (2) Tortula flagellaris (Schimp.) Ther. Barbula flagellaris Schimp. Ann. sc. nat. nth Ser. T. vi. p. 146 (1836); C. Miill. Syn. Muse. I, p. 642. Tortula perflaccida Broth, in Dusen 1. c. Under this species M. Theriot describes as a new variety, var. densiretis Vegetation on Conglomerate Rocks in Cincinnati Region. — Miss Braun has described in an interesting paper5 the succession of vegetation on the conglomerate rocks near Cincinnati, Ohio. In places the glacial-outwash boulders, gravels, and sands have been cemented by limestone into a massive irregular conglomerate, which, being more resistant to erosion than the sur- rounding materials, usually stands out as irregular outcrops on hillsides. The rock is rather porous and in the pockets of the irregular masses a black, sandy, calcareous, spongy, humus soil accumulates. Another interesting point lies in the isolation of the outcrops as plant habitats, several miles often intervening between similar outcrops. The succession is grouped under four headings: 1. Lichen stages, (a) Crustose lichens are the first, occurring as patches on the smoother and more exposed rock faces. Lecidea sp., Pertusaria communis , Staurothele umbrina , Verrucaria muralis , and Placodium citrinum. The xero- phytic moss, Grimmia apocarpa, is of minor importance, (b) Dermatocarpon miniatum practically covers the surface in the second stage, the gelatinous lichen, Omphalaria sp., being the most prominent of the secondary species. Mosses are here more important than in the first stage: Grimmia apocarpa , Anomodon attenuatus, and Leskea sp. On under sides of ledges and in shaded spots the 6 Braun, E. Lucy. The Vegetation of Conglomerate Rocks of the Cincinnati Region. Plant World 20: 380-392. December, 1917. — 94 — pale powdery Amphiloma lanuginosam and a moss, Plagiothecium sp., are promi- nent. 2. Moss stages, (a) The first is characterized by Anomodon attenuatus with the secondary species, Leskea sp., Anomodon minor , Grimmia apocarpa, and the liverwort, Porella platyphylla. (b) Next comes a moss stage char- acterized by a dense mat of Mnium cuspidatum with the secondary species, Rhodobryum roseum, Cathannea crispa, Entodon seductrix, Brachythecium sale- brosum, Fissidens incurvus, and the mosses of stage “a.” The hepatic, Cono- cephalum conicum, and the lichen, Peltigera apthosa, are sometimes important here. This moss mat forms under it a thick layer of humus, thus leading to occupation by the herbs Aquilegia, Sedum, Cystopteris fragilis, Woodsiq obtusa, Poa compressa, Silene virginica, Camptosorus, etc., this later stage eventually passing into a shrub stage of Ribes gracile, Staphylea, Rhus canadensis, and Toxicodendron, Hydrangea, and Physocarpus. O. E. J. Predigested Cladonias. — The story of natives of Madagascar feeding dispeptics on rice which has been cooked in the hollow portions of pitcher-plants and thus partially digested by the ferments of the “pitchers,” is recalled by the following item, quoted from an interesting article6 on the foods eaten by the natives of far northern regions in Canada: “The Arctic ‘salad,’ which seems to be favored more in winter, when no vegetable food has been seen for months, is the first stomach or rumen of the caribou when it happens to be filled with freshly-chewed reindeer-moss or Cla- donia lichens. This is frozen whole and sliced off very thin, the gastric juice supplying the acid, and a liberal mixture of seal-oil the salad dressing. The caribou stomach is seldom eaten except when filled with the succulent reindeer- moss, and when it contains woody grass-fibre is usually discarded. This food may properly be classed as ‘pre-digested,’ and under certain extenuating cir- cumstances, such as a trail appetite, a long siege of one-course rations of meat, anything ‘different ’ may have some attractions, but few white men venture to experiment with it.” O. E. J. “Botanical Abstracts,’’ a New Journal. — During the meetings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and various affiliated societies in Pittsburgh last winter, a number of botanists, mostly editors of botanical magazines, got together and discussed plans for the publication in English of a magazine devoted to brief summaries or abstracts and citations of publications in botany. Organization was effected at the second meeting and a board of control elected, which, after the beginning of 1919, shall be composed of representatives elected from the various Americafi botanical societies and organizations having to do with botany in its broadest sense. Dr. B. E. Living- ston, Johns Hopkins University, finally consented at considerable sacrifice of time and effort to serve as editor-in-chief, assisted by nearly a score of editors 6 Anderson, Rudolph M. Eskimo Food — How It Tastes to a White Man. Ottawa Natural- ist 32: 59-65. Oct., 1918. — 95 — for the various subdivisions of botanical science. The first number has ap- peared, dated September, 1918, and it is planned to issue two volumes of three hundred pages each per year, at six dollars per year, the publisher being the Williams & Wilkins Company, Baltimore, Md. Heretofore our main reliance for botanical abstracts, which, of course, must be international, has been the Botanisches Centralblatt, and it is a distinct pleasure to call to the attention of our readers such a publication in English. This is a young journal and there will be up-hill work for its sponsors for a time. We would earnestly urge our readers to support the enterprise in every way possible. The first number in its 36 pages contains 206 abstracts ranging from mere citations up to some of more than four hundred words. A New Genus and Species of the Collemaceae. — Bruce Fink7 finds that much of the lichen formerly identified as Collema pulposum (Bernh.) Ach., from stations ranging from the Atlantic to beyond the Mississippi, represents a new genus and species, Collemodes Bachmanianum Fink. In the Collemae the tricho- gyne extends beyond the surface of the thallus, and the small spermatia escape from the superficial spermogonia and are carried to this exposed portion of the female reproductive tract. In Collemodes, however, the spermatic are internal, much larger, 6-14 by 2-3 microns, not contained in spermagonia, and the tricho- gynes grow to the spermatia within the thallus. Identified from N. Y., Ohio, Mo., Iowa, Minn., and Wis. O. E. J. Uganda Mosses Collected by R. Duemmer and Others. — H. N. Dixon has identified and figured some Uganda mosses, principally specimens in the U. S. National Museum collected by Duemmer8 The altitudes given are mostly 4000 ft., a few being at 3500 ft. The species are: Trematodon intermedins Welw. & Dub.; Octoblepharum albidum (L.) Hedw. ; Fissidens subglaucissimus Broth.; F. erosulus (C. M.) Par.; F. sciophyllus Mitt.; Torlula erubescens (C. M.) Broth.; Schlotheimia Grevilleana Mitt.; Rhodobryum roseum (Weis.) Limpr. ; Neckeropsis truncata (P. Beauv.) Fleisch.; N. Lepineana (Mont.) Fleisch.; Porotrichum Laurentii R. & C.; Pinnatella Engleri Broth.; Thamnium pennaeforme (Hornsch.) Kindb.; Erythrodontium subjulaceum (C. M.) Par.; Fabronia angolensis Welw. & Dub.; Hookeriopsis Pappeana (Hampe) Jaeg. ; Rhacopilum speluncae C. M.; Thuidium laevipes Mitt, and Vesicularia sphaerocarpa (C. M.) Broth. Rhaco- pilum ngandae Broth. & Dix. is described as new, as are also the following by Dixon: Brachymenium variabile , Pilolrichella pihfolia, Cyathophorum africanum, Rhacopilum marginatum, Lindbergia patenlifolia, Thuidium pallidisetum, and Ectropothecium Dummeri. O. E. J. 7 Fink, Bruce. A New Genus and Species of the Collemaceae. (Contrib. XIV, Bot. Lab., Miaipi Univ.) Mycologia 10: 235-238. PI. 13. Sept., 1918. 8 Dixon, H. N. Uganda Mosses Collected by R. Duemmer and Others. Smithson. Misc. Coll. (Publ. 2522), 69: No. 8, 1-10. PI. x. 1918. — 96 — The William Mitten Lichen Herbarium. — We quote the following from the Journal of the New York Botanical Garden , March, 1918: “The lichen her- barium of the late William Mitten, presented to the Garden several years ago by his daughter, Miss Flora Mitten, is being incorporated in the general her- barium of the Garden. This collection contains many fine specimens, most of which are- determined.'’ Claassen on Lichens of Northern Ohio. — Edo Claassen published a list of the lichens of northern Ohio in the Ohio Naturalist , June, 1912, and has re- cently published an additional list9 of 23 species found in one or more of seven counties centering around Cleveland. Species noted as apparently quite rare are: Arthopyrenia macrospora, A. quingueseptata, Bilimbia trachona, Lecanora tar tar ea, Lecidea myriocarpoides, and L. pycnocarpa. O. E. J. The Stirling Herbarium. — It is stated in Nature that the herbarium of the late Lord Justice Stirling has been presented by Lady Stirling to the Tun- bridge Wells Natural History Society, England. The collection is said to con- tain “about 6,000 varieties of mosses and liverworts.” More Lichens for Nantucket. — In two former lists10 R. Heber Howe, Jr., enumerated the lichens found on the island of Nantucket, and in a third list* 11 he enumerates seven more species, making altogether for the island 34 species. EXCHANGE DEPARTMENT Offerings — To members only. Return postage should accompany the re- quest; a stamp is better than a stamped envelope, as specimen packets do not always fit the latter. Mr. C. C. Plitt, 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. — Cladina implexa Harm., collected in England by Rev. P. G. M. Rhodes, and Solorina crocea (L.) Ach., from Colorado. Mr. S. Rapp, Sanford, Florida. — Sphagnum recurvum Beauv. and S. strictum Sulliv., collected in Florida by Mr. Rapp. 9 Claassen, Edo. Second Alphabetical List of the Lichens Collected in Several Counties of Northern Ohio. Ohio Journ. Sci. 18: 62-63. December, 1917. 10 Howe, R. Heber, Jr. Rhodora 14: 88-90. 1912, and 15: 93-94. 1913. 11 Howe, R. Heber, Jr. Rhodora 20: 40. Feb., 1918. CLUBBING OFFER The following rates are made in connection with Dr. Grout for a year’s subscription to the Bryologist, or for membership in the Sullivant Moss Society, if remittance is made at one time, in advance. Moss Flora of N. Y. City and Bryologist, $2.10; with membership, $2.35, Mosses with Handlens, Ed. ii, and Bryologist, $2.75; with membership, $3.00. Mosses with Handlens and Microscope and Bryologist, $6.25; with mem- bership, $6 50. All remittances and communications should go to Edward B. Chamberlain 18 West 89th St., New York WANTED Back Numbers of the Bryologist. Anyone having copies of the Bryologist, Vol. iii Nr. i, or Vol. vi. Nr. 2, for sale, is requested to write the undersigned; A liberal allowance will be made to members on next year’s dues. EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN 18 West 89th. Street NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN HEPATICAE By Miss C. C. Haynes and Dr. A. W. Evans Lists all forms known to occur in the United States and Canada. First Supplement containing additions and corrections, also ready. Price, for either List or Supplement , 25c per dozen , 50 for $r 00 MISS C. G. HAYNES - - - HIGHLANDS, N. J. THE GUIDE TO NATURE A Magazine of Commonplace Nature with Uncommon Interest Beautjfully Illustrated Many New Features “It is all very well to be a specialist, but it is bad to be nothing but a specialist ” — Dean Coulter , Purdue EDWARD F. BIGELOW, Managing Editor Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single or Sample Copy rac. THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION ARCADIA SOUND BEACH CONNECTICUT AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL An illustrated quarterly devoted to the general study of ferns. Subscrip- tion, 1918, including membership in THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY, $1.00; or, without membership, 90 cents. Foreign subscriptions, 10 cents a year extra. Volume I. six parts, $2.00; Volumes II to VII, $1.00 each : the set, seven volumes, $7.50. Send subscriptions or applications for membership to E. J. WINSLOW, Auburndale, Mass. Send matter for publication to R. C. BENEDICT, 322 East 19th St., Brooklyn, N. Y. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages about 45 pages and 2 plates. Devoted to botanical contributions of the widest range; morphological, physiological, taxonomic, ecological, and geographical. $4.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news; established 1901. About 20 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Fifteen volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. MEMBERSHIP including publications, $5.00 a year. Address, Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club, BERNARD O. DODGE, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York City r THE BRYOLOGIST AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS Associate Editors GEORGE N. BEST, M.D. JOHN M. HOLZINGER, M.S. ALEXANDER W. EVANS, Ph.D. LINCOLN W. RIDDLE, Ph.D. and the Advisory Eoard Officers of the Society Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 1919 THE BRYOLOGIST Volume XXII, 1919 INDEX TO PLANT-NAMES Agrostis rubra 75 Alsia abietina 85 Amblystegiella adnata 23 confervoides 23 Amblystegium 18 floridum 50 fluviatile 23 hygrophilum 23, 50 “ var. spini- folium.21, 22 Juratzkanum 23 Kochii 23 oligorhizon 23 orthocladon 23 riparium. .22, 23, 50, 73 “ var. flori- danum . . 50 serpens 23, 73 tenue 50 vacillans 50 varium. . .15, 23, 50, 73 Amphidium 43 lapponicum 85 Anacamptodon cubensis 16 splachnoides 23 “ var. Tay- lorise. . . 16 Andreaea petrophila 23, 75 “ Rothii 23 Anoectangium angustifolium 43 curvipes 43 Anomodon attenuatus 23, 50 minor 22, 23 rostratus 15, 23, 73 Anthoceros 4 crispulus 37 laevis 37 Macounii 32 Antitrichia californica 85 curtipendula var. gi- gantea 85 Archidii m 4 alternifolium 51 cubense 2 Donnellii 51 “ Hallii 51 ohioense 2, 51 Ravenellii 51 tenerrimum 51 Arctostaphylos alpina 76 Arenaria groenlandica 75 Ascomycetes 80 Asterella 57 Lindenbergiana 54 “ tenella 33 Aulacomnium heterostichum 23 palustre. 23, 51 “ var. poly- cephalum. 51 Auriculariaceae 74 Baeomyces byssoides 16 Barbula agraria 51 “ convoluta 51 “ cylindrica 85 “ ruralis 42 “ unguiculata 22, 23 “ vineaUs. 85 Bartramia Oederi 23 pomiformis 15, 23 “ var. crispa 85 radicalis 14, 15 Bazzania trilobata 36 Bilimbia castanella 20 Blasia pusilla 34 Blastenia ferruginea 15 Blepharostoma tricophyllum 36 Blindia flexipes . 85 Boschia 55 Brachymenium Wrightii 51 Brachythecium . .4, 42 asperrimum 85 biventrosum 51 Leibergii 85 oxycladon 23, 73 “ var. den- tatum 73 plumosum 23 populeum 23 reflexum 23 rivulare 23, 38 rutabulum 23 var. fla- “ \escens 85 salebrosum 23, 85 splendens 50, 51 Braunia californica 85 Bruchia Donnellii 50, 51 “ Ravenellii 50, 51 Bryanthus taxifolius 76 Bryhnia angustifolia 6 “ novae-angliae 23 Bryoxiphium norvegicum 4 Bryum 4, 42, 50 “ Atwateriae 85 “ affine 23 “ argenteum 51 var. lanatum. . . . 51 “ bimum 23, 85 ‘ ‘ caespiticium 15,23,51 “ capillare 23,51,85.87 “ gommutatum . 85 — IV - Bryum coronatum. “ crudum • SC 76 ... 85 “ Cruegeri •51, 87 “ Duvallii ■ • 23 “ nutans ...85 “ occidentale ... 85 “ pseudotriquetrum •23, 85 “ Raujpkiaerii . . . 6 “ Sawyeri Buellia dialyta • • • 15 ‘ ‘ myriocarpa • •• 15 “ parasema ...15 “ parmeliarum . ...15 Burnettia fabrofolia Buxbaumia aphylla ...13 Callicostella scabrida .50, 51 Calliergon cordifolium Sehreberi • • • 23 • • • 23 Caloplaca aurantiaca . . ... 15 cerina • •• 32 variabilis ... 15 vitellina ...15 Calvpogeia Neesiana ... 36 sphagnicola ...36 Trichomanis ...36 Camptothecium lutescens megaptilum . . . . . . 86 . . . 86 nevadense . . . 86 oeneum ...86 pinnatifidum . . ...86 Campylium chrysophyllum . . 22 hispidulum , 24, 51 . . . 24 polygamum. ...... radicale . 51 stellatum. ........ .24, 39 Campylopus angustiretis Bermudianus .50, 51 ...87 Donnellii •50, 51 fragilis .14, 15 gracilicaulis .50, 51 introflexus ■50, 51 Schimperi ...42 Carex vulgaris hyperborea . . . 75 Cassiope hypnoides Catharinaea angustata ...76 14, 15, 22, 24, 51 undulata .24, 86 xanthopelma . . . 22 Cephalozia affinis bicuspidata . . . 10 ...35 catenulata ...35 connivens • • • 35 curvifolia • • • 35 lunulaefolia • • • 35 media • • • 35 pleniceps • 3d, 54 Cephaloziella byssacea elachista ...36 ...36 striatula ...54 Ceratodon purpureus 24, 51, 86 Cetraria islandica ■75, 77 Chiloscyphus ascendens fragilis • • • 35 35 paliescens ...35 Chiloscyphus polyanthos 35 rivularis 35 Chroococcus 80 Cinclidotus 43 chloronotus 43 Cirriphyllum Boscii 15 Cladonia 81 “ rangiferina 75 Claopodium crispifolium 86 Whippleanum 86 Clasmatodon parvulus 51 var. rupes- tris 15,51 Clavaria muscicola 73 Clevea hyalina 10, 56, 57 Climacium acuminatum 6 americanum 24, 50, 73 var. flui- tans .... 51 dendroides 24, 73 Kindbergii 73 Coenogonium 18 Collema 85 “ aggregatum 12 Collemaceae 80 * Cololejeunea contractiloba 72 Conocephalum conicum 33 Cornus canadensis 75 Corsinia coriandrina 54 “ marchantioides 54. 55, 56 “ reticulata 54 Cratoneuron filicinum . 39 Cryphaea glomerata 51 Cyclodictyon varians 50, 51, 87 Cystococcus 81 Deschampsia flexuosa 75 Desmatodon arenaceous . 15, 22 latifolius 5 plinthobius 15 Diapensia lapponica 75 Grevilleana 4 Dichodontium pellucidum 86 var. ser- ratum . 86 Dicranella curvata 50, 5 1 heteromalla. . . 15,22, 51, 86 “ var. ortho- carpa. ... 51 leptotrichoides 51 THerminieri 51 secunda 50, 51 varia 22 Dicranoweisia crispula 86 Dicranum 42 Drummondii 24, 89 falcatum 86 flagellare 24 fulvum 24 fuscescens 86 longifolium. 24, 87 montanum 24 pallidum. 15. 22, 51 sabuletorum 51 schisti 42 v — scoparium 22, 24, 86 strictum 86 undulatum 24 viride 24 Didymodon tophaceus 22,38 Diplolaena Lyellii var. lamellata ... 57 Diplophyllum albicans 27 Dissodon splachnoides 5 Ditrichum pallidum 14, 15, 21, 51 tortile 24 vaginans 24 Drepanocladus aduncus 1 “ var. inter- medius . . 24 aquaticus 32 capillifolius . 32 tenuis f. subpiligera 24 uncinatus 24 Drummondia clavellata 14, 15, 24 Dumortiera calcicola 43 hirsuta 43 irrigua 43 nepalensis 43 velutina 43 Duvalia pilosa 57 Ectropothecium caloosiense 50, 51 Penzigianum 32 Eleutera Douglasii 86 “ Menziesii 86 Elodium paludosum 24 Encalpyta 3 alpina . 3 apophysata 3 brevicolla 3 ciliata 3 contorta 3 extinctoria 3 laciniata 3, 13 “ microstoma... 3 procera 3 rhabdocarpa 3 Entodon Drummondii 50, 52 seductrix I5» 52, 73 “ var. minor 52 Entosthodon 4 Eocronartium muscicola 73, 74 muscigena 73 typhuloides 73 Ephebe pubescens 15 Ephemerum megalosporum 50, 52 papillosum 50, 52 spinulosum 50, 52 Eucalyx crenulata 65 gracillima 65 subellipticus 69 Eucladium verticillatum 87 Euosmolejeunea parvula 72 Eurhynchium hians 24, 50, 52 oreganum 86 praelongum var. Sto- kesii 86 stoloniferum 86 strigosum 24, 86 Evernia furfuracea 81 Fissidens 29 “ cristatus 24 “ decipiens 52 Donnellii 50, 52 “ falcatulus 50, 52 “ Garberi 50,51,57 “ minutulus 87 “ osmundioides 24 Ravenellii 52 “ subbasilaris 22 “ taxifolius 24, 87 Fontinalis 6 “ antipyretica 86 “ biformis 50, 52 Kindbergii 86 “ Lescurii 24 “ novae-angliae. . . 24 “ neomexicana 86 “ Sullivantii 24 Forsstroemia trichomitria . . .24, 50, 52 “ “ var. im- mersa, 50, 52 “ floridana 50, 52 Fcssombronia angulosa 59 “ corbulaeformis . . . 57, 58 Frullania Asagrayana 37 “ Brittoniae 37 eboracensis 37 riparia 3 7 “ Tamarisci T. . 27 Funaria 16 “ calvescens 50 “ americana 50 “ flaviseta 6 “ flavicans 87 “ hygrometrica 24, 50, 52, 86, 87 “ “ var. calvescens 52 “ “ “ patula.50, 52 “ serrata 52 Geocalyx graveolens 35 Georgia pellucida 24, 86 Grimaldia calif ornica 57 dichotoma 5b fragrans 33 > 57 pilosa.. 57 rupestris 57 Grimmia 6, 43 “ acicularis 86 “ apocarpa 22, 24 “ var. rivularis . . . 24 “ canescens var. ericoides. . 86 leucophaea 14, 15, 21, 22 “ pennsylvanica 24 torquata 86 trichophylla 86 “ varia 86 Gymnostomum curvirostre 76 rupestre 25 Gyroweisia Barbula 87 Haplocladium microphyllum . . . .52, 87 Haplozia turfacea 65 Harpanthus Flotowianus 54 scutatus 35 Hedwigia albicans. . . . 15, 22, 25, 32, “ var. secunda . . . . Herberta adunca Heterocladium heteropterum percurrens Hierochloe alpina Homalotheciella subcapillata “ var. fabro- - nifolia. Hookeria Cruceana 50, varians Hygrohypnum dilatatum eugyrium ochraceum Hylocomium alaskanum..i (fig. 1, p. loreum proliferum pyrenaicum squarrosum triquetrum 25, Hymenostylium curvirostre Hypnaceae Hypnum aduncum “ var. gracilescens . “ alaskanum “ arcuatum var. america- num “ arcticum ‘ ‘ chrysophyllum 73 , “ circinale “ cordifolium “ cuspidatum filicinum fluitans f. filiformis “ f . brachydictyon . “ giganteum palustre Patentiae var. america- num polygamum proliferum Schreberi 1, “ subimponens “ thelistegum 2, uncinatum f. plumosa vernicosum Isopterygium micans “ var. fulvum. . Jagerinopsis squarrosa Jamesoniella autumnalis Juncus trifidus Jungermannia Cordaeana fossombronioides . 59, Genthiana gracillima lanceolata pumila Ralfsii rubra 62, Lecanora esculenta Lecidea geographica Ledum groenlandicum “ latifolium vi — Leersia extinctoria 86 Lejeunea cardiocarpa 72 “ cavifolia 27 “ cladogyna. 72 “ longifissa 72 Lepidozia reptans 36 Leptobryum pyriforme 25, 52, 86 Leptocolea cardiocarpa 54, 72 Jooriana 72 Leptotheca Wrightii 51 Leskeaceae 73 Leskea denticulata 52 “ microphylla 52 “ obscura 73 “ polyantha 73 Leucobryum 37 albidum 52 glaucum 22, 87 sediforme 52 Leucodon julaceus 15, 22, 25, 52 sciuroides 25 Leucolejeunea clypeata 37 Leucolepis acanthoneura 86 Lobaria pulmonaria 78 Loiseleuria procumbens 76 Lophocolea cuspidata 27 heterophylla 35 minor 35 Lophozia attenuata 44 barbata 27, 34, 54 Binsteadii 54 incisa 35 inflata 34 Kaurini 54 quinquedentata 27 Lunularia alpina 56 Lycopodium annotinum var. pung- ens 75 Selago 75 Macromitrium mucronifolium 52 rhabdocarpum 52 Madotheca Cordaeana 72 dentata 72 lamelliflorae 72 rivularis 72 Marchantiales 6 Marchantia 17 pilosa 57 polymorpha 34 Marsupella emarginata 27 Meesea triquetra 5 M etzgeria con j ugata 34 furcata 27 Mielichhoferia nitida elongata 7 5 Mittenothamnium diminutivum. .2, 52 Mnium affine ciliare. 25 “ cuspidatum 15, 25, 52 “ Drummondii 25 “ glabrescens 86 “ insigne 86 “ medium 25 “ orthorhynchum 86 “ punctatum elatum. 25, 86 “ rostratum 25,86 86 85 32 86 86 75 52 52 5i 5i 25 25 25 1). 86 25 1 86 86 87 73 1 86 1 52 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 52 12 86 86 86 52 86 86 86 52 52 52 34 75 72 60 63 63 34 69 57 63 77 75 75 7 6 — vu Mnium serratum 25 “ spinulosum 25,86 “ stellare 25 “ umbratile 86 “ venustum 86 Mylia anomala 34 Myurella Careyana 25 Myurium hebridarium 41 Nabalus Boottii 75 Nanomitrium Austini 53 synoicum 53 Nardia crenulata. .63, 65, 67, 68, 73, 64 . (PI. II, fig- 8) “ var. cristulata. ... 63 “ exundata. ... 63 “ f. elatior 65 “ var. gracillima.63, 64 (PI. II, f. 9), 65, 66, 73 “ inundata. . .63, 65 “ subaquatica, 15, 63, 65 “ turfosa. . . .63, 65 crenuliformis 59 fossombronioides . .54, 59, 60 (figs. 1-7), 61, 71 Geoscyphus 62 hyalina 54, 65 obovata 54, 61, 62, 69, 71 obscura 54, 71 rubra . . 54, 62-64 (PI. II, f. 1-7) 65-68, 72 subelliptica . .54, 69, 70 (figs. 8-15), 71 Neckera distichia 52 “ jamaicensis 52 “ pennata 25 “ undulata 52 Neckeropsis undulata 86 Neesiella pilosa 57 Nostoc 80 Octoblepharum albidum 53 Octodiceras Julianum 53 fontanum 53 Odontoschisma denudatum 36 Orthopyxis androgyna 86 palustris 86 Orthotrichum callistomum 42 laevigatum 86 obtusifolium 25 papillosum . 86 rupestre 86 var. ovatum 86 speciosum 86 strangulatum 25 ulotaeforme 86 Oxyrhynchium riparioides 25 Papillaria nigrescens 53 Parmelia dubia 29 olivetorum 29 Pedinophyllum interruptum 34 Pellia epiphylla 34 Fabroniana 34 Peltigera apthosa 77 Petalophyllum bolivianum 58 lamellatum 57 Preissii 58 “ Ralfsii 54,57-59 Philonotis caespiticium 25 calcarea 38 fontana 15, 25. 86 longiseta 53 marchica . 22 Muhlenbergii 25 radicalis 53 Phyllodoce coerulea . . 75 Phvscia adglutinata 16 “ caesia, 29 “ obscura var. virella 53 Physcomitrium australe 53 megalocarpum 53 turbinatum 15, 53 “ var. Lang- loisii. . 53 Pilotrichum cymbifolium 53 Pirella cymbifolia 53 Pistillaria muscigena 73 Plagiochasma crenulatum 57 Muenchianum 57 Plagiochila asplenioides 27, 34 Plagiothecium denticulatum . 25, 53, 86 elegans .25, 86 laetum 25 Muellerianum 25, 73 micans 15 “ var. fulvum.. 52 pulchellum 25, 86 silesiacum 86 “ striatellum 25 sylvaticum 25 “ turfaceum 25 Platygyrium repens. 25 Pleuridium alternifolium 4 subulatum 25 Pleuroclada albescens 54 Pogonatum albicans 86 alpinum 86 brevicaule.25, 37, 38 (fig.) brachyphyllum 37, 38 (fig.), 53 porosa 86 proligera.... 86 Pohlia 6, 29, 42 “ cruda 25 “ Lescuriana 25 “ nutans 25 “ polymorpha 5 “ proligera 25 Polytrichum commune. . .23, 26, 53, 75 “ juniperinum 21, 22, 26, 75, 86 ohioense 26, 75 piliferum 26 sexangulare 86 Smithiae 26 strictum 26 Porella Cordaeana 72 “ dentata 72 — Vlll — Platyphylla 37, platyphylloidea . . . . 27, rivularis Porotrichum Bigelovii neckeroides Potentilla tridentata Pottiaceae Pottia littoralis Preissia quadrata Pseudoleskea catenulata denudata var. Holzin- geri radicosa rigescens Pterygophyllum lucens Pterygynandrum filiforme . “ var. minus Ptilidium ciliare Ptilium crista-castrensis 26, Ptychocoleus heterophyllus Ptychomitrium incurvum 14,15,21,22, Pylaisia intricata 26, “ polymorpha “ Schimperi 15,22, Pyrenidiaceae Pyrenothrix nigra Radula complanata Rhaphidostegium adnatum carolinianum .... Roellii Rauia scita Reboulia hemispherica Rectolejeunea Maxonii Rhacomitrium aciculare 26, microcarpum sudeticum Rhacopilum tomentosum Rhaphidostegium microcarpum. . . . Kegelianum var. floridanum .... Rhinanthus crista-galli Rhizocarpon geographicum petraeum Rhizogonium spiniforme Rhododendron lapponicum Rhynchostegium serrulatum ...... Rhytidium robustum Riccardia latifrons “ multifida “ pinguis Ricciaceae Riccia 4, “ coriandrina “ reticulata Ricciella fluitans “ Sullivantii Ricciocarpus natans Rinodina exigua oreina Scapania compacta Scapania irrigua 36 nemorosa 27, 36 nimbosa 43 paludicola . . . . 36 planifolia 43 “ subalpina 54 “ undata 37 Schistidium 42 apocarpum 86 gracile 86 maritimum 41 Schistostega osmundacea 74, 86 Schlotheimia Sullivantii 53 Scleropodium illecebrum 86 obtusifolium . . 86 Scouleria aquatica 86 Scytonema 18 Seligeria recurvata 86 Sematophyllum adnatum 53 subpinnatum 53 Sphaerocarpus 17 Sphagnum 4, 6, 19, 41, 46, 50 acutifolium 86 “ Angstroemii 49 (group) Cuspidata 46 var. Torreyi 48 serrula- tum . . 48 “ Krausei. 48 “ Kruusei. 48 “ mique- lonense 48 “ serrula- tum . . 53 cyclophyllum 53 erythrocalyx 53 fallax 47 Faxoni 48 Fitzgeraldi 49, 53 floridanum 53 fuscum 12 . “ var. vancouveri- ense 86 Girgensohnii 26, 32 Helleri 49 Kearneyi 48 laxifolium var. serrula- tum 48 Lindbergii 48 macrophyllum 53 magellanicum . . . .49, 53, 87 mendocinum var. gracil- escens 87 molle 53 molluscum 45 palustre 47, 53 pseudocuspidatum 47 pseudorecurvum 47 pulchrum 48 recurvmm 46. 47, 53 tenue 47, 48 ruppinense. . 47 serratum 49 72 37 72 86 86 75 3 29 34 44 86 86 86 86 86 26 36 36 86 72 76 73 26 26 18 18 37 26 26 86 26 33 7 2 29 75 26 75 87 53 53 75 15 15 53 76 29 53 86 34 34 34 6 1 7 54 54 33 33 33 15 15 27 -IX Sphagnum squarrosum 26, 86 strictum 53 subsecundum 53 tabulare 53 tenellum 45 tenerum 53 teres var. squarrosulum . 86 Torreyanum 48 trinitense 49 turfaceum 86 turgidum 29 virginianum 47 Sphenolobus Michauxii 44 Splachnum ampullaceum 53 Stereodon 22 “ cupressiformis 26 “ curvifolius 26 “ fertilis 26 Haldanianus. 26 “ imponens 26 pallescens 26 “ Patentiae 26 var. ameri- cana 26 “ pratensis 26 recurvans . 26 “ reptiUs 26 Syrrhopodon floridanus .53, 87 texanus . . . . 53 Tayloria serrata 86 Taxithelium planum 53 Tesselina coriandrina 54 Thamnium Hildebrandtii . ......... 89 Thamnolia vermicularis 75 Thelia asperella 15, 53 “ hirtella 1.5-53 “ Lescurii 21,22 Thuidium abietinum 26 Blandovii 86 “ delicatulum . . . . 15, 26, 53, 73 “ gracile var. Ravenellii. . . 53 Thuidium involvens 2, 53 “ minutulum. ..... .53, 73, 87 “ recognitum 26 virginianum 26 Timinia austriaca 86 Tortella caespitosa .26, 53 “ fragilis 86 “ tortuosa 21,22,86 Tortulaceae 3 Tortula agraria 87 “ marginata... 43 “ mucronifolia 5 “ princeps » . . . . 86 “ perlimbata 43 “ ruralis 86 “ Solmsii 43 “ subulata 5 Trematodon longicollis 53 Trichocolea tomentella 36 Trichostomum bermudanum 87 perviride 6 Typhula muscigena 73 Ulota americana 26 “ crispa 26 “ crispula 26 Umbilicaria 75 pustulata .• . 82 Uredinales 74 Usnea dasypoga 77 Vaccinium pennsylvanicum var. angustifolium 75, 76 uliginosum 76 Vitis-Idaea 74 Weisia longiseta 86 “ megalospora 65 phyllantha 86 “ viridula 15, 22, 26, 54, 87 var. nitida 54 Xanthoria parietina ............ 77, 81 Zygodon rupestris 86 INDEX TO TITLES Allen, J. A., Mosses of the Cascade Mountains, see Mosses of the 85-86 Anacamptodon splachnoides var. Tayloriae in Missouri. Edward B. Cham- berlain 16 Annual Reports, see Sullivant Moss Society Archidium cubense sp. nov. R. S. Williams 2 Arkansas, Collecting in. Rachel L. Lowe 14-15 Bermuda, Mosses of. E. G. Britton 87 Boissier Herbarium goes to the University of Geneva. [Note.]. 74 Bryophyta, The, of Iceland, by A. Hesselbo. [Review.] A. LeRoy Andrews 4-5 Bryophytes and Lichens on Fell-Fields. [Note.] 74-76 Cardot. M. Jules, Resolutions upon the Loss of the Collections and Library of e 87-88 Cardot, M. Jules, to give up Bryological Studies. [Note.] 29-30 Cardot ’s Collections Ravaged 11-12 Cascade Mountains, Washington, Mosses Collected by J. A. Allen. M. E. Seymour 85-86 Collecting in Arkansas. Rachel L. Lowe 14-15 Collecting in Oklahoma. Rachel L. Lowe .21-22 Conklin, Dr. George H., a Major in the Medical Corps. [Note.] 31 — X Dumortiera, A Taxonomic Study of. [Note.] 43 Encalypta laciniata, The Southern Limit of. Ralph S. Nanz 3 Encalypta. A Revision of the North American Species by Dorothy Coker. [Review.] Elizabeth G. Britton 3-4 Encalypta laciniata in Central New York. Elias J. Durand 13 Eocronartium muscicola, a Fungus Parasitic on Moss. [Note.] 73-74 Exchange Department 12, 44, 76, 89 Exchange, Hepatic. A. H. Brinkman 40 Fell-Fields, Bryophytes and Lichens on. [Note.] 74-76 Flore des mousses de la Suisse. Amann & Meylan. [Review..] Edward B. Chamberlain 4 1-43 Florida, A List of Mosses from Sanford, S. Rapp 50-54 Florida, West Indian Mosses in, Elizabeth G. Britton 2 French Hepaticae, see List of 27 Hepaticae, French, see List of, Collected by Major Conklin 27 Hepaticae, Notes on North American — VIII. Alexander W. Evans 54-73 Hepatic Exchange. A. H. Brinkman 40 Hepatics of the Lake George Flora. Stewart H. Burnham 33-3 7 Herbarium Note, A. Edward B. Chamberlain 39-40 Hulett’s Landing, see Preliminary List. 23-26 Hylocomium alaskanum (L. & J.) Kindb. R. S. Williams 1 Iceland, The Bryophyta of, by A. Hesselbo. [Review.] A. LeRoy Andrews. 4-5 Islands, Floating, Mosses as Formers of Tufa and of. Aravilla Taylor. . . .38-39 Lake George, Hepatics of the, Flora. Stewart H. Burnham 33-37 Lake George, N. Y., see Preliminary List, Hulett’s Landing 23-26 Lichenology, A Short History of. Charles C. Plitt 77-85 Lichens, New for southern California, Mr. Moxley finds. [Note.] 29 Lichens of the Mt. Monadnock Region, N. H. — No. 11. Thomas Durfee. . 15-16 Lichens on Fell-Fields, Bryophytes and. [Note.] 74~76 List, A, of Mosses from Sanford, Florida. S. Rapp 50-54 List of French Hepaticae Collected by Major George H. Conklin, M. R. C. Caroline C. Haynes. 27 Literature, Notes on Recent Bryological 17, 28, 43 Luminous Moss, Schistostega osmundacea, The. [Note.] 74 Madagascar, Mosses of, by A. & G. Grandidier. [Review.] A. LeRoy An- drews .27-28 Madera. Luisier’s Mousses de Madere. [Note.] 43 Medical Notes for the Tropical Collector. [Note.] 89 Miscellaneous Notes 16, 29, 73, 89 Missouri, Anacamptodon splachnoides var. Tayloriae in. Edward B. Cham- berlain. .:..... 16 Mosses as Formers of Tufa and of Floating Islands. Aravilla Taylor 38-39 Mosses of Bermuda. E. G. Britton 87 Mosses of Madagascar by A. & G. Grandidier. [Review.] A. LeRoy An- drews 27-28 Mosses of several Ohio counties. [Note.] 43 Mosses of the Cascade Mountains, Washington, collected by J. A. Allen. M. E. Seymour 85-86 Moss Notes — Two Pogonatums. A. J. Grout 37_38 Moxley, Mr., Finds New Lichens for southern California. [Note.] 29 Mt. Monadnock Region, N. H., Lichens of the, — No. 11. Thomas Durfee. 15-16 New York, Central, Encalypta laciniata in. Elias J. Durand 13 Norway, Scapania nimbosa from. [Note.] 43 Notes, Miscellaneous 16, 29, 73, 89 Notes on North American Hepaticae — VIII. Alexander W. Evans 54_73 Notes on North America-n Sphagnum. — VIII. A. LeRoy Andrews 45_49 Notes on Recent Bryological Literature 17, 28, 43 Ohio Counties, Mosses of several. [Note.] 43 Oklahoma, Collecting in. Rachel L. Lowe 21-22 Parasitic Fungus, see Eocronartium 73_74 Pogonatums, Two. — Moss Notes. II. A. J. Grout 37-38 Preliminary List of Mosses Collected in the Neighborhood of Hulett’s Land- ing, Lake George, N. Y. Daisy J. Levy 23-26 Resolutions upon the Loss of the Collections and Library of M. Jules Car- dot 87-88 — XI — Riddle, Dr. L. W., becomes a member of Harvard Faculty. [Note.] 31 Scapania nimbosa from Norway. [Note.] 43 Schistostega osmundacea, the Luminous Moss. [Note.] 74 Short History of Lichenology, A. Charles C. Plitt 77-8 5 Southern Limit of Encalypta laciniata, The. Ralph S. Nanz 3 Sphagnum, Notes on North American, — VIII. A. LeRoy Andrews 45-49 Sullivant Moss Society, Annual Reports, for 1918. Report of the President. Elizabeth G. Britton 5-6 Report of the Secretary-Treasurer. Edward B. Chamberlain 7-9 Report of the Curator of the Moss Herbarium. George B. Kaiser 9-10 Report of the Curator of the Hepatic Department. Caroline C. Haynes, Curator pro tem 10 Report of the Lichen Department. Charles C. Plitt. 10-11 Membership List, Additions and Corrections • 11 Sullivant Moss Society Notes. E. B. Chamberlain 44, 76, 88 Switzerland, see Flore des mousses de la Suisse 41-43 Tropical Collector, Medical Notes for the. [Note] 89 Tufa and of Floating Islands, Mosses as Formers of. Aravilla Taylor. . . . .38-39 Washington, see Mosses of the Cascade Mountains .85-86 West Indian Mosses in Florida. Elizabeth G. Britton 2 INDEX TO AUTHORS Andrews, A. LeRoy . .4-5, 27-28, 45-49 Jennings, O. E. 11-12, 17-20,29,31,73- Brinkman, A. H 40 76, 89 Britton, Elizabeth G 2, 3-4. 87 Kaiser, George B . . . 9-10 Burnham, Stewart H •'•33-37 Levy, Daisy J 23-26 Chamberlain, Edward B. 7-9, 11, 16, Lowe, Rachel L . . . . 14-15, 21-22 17, 28-31, 39-44, 76. 88-89 Durand, Elias J . . . . 13 Nanz, Ralph S Plitt, Charles C 3 . . . .10-11, 77-85 Durfee, Thomas • .15-16 Rapp, S . . . 50-54 Evans, Alexander W • -54-73 Seymour, M. E 85-86 Grout, A. J. • -37-38 Taylor, Aravilla 38-39 Haynes, Caroline C . . 10, 27 Williams, R. S INDEX TO PLATES AND FIGURES Conklin, Geo. H Hylocomium alaskanum Nardia crenulata var. gracillima “ fossombronioides “ rubra “ subelliptica Pogonatum brachyphyllum brevicaule PI. I, facing p. 21 Page 1, figs. 1-3 PI. II (p. 64), fig. 8 PI. II (p. 64), fig. 9 Page 60, figs. 1-7 PI. II (p. 64), figs. 1-7 Page 70, figs. 8-15 Page 38, figs. b. Page 38, figs. a. ERRATA Page 22, line 21, for Weissia read Weisia. Page 23, line 11, for Kindb. read (Beauv.) Kindb. line 12, for B. & S. read (L.) B. & S. line 28, for S. read L. bottom line, for Willd. read (Willd.) Grout. Page 23, line 5 from bottom, for Schreb. read Sibth. Page 25, line 8, for Br. & Sch. read (L.) Br. & Sch. line 13, for Hedw. read Leyss. line 26, for caespiticium read caespitosa , Xll — line 28, for Muhlenbeckii read Muhlenbergii. line 3 from bottom, for Sulliv. read (Sulliv.) Grout. bottom line, for Lindb. read (Lindb.) Correns. Page 26, line 9, for B. & S. read R. & C. line 18, for Pers. read Crome. line 24, for B. & S. read Lindb. line 26, for americana read americanum. Page 52, fifth line from bottom, for thelistegium read thelistegum. Page 74, line 14, for osmundaceae read osmundacea. Page 81, line 10, for Fungf. read Fungi. Page 86, line 17, for Heterocladum read Heterocladium. Page 86, line 7 from bottom, for vancourveriense read Vancouver iense. JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted and Published for the Society by O. E. JENNINGS, PkD., Editor-in-CHief Associate Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT, Ph.D. GEORGE N. BEST, M.D. JOHN M. HOLZINGER, M.S. ALEXANDER W. EVANS, Ph.D. LINCOLN W. RIDDLE, Ph.D and the Advisory Board Officers of the Society CONTENTS Hylccamium alaskanum (L. & J.) Kindb. R. S. Williams i West Indian Mosses in Florida Elizabelh G. Britton 2 Archidium cubense, sp. nov. R. S. Williams 2 The Southern Limit of Encalypta lacinata Ralph S. Nanz 3 Reviews — Encalypta. A Revision of the North American Species by Dorothy Coker Elizabeth G. Britton 3 A. Hesselbo — The Bryophyta of Iceland A. LeRoy Andrews 4 Annual Reports— Sullivant Moss Society— 1918 Report of the President Elizabeth G. Britton 5 Report of the Secretary -Treasurer E. B. Chamberlain 7 Report of the Curator of the Moss Herbarium George B , Kaiser 9 Report of the Curator pro tern, of the Hepatic Depart- ment Caroline C. Haynes 10 Report of the Curator of the Lichen Department Charles C. Plitt 10 Corrections and Additions - Address List, Sullivant Moss Society // Cardot’s Collections 12 Exchange Department 12 "Entered »• second-class matter August 21st. 1913, at the Post Office at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, under the Act of March 3, 1879." “Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized August 8, 1918 " Copyright, 1919, by Edward B. Chamberlain The November number of The BRYOLOG 1ST was published January 15, 1919 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE, LANCASTER, PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal of THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription in the United States, $1.25 per year; in all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Single copies, 25 cents. Vols. I-XXI, 1898-1918, $21.50. TEN YEAR INDEX, fi.oo Checks, except New York City, MUST contain io cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, i8 West 89th Street, New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President — Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N. Y. Secretary-Treasurer — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 18 W. 89th Street New York City. Curators of Herbaria — Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses , 232 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue, Mount Airy, Pa. ; MissC. C. Haynes, Hepatics , pro tem.t Highlands, N. J.; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. All material for identification should be sent to the respective curators. All matter relative to offerings should be sent to the Editor, or to the Secretary THE BRYOLOGIST Voi.. XXII January, 1919 HYLOCOMIUM ALASKANUM (L. & J.) KINDB.* Among a few specimens of mosses lately received from Mr. Maxon, of the Smithsonian Institute, was one small lot consisting of_ mostly three closely entangled species. Two of these are well known, namely Rhytidiadelphus triquetrus (L.) Warns., and Drepanocla - dus~aduncus (L.) Warns. (. Hypnum uncinatum). The other, of which there is scarcely more than a few fragments, is Hypnum alaskanum L. & J., as given in the Manual. This species seems to have been scarcely collected or under- stood since first obtained by Dali in Alaska. Dr. Brotherus, in Engler & Prantl, cites it (p. 1060) as a variety of Hylocomium pyrenaicum (Spruce) Lindb., a species found in Alaska, but a very distinct plant in its larger size, different branching and pointed, plicate leaves. H. alaskanum looks at first glance more like a small form of Hypnum Sch - reberi Willd. than anything else, but examination shows it belongs rather to Hylocomium , as the stems bear numerous, branching paraphyllia and the leaves are minutely serrulate all round (the teeth almost too small to be seen under a low power) with the margins flat above and strongly reflexed near the base. The leaves are not plicate but very concave. The leaf-cells are mostly long and narrow, slightly curved, the walls rather unequally thickened but not or very slightly pitted. The basal cells are mostly golden brown in the stem-leaves, the alar scarcely forming a distinct group. It would seem that Dr. Kindberg had specimens of true H. alaskanum from somewhere in British America, but at present there are apparently none known among the collections at Ottawa. R. S. Williams Hylocomium alaskanum Fig. i. Stem leaf, X36 diam. “ 2. Middle branch-leaf, X36 diam. “ 3. Median leaf-cells, X320 diam. New York Botanical Garden *Cat. Can. Plants. 6: 248. 1892. The November number of the BryologisT was published January 15, 1919. — J — WEST INDIAN MOSSES IN FLORIDA Elizabeth G. Britton Mittenothamnium diminutivum (H. thelistegum )1 and Thuidium involvenS have recently been recognized and collected by Mr. Severin Rapp at Sanford, Florida. Dr. Small has collected abundant specimens of both these species in the vicinity of Miami, duplicates of which have been sent to Mr. Rapp. Dili- gent search and a keen eye have resulted in finding them both together “on logs in hammock,” and Mr. Rapp is to be congratulated on discovering them several hundred miles farther north than they were previously known. New York Botanical Garden ARCHIDIUM CUBENSE SP. NOV, Antoicous; usually a single male flower, nearly or quite sessile, among Several fertile flowers near the apex of the stem; the inner perigonial leaves broad, more or less pointed, mostly entire, ecostate or partly costate, often not much longer than the antheridia; the outer leaves similar to those of the stem but rather larger; antheridia 5-6, about 0.4 mm. long, without paraphyses: plants in brownish green mats with erect stems 3-5 mm. long, mostly simple or sometimes divided about half-way up into 2 or 3 branches and bearing usually 3-5 flowers rather crowded on very short branches or almost sessile, at or near the apex of the stem; upper stem-leaves ovate-lanceolate, about 1 mm. long, mostly slightly serrulate in the upper part, the margins more or less recurved; costa shortly excurrent, sometimes rather stouter in the upper part than near the base; leaf-cells with somewhat thickened, colored walls throughout; the median usually 6-7^ wide and 40-60^ long, the basal mostly shortly rectangular, 8-1 2/x wide by 12-20 ju long; inner perichaetial leaves the largest, paler and broader than those of the stem, sometimes rather irregular above with a few coarse teeth a little below the apex, the costa pale in the upper part and sometimes not quite percurrent; capsule globose, 0.35-0.40 mm. in diameter, immersed, on a short, top-shaped vaginule; spores more or less roundish, up to 175,1c in diameter, min- utely punctate; calyptra not seen. Type locality: Savana, west of Manacas, Santa Clara Co., Cuba. (Leon & Cayanas, Dec., 1915, 6002, type; also obtained by the same collectors in wet, sandy savana near Mardago, Dec., 1915, 6001.) This species has the inflorescence of A. ohioense; it differs in the shorter- pointed leaves, the leaf-cells colored to the base, with thicker walls, the cells also longer and narrower in the upper part of the leaf, becoming short-rectangular toward the base. R, S. Williams New York Botanical Garden 1 See Bryologist 17:9. 1914* — 3 — THE SOUTHERN LIMIT OF ENGALYPTA LACINIATA Ralph S. Nanz In the revision of the North American species of Encalypta by Dorothy Coker in the November (1918) number of the Torrey Botanical Club Bulletin the southern limit for Encalypta laciniata (Hedw.) Lindb. [E. ciliata (Hedw.) Hoffm.] in the eastern United States is given as northern New York, presumably the Adirondack Mountains. While the range given in the revision is the normal one, it seems worth while to record the appearance of this species elsewhere. Evans and Nichols, in the Bryophytes of Connecticut (1908), report it from Branford, Connecticut, collected by J. A. Allen in 1881. This Encalypta was found in 1884 by the late Prof. G. F. Atkinson in Enfield Ravine, Ithaca, and since then has been collected several times in the same ravine by others. The moss was collected from vertical limestone cliffs. Although there are a number of ravines of a similar nature near Ithaca, E. laciniata has been found only in the one ravine mentioned. For this reason no very logical explanation can be given for its occasional appearance so far from its natural habitat. Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. REVIEWS Encalypta. A Revision of the North American Species by Dorothy Coker1 In connection with our studies for N. A. Flora , a critical revision of this genus became necessary, as the modern conception of its rank and relations to the Tortulaceee differs materially from that of the older authors. It is now rec- ognized as distinct not only from the “ Pottiacecs,” where it has generally been placed, but is known to be intermediate between the Haplolepidece and Dip- lolepidecB, having the peristome characters of both groups represented in various species; hence it has been placed by Fleischer in a new group known as the Heterolepidece. A critical comparison of typical and authentic material from North American and European herbaria has enabled us to reduce the 18 species recognized by Paris’s Index , Brotherus and Kindberg to 8, extinctoria, rhabdocarpa, alpina, laciniata, apophysata, brevicolla, procera, and contorta. Only one species still remains doubtful, E. lacera Ren. & Cardot., specimens of which were not avail- able for critical comparison. All of Kindberg’s species, based on Macoun’s collections, prove to be either wrongly described or based on false premises, as indicated by me in some notes on this genus.2 One new varietal combination E. laciniata microstoma (Schimp.) Coker occurs in this revision. Miss Coker 1 Coker, Dorothy. Revision of the North American Species of Encalypta. Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Arts in the Faculty of Pure Science, Columbia University. Contrib. from the N. Y. Bot. Gard. No. 206. 1918. Reprinted without change of paging from Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 45: 433-449. Pis. 13, 14, Nov. 13, 1918, * Bull. Torrey Club 22 : 452-458. 1895. — 4 — is to be congratulated on the accuracy of her drawings and the rapidity with which she does them. We hope that this maiden task in hyper-critical study will not discourage her from undertaking furtheF^work in Bryology.^ She has been devoting her major energies to Bacteriology for the Red Cross, and it is understood is contemplating devoting herself to this work as a profession. New York Botanical Garden. Elizabeth G. Britton. A. Hesselbo — The Bryophyta of Iceland1 This is decidedly one of the most important bryological works of recent years, as Iceland was, in respect to its bryophyte flora, the most neglected of fairly accessible northern lands. Lists prior to those of Gronlund the present author finds to be essentially worthless, while those of Gronlund himself were, besides being incomplete, rather faulty. The present author’s collections and observations were made upon three summer trips, in 1909, 1912 and 1914, and the greatest weakness of the work lies in the fact that the whole island could not possibly be covered by such limited field work, as the author realizes. Still one is impressed by the remarkably good use made of the time at his disposal. There are listed 93 hepatics, 20 Sphagna , and 324 (or including 2 subspecies, 326) true mosses. The attention paid to species found only in sterile condition shows the carefulness with which the author worked. Old records which were based upon wrong identifications or are otherwise suspicious are not included, though notes upon them are inserted. The flora of Iceland is, as has long been known, essentially northern European, among the mosses Bryoxiphium norvegi- cum being a unique case of a species found in Iceland and North America, but lacking in Europe. Two new species in Bryum and one in Brachythecium are proposed. Under the separate species are remarkably detailed notes as to habitat, while the whole is summed up in an oecological supplement. Most interesting in this is the careful study of the flora of the various hot springs. Species of Riccia, Anthoceros, Archidium, Enloslhodon, etc., were found confined to warm ground of this description, while other bryophytes found their best development and most frequent occurrence under such conditions. One thing missed in this part of the work is an adequate discussion of geological substrata, particularly as to their chemical constituents. It is for example certainly to be expected that the flora of the areas of acidic lava would differ from that of basic lavas, and there is even a limited area of sedimentary rock (apparently visited by the author near Husavik). A good geological map, by Thoroddsen, makes it possible to lay out one’s route somewhat with reference to these differ- ences and to at least gain some fundamental ideas of the effect of the different rocks upon the moss-flora, which a work on the comprehensive plan of this one demands. Of the additions which I have published,2 all with two exceptions, Pleuridium alternifolium and Dicranella Grevilleana, are included on the basis 1 Rosenvinge & Warming. The Botany of Iceland, Vol. I, Part 4. Pp. 395-677. 1918. ? Bryologist 18: 5if. 1915; Torreya 16: 47ft. 1916; 17 ; 6off. 1917. — 5 — of independent collection. Many of the statements of distribution, principally the negative ones, are too sweeping, as based upon a too limited field experience, and are contradicted by my own observations. To note only a few cases that have struck my attention: Desmatodon latifolius is said (page 455) to appear to be quite absent from southwest and south Iceland. Yet I found it nicely fruiting on the lava-field at Hafnarfjordhur. Tortula mucronifolia (page 456) is recorded only from Vestmannaey3, but I have two specimens collected at Hafnarfjordhur and Isafjordhur. There is no reason why this species should not be expected at least as far north as T. subulata, though I also found it less common. Dissodon splachnoides (page 467) is said to be absent or very rare in the southwestern and southern part. But I found it growing nicely in a boggy place at the base of Ingolfsfjall, near the bridge over the Olfusa in the southern lowland. Meesea Iriguetra (page 492) is recorded as found only sterile. I found the plant with capsules, not far from Reykjavik. Glacier-rivers (page 548) are said to be entirely devoid of bryophyte vege- tation, which may be largely true. Yet I noticed in the Olfusa a short distance below the bridge, that a fish-net had brought up a good deal of Fonlmalis, the presence of which one would not otherwise have suspected. Pohlia polymorpha (pages 640, 643) is, on the basis of a single collection, recorded only from the “Mountain Region” (alt. 300-600 m.); but my own two localities, Hafnarfjordhur and Lagafell, are lowland. Probably all or nearly all of the Iceland mosses of higher altitudes may be found descending to near the sea-level, though the lowland ones may not be expected to ascend in any- thing like the same proportion. The illustrations are good and suggest the possibility of a considerably extended use of the camera in moss-study. A. LeRoy Andrews Ithaca, N. Y. ANNUAL REPORTS— SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY— 1918 Report of the President The Armistice has lifted a load of care and trouble from a long-suffering world, and we are beginning to get reprints and publications from Central Europe which tell us what our old “ friendly enemies ” have been doing. They, too, have had difficulty in learning about our activities, for the Botanisches Central- blatt is giving abstracts of publications dating back to 1914-1916. The gift of 3 There is no singular Vestmannaey, but only the plural Vestmannaeyjar (a small group of islands just south of the Iceland coast). Hesselbo’s collections were evidently made upon the larger inhabited island, whose name is Helmaey. Generally speaking the Icelandic names in this work are identifiable, but in a Danish work of the sort one expects them to be correct. — 6 — the Bossier Herbarium and Library to the University of Geneva was announced in March, 1918, and the Conservateur, M. Gustave Beauverd, becomes a member of the faculty of the Botanical Laboratory. The last word received about the library and herbarium of M. J. Cardot, formerly at Charleville, France, was a postal card from Leopold Loeske, from Berlin, dated February 28, 1916, in which he stated that the War Ministry had assured him that “Cardot’s house was uninjured and his collections undisturbed.” C. Warnstorf,1 in Hedwigia, has described some new (?) species of mosses from Japan, South America, and Europe, among them 'Funaria flaviseta, Climacium acuminatum, and Bryhnia angustifolia from New York! L. Loeske2 also reviews a paper by Warnstorf on Sphagnum, Fontinalis, Pohlia and Grimmia. K. Muller continues his con- tributions on the Hepatics to Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Flora. From H. N. Dixon3 we recently have received two contributions on the mosses collected by the Smithsonian African Expedition of 1909-10, and from Prof. Borgensen4 5 a list of the mosses and lichens collected in the former Danish West Indies (1892-93 and 1895-96, 1905-1906) including two new species, Trichostomum perviride Broth, and Bryum Raunkiaerii Broth., both sterile specimens. Since my last report, various members have been active in Red Cross work, notably Dr. Nichols6 at Yale, who has been demonstrating the value of Sphag- num in surgical dressings; Dr. Evans volunteered for Red Cross work in France, but the armistice came in time to stop his going. He completed the MSS of the Marchantiales for N. A. Flora, to which Dr. Howe has contributed the Ricci- acecc. It is not necessary to enumerate the work of the Bryologist. During the year, some of the Arctic collections made by the Macmillan Expedition in Northern Greenland and those collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition have been received. Mr. Williams6 has listed some of the mosses and lichens collected in Grant Land by the Peary Arctic Expedition. Miss Coker,7 under my direction, has revised the North American species of Encalypta, and we have reduced the number of species from 18 to 8. A notable departure has been made in the Flora of Bermuda,8 by including the mosses, hepatics, and lichens with reading chapters on the Algae and fungi, the mosses contributed by E. G. Britton; the hepatics by Dr. A. W. Evans; the lichens by Dr. L. W. Riddle; the Algae by Dr. M. A. Howe, and a brief account of the fungi, thus far imperfectly known, by Dr. F. J. Seaver. The Flora of the Bahamas, now going through the press, will also include these groups of flowerless plants. 1 Bryophyta nova Europaea et Exotica 57 : 62-131. 62 figures. 1915. 7 op. cit. 6: (28) 849-947. 1916. 3 Smithsonian Misc. Coll. Volume 69: Nos. 2 and 8. 1918. [See also Bryologist 21 : 93 and 95. Nov., 1918.] 4 Dansk. Bot. Ark. 2: No. 9. 1918. 5 Journal N. Y. Bot. Garden 19: 203-220. 1918. 6 Torreya 18: 210-211. 1918. 7 Bull. Torrey Club Bot. 45: 433-449. Pis. 13, 14. Nov. 15. 1918. 8 Flora of Bermuda, by Nathaniel Lord Britton. 585 pp. XI. Illustrated by 519 cuts, in text, with colored frontispiece. Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1918. — 7 — During the year a new American Botanical Abstracts magazine has begun publication, of which one number has been issued; Dr. J. R. Schramm, of Cornell University, is in charge of the taxonomic work for the flowerless plants, and Dr. A. LeRoy Andrews has consented to take charge of the bryological abstracts. It behooves us all to assist him in any way that we can and to send him copies of all our publications. Elizabeth G. Britton, President. New York Botanical Garden. Report of the Secretary-Treasurer In submitting the annual report for the past year, the Secretary-Treasurer almost fears that the members of the Sullivant Moss Society may feel that more of explanation is due them than any record of accomplishment. There have been so many demands upon the time of every member and so many inter- ruptions, that all must have felt that the work of the Society has become largely secondary. In particular, the loss of proofs in the mails, the confused state of the printing trade, and the demands upon the Editor’s time made by necessary war work, have so greatly delayed the issues of the Bryologist that, up to the present writing, only four numbers have been published for the current year. Particular thanks is due the members of the Society for the patience they have shown in putting up with this delay. We all hope most sincerely that it may soon be possible to bring the appearance of the magazine up to date, and avoid delays. The response to the circular letter regarding elections, which was sent out the middle of November, has been most gratifying. The circular was sent to all members resident in the United States and Canada, postal conditions ren- dering it useless to send to others. Fifty-seven replies were received previous to December 7, and all of these were unanimous in voting that the present board of officers be continued for another year. Accordingly, the officers for 1919 are: President, Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton; Vice-president, Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith; Secretary -Treasurer, Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain. The large response to the circular leads the Secretary to suggest that in the future all matters pertaining to the election of officers be handled in this manner, as the expense is trifling compared with the gain in promptness and in the expression of personal opinion. No meeting of the Sullivant Moss Society was held in December, 1917, but plans were early laid for one in December, 1918, at Boston, in connection with the convocation week exercises of the American Association for the Ad- vancement of Science. Early in March, however, word was received from the Secretary of the Association that the Executive Committee had decided to change the place of meeting to Baltimore, and to make the meetings limited in the matter of programme to matters connected closely with the great war. Under these circumstances, and in view of the increase in railroad rates, the lack of housing accommodations in Baltimore, and the probable small attendance, the — 8 — Advisory Board of the Society decided it would be best to abandon the pro- posed meeting. An effort was made, however, to have the Society represented by an exhibit of the usefulness of sphagnum in surgical dressings, of which Mr. Plitt very kindly took charge. The membership of the Society now totals 142, a total increase of eight over last year. Two members have died, Mr. S. L. Schumo, of Philadelphia, and Dr. G. G. Kennedy, of Readville, Mass., and two others have not been heard from during the past year. As, under the regulations of the Post Office De- partment, the Bryologist cannot be sent to members more than two issues in arrears unless a definite promise of payment is received, the Secretary has been reluctantly compelled to suspend the magazine to those members who have not paid. To balance these losses, twelve new members have joined the Society. A complete list of new members and of changes in address since August, 1918, is given in this issue of the Bryologist. The offerings of specimens, through the columns of the magazine, show an increase over the total of last year, and in comparing the results it is to be re- membered that only four issues for 1918 have appeared. Twenty-four different species have been offered, all but one of which have been mosses. The force of last year’s comment, that in war times hobbies suffer, has been shown true, but the Secretary sincerely hopes that during the coming year a great increase in the amount of material offered may show that the neglected hobbies are again being exercised. The most depressing feature, however, is not the small number of species offered, but the few requests for them that are received. During the past year the Secretary has offered eight species, all somewhat uncommon, and some rare: not more than a dozen different members have availed themselves of the opportunity of securing specimens. From reports received from others who have offered material, the Secretary concludes that his experience is not unique. It seems too bad that there is so little interest in this matter. The financial statement appended below shows that the Society is still solvent. By cutting down the size of editions, costs have been kept well within previous figures, and it has been possible to repay advances made by Dr. Frye for plates, and by Mrs. Hasse on the charges for the shipments of Dr. Hasse’s duplicates. From the balance on hand as shown by the report about seventy dollars should be deducted to cover the probable costs of the September and November issues of the Bryologist, thus leaving a balance of about sixty dollars ' to be carried on for next year. In the matter of cutting down the size of the editions, however, the Secre- tary confesses that he rather overdid things, and that as a result the Society is short of copies of the numbers from September, 1917, to July, 1918, especially of the March, 1918, issue. Will members who may have any spare copies of these issues please communicate with the Secretary, in order that it may be possible to supply sets to those who in the future wish to purchase, and to make good the demand for lost copies that will in all probability come from foreign members. — 9 In conclusion, the Secretary wishes to extend to all the members, and es- pecially to those just joining the Society, his best wishes and heartiest greetings for the coming years. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTS Receipts Balance on hand, December 1,1917 $ 63.21 Dues for current year 170.90 Subscriptions for current year 59.08 Arrears collected, dues and subscriptions 14.85 Dues and subscriptions for coming year, already paid 18.09 Sales of back numbers 33.09 Incidental receipts, advertising, etc 14.88 Sales of Hasse Lichens 33-00 Advance from Dr. Frye, on plates 22.00 $429.10 Expenditures Printing and stationery $ 6.25 Postage, bank fees, and incidentals 7.11 Herbarium expense 10.04 Express charges 13.31 Labels for Hasse Lichens 3.1 1 Plates for Bryologist 32.75 Printing Bryologist (Nov., 1917-July, 1918) 166.91 Repayment to Dr. Frye 22.00 Repayment to Mrs. Hasse 40.00 $301.48 Cash on hand, November 30, 1918 127.62 $429.10 Respectfully submitted, Edward B. Chamberlain, Secretary- T reasurer. Report of the Curator of the Moss Herbarium for 1918 Among faithful workers who have contributed to the Moss Herbarium during the past year have been: Mrs. E. G. Britton, R. S. Nanz, J. M. Grant, C. H. Demetrio, S. Rapp, Miss Daisy Levy, Mrs. R. Lowe, Mrs. E. M. Dunham, H. Dupret, and others. The year has brought such unusual conditions of other activit es for almost all of our members that bryological interests have not been quite so energetically pursued as usual, but we hope that the brighter outlook for 1919 may bring renewed correspondence and collections, so that another year we may have large figures to report of additions to the Herbarium which this year are pur- posely omitted. The Curator is ready to give a helping hand, insofar as he is — 10 — able, to those who may send material to him for determination. Let us estab- lish a new and excellent record for the ensuing year. George B. Kaiser, Curator. 232 Mt. Pleasant Ave., Mt. Airy, Philadelphia, Pa. December, 1918. Report of the Curator pro-tem of the Hepatic Department Only 120 specimens have been added to the Hepatic Herbarium, making the number 5909. The collectors represented are the following: Geo. M. Pendle- ton, who found two additional stations for the rare Cephalozia aflinis in Cali- fornia; S. H. Burnham; J. M. Grant; J. Evans, Clevea hyalina from Washington; Geo. B. Kaiser gave two Southern species collected by Mrs. J. M. Fox; Rev. Demetrio gave two northern species collected by Prof. Macoun and Rev. Mueller; C. C. Haynes a small set of Pearson’s British Exsiccatse, etc. Capt. Conklin did not forget us, having sent an interesting looking set of French hepatics collected near Vichy; he being in charge of a ward in Base Hospital No. 1, located there. Mr. G. K. Merrill, who is sending us Maine hepatics, is heartily welcomed to our list of contributors. These specimens, together with various “left-overs,” are being slowly worked up and will be re- ported on next year. Prof. A. W. Evans has given eleven reprints from the Journal of Botany of W. S. Pearson’s descriptions and figures of British hepatics and his papers on the botanical works of Gottsche and Benjamin Carrington. The library connected with this Department is steadily increasing in size and importance. Gifts of reprints are requested from members. Caroline C. Haynes, Curator pro-tem. Highlands, New Jersey. Report of the Lichen Department for 1918 During the past year four more fascicles of the Lichenes Exsiccati, dupli- cates from Dr. Hasse’s large collections, have been distributed. This makes in all ten fascicles of 25 specimens each, each species being described in Dr. Hasse’s “Lichen Flora of Southern California.” There remains on hand still enough material to make, perhaps, two more fascicles, thus completing three centuries. However, as but a slight amount of this material is described in the “Lichen Flora of Southern California,” and in the later articles in the Bry- ologist, it is considered wiser to delay the issue of further fascicles after number ten, until a more detailed report upon the material can be given. This last may take considerable time, but when completed all subscribers to the earlier sets will be notified. As stated in the Report for 1917, all the complete sets of the Exsiccati have been subscribed for. There is, however, much material, duplicating specimens issued in the sets, which can be sold in lots of 25, 50, or 100 specimens, upon — I Selection by the purchaser. Upon this material slightly lower rates will obtain than those charged for the full sets. A package of 25 specimens will be sold for $1.2$; of 50, for $2.25; and of 100, for $4.00. Members desiring Californian lichens should take advantage of this opportunity. The herbarium has been increased by a representation of all the species distributed in the Hasse lichen exsiccati during the year, and also by the follow- ing donations: Mr. J. M. Grant, from Washington; Mrs. M. A. Noble, from Florida; Mr. Frank Dobbin, from New York; Mr. J. Evans, from Washington; and Rev. P, G. M. Rhodes, from England. To all these members the Curator wishes to express his sincere thanks and appreciation,, The additions total 125 specimens, which brings the total number of specimens in the Society Herbarium to 3385. Respectfully submitted, Charles C. Plitt, Curator . Baltimore, Md., December 18, 1918. CORRECTIONS AND ADDITIONS— ADDRESS LIST, SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY The present list gives all changes of address and all additions to the mem- bership of the Society which have come to the knowledge of the Secretary from August 1* 1918, to November 30, 1918. It is supplementary to lists published in the Bryoi.ogist for January, March, and September, 1918. New Members Miss M. H. Best .616 Madison Ave., New York City. Mr. James L, Blackmer. .................. 107 Penhurst Park, Buffalo, N. Y, Mrs. Abigail Butler, . .................. .6730 Normal Ave., Chicago, 111, Mr, R. Thomas Hutchinson. ........ .633 Christian St., South Bethlehem, Pa. Mrs. Alice I. Irvine Palos Park, 111, Dr. Robert T, Morris. ............. ,616 Madison Ave., New York City. Changes of Address Miss Lydia Prichett Borden. .306 North High St., Bethlehem, Pa. Mrs Joseph M. Fox. ............ 125 West Springfield Ave., Chestnut Hill, Pa, Prof. N. L. T. Nelson Goodhue, Minn. Mrs. Thomas Spencer. 1241 Belle Ave., Lakewood, Ohio. Cardot’s Callections ravaged.— M. Jules Cardot, whom oUr readers know as one of the foremost living bryologists, has returned to his home at Charle- Ville, up near the middle of the Belgian border, only to find the furniture smashed or stolen, family portraits torn to pieces, books torn and scattered about from cellar to attic, botanical collections thrown pell-mell on the floor of the attic and scientific books tofn and mixed up and thrown down on top of them, and, besides all that, valuable parts of the collections are missing: all the unstudied material, a Japanese collection of over 5,000 specimens and including a large number of new species, and other collections from Saghalin, Juan Fernandez, and the 12 — Sandwich Islands, all probably destroyed or lost beyond recovery. As the ex- tracts below will indicate, there was reason to believe a couple of years ago that the collections might escape ruin. — Editor. Following are extracts from two letters to Mrs. Britton. 25. 1. ’16. “Sehr geehrte Frau Britton “Meines Wissens hat bei Charleville kein Kampf stattgefunden, und ich zweifel daher nicht, dass die Sammlungen des Herrn Cardot intakt sein werden. Wir sind eben trotz alledem keine Barbaren, und unsere Soldaten vergreifen sich richt an wissenschaftlichen Sammlungen. Das tut ja nicht einmal ein nordame- rikanischer Grizzly Bar.” 28. 2. ’16. ‘‘Ich schricb Ihnen vor einigen Wochen. Hoffentlich haben die Englander meiner Brief nicht gekapert. Jetzt habe ich aus dem Kriegsministerium die Mitteilung erhalten, dass Herr Prof. Cadot bei Ausbruch des Krieges nach Paris, wo er einen Sohn hat, gefluchtet ist, Sein Haus ist volling unversehrt und daher wird auch seinen wissenschaftlichen Sammlungen nich'ts geschehen sein.” Leopold Loeske. The following is an extract from a letter of M. Jules Cardot, the noted French bryologist of Charleville, France, written in Decenber 1918, and recently transmitted to me through M. I. Theriot, of Havre. I am sure that friends of M. Cardot will be glad to learn tidings of him. — E. B. Chamberlain. ‘‘Depuis notre arrivee ici je vis des jours qui compterons, certes, parmi les plus penibles de ma vie, et si nous n’avions pas la victoire, qui nous console de tout, je me demande si je n’aurais pas ete tente d’en finir avec l’existance. Vous ne pouvez vous imaginer le spectacle que presente notre pauvre maison, 1 ’etat de salete repoussante et de devastation dans lequel elle se trouve, Par- tout des meubles brises, les portraits de famille laceres, des livres en lambeaux epars de la cave au grenier, les armoires, les secretaires fractures, quoique tous les clefs etaient sur les portes; tous les beaux meubles anciens disparus et remplaces par 1 ’autres meubles qui ne nous appartiennent pas. Les livres qui n’ont pas ete dechires formaient dans le grenier une indescriptible salads; on se demande comment on peut arriver a melanger ainsi une bibliotheque; ce doit §tre un travail tres fatigant! A c.6te de cela des choses deconcertantes. Mes collections qu’ on avait dites evacuees sont la, en partie du mains. Je les ai retrouvees, entassees dans le fond du grenier et recouvertes par ma bibliotheque scientifique, qu’ on a jetes pele-mele par dessus. Malheureusement mes pauvres collections sont loin d’etre au complet. II manque outre tous les materiaux non etudies, une enorme collection du Japon, de plus de 5,000 N°, contentant des centaines d’especes nouvelles, une collection de Juan Ferrandez, une autre des iles Sandevich et une autre encore de Saghaline, tout cela pro- bablement detruit et perdu sans retour. ” EXCHANGE DEPARTMENT Offerings — To Society members only. Return postage, rather than a stamped envelope, should be sent. > Rev. H. Dupret, Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada.— Sphagnum fuscum Klinggr., from Alberta, and Hypnum poly gamum Wils., from near Mon- treal. U. S. postage accepted , Mr. Severin Rapp, Sanford, Florida .-—Collftma aggregatum Nyl., collected in Florida by Severin Rapp. CLUBBING OFFER The following rates are made iii connection with Dr. Grout for a year’s subscription to the Bryologist, or for membership in the Sullivant Moss Society, if remittance is made at one time, in advance. Moss Flora of N. Y. City and Bryologist, $2.10; with membership, $2.35, Mosses with Handlens, Ed. ii. and Bryologist, $2.75; with membership, $3.00. Mosses with Handlens and Microscope and Bryologist, unbound, $6.25; with membership, $6 50; bound copies, 75c. extra. All remittances and communications should go to Edward B. Chamberlain -- - 18 West 89th St., New York WANTED Back Numbers of the Bryologist. Anyone having- copies of the Bryologist, Vol. iii Nr. x, Vol. vi Nr. 2, or Vol. xxi, Nr. 2 (March, 1918), for sale, is requested to write the undersigned; copies of the whole volume will also be bought. A liberal allowance will be made to members on next year’s dues, EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN 18 West 89th. Street NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. REVISED CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN HEPATICAE By Miss C. C. Haynes and Dr. A. W. Evans Reprints of the revised hepatic list in form suitable for making desiderata or exchanges, are for sale by MISS C. G. HAYNES HIGHLANDS, N. J. Prices: 3c. each, 23c. per dozen. THE GUIDE TO NATURE A Magazine of Commonplace Nature with Uncommon Interest Beauft fully Illustrated Many New Features "It is all very well to be a specialist, but it is bad to be nothing but a specialist ” —Dean Coulter , Purdue EDWARD F, BIGELOW, Managing Editor Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single or Sample Copy ioe. THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION ARCADIA SOUND BEACH CONNECTICUT AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL An illustrated quarterly devoted to the general study of ferns. Subscrip- tion, 1919, including membership in THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY, $1.00; or, without membership, 90 cents. Foreign subscriptions, 10 cents a year extra. Volume I, six parts, $2.00; Volumes II to VIII, $1.00 each: the set, eight volumes, $8.50. Send subscriptions or applications for membership to E. J. WINSLOW, Auburndale, Mass. Send matter for publication to R. C. BENEDICT, 322 East 19th St., Brooklyn, N. Y. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages about 45 pages and 2 plates. Devoted to botanical contributions of the widest range; morphological, physiological, taxonomic, ecological, and geographical. $4.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news; established 1901. About 20 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Fifteen volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. MEMBERSHIP including publications, $5.00 a year. Address, Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club, BERNARD O. DODGE, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York City VOLUME XXII NUMBER 2 \g MARCH, 1919 @1/ y THE BRYOLOG18T JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted and Published for the Society by O. E. JENNINGS, PkD„ Editor-in-Chief Associate Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT. Pb.D. GEORGE N. BEST. M.D. JOH>J M. HOLZINGER. MS, ALEXANDER W. EVANS. Pb.D. LINCOLN W. RIDDLE. Pb.D. ■ % ' Jt. / Lj and tbe Advisory Board Officers of tbe Society ■8»' CONTENTS Encalypta laciniata in Central New York. Elias J. Durand 13 Collecting in Arkansas. Rachel L. Lowe 14 Lichens of the Mt. Monadnock Region, N. H. No. 11. Thomas Durfee 13 Anacamptodon splachnoides var. Tayloriae in Missouri. Edward B. Chamberlain 16 Miscellaneous Notes. Notes on Recent Bryological Literature. Exchange Department 16 17 20 “Entered as second-class matter August 21st, 1913, at tbe Post Office at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, under the Act of March 3, 1879.” “Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized August 8, 1918 ** Copyright, 1919, by Edward B. Chamberlain The January number of THE BRYOLOG 1ST was published February 20. 1919 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE. LANCASTER. PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal of "THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription in the United States, $1.25 per year; in all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Single copies, 25 cents. Vols. I-XXI, 1898-1918, $21.50. TEN YEAR INDEX, $1.00 Checks, except New York City, MUST contain 10 cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President — Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President — Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N. Y. Secretary-Treasurer — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 18 W. 89th Street New York City. Curators of Herbaria — Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses , 232 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue, Mount Airy, Pa. ; Miss C. C. Haynes, Hepatics , pro tern., Highlands, N. J.; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. All material for identification should be sent to the respective curators. All matter relative to offerings should be sent to the Editor, or to the Secretary THE BRYOLOGIST Vol. XXII March, 1919 No. 2 ENCALYPTA LACINIATA IN CENTRAL NEW YORK Elias J. Durand In the Bryologist for January, Mr. Ralph S. Nanz writes of the occurrence of Encalypta laciniata (E. ciliata) in Enfield Ravine, Ithaca, N. Y., stating that it had been found only in that one ravine, and that no very logical explanation for its appearance so far from its natural habitat in the north could be given. The writer’s acquaintance with this moss dates from a bright day in April, 1890, when, as a freshman, he went to collect mosses in Fall Creek Ravine, bor- dering the Cornell Campus, with the late Professor W. R. Dudley, that prince of men and of teachers. Two species gathered that day had such striking peculi- arities that they made a strong impression on his mind and still remain vivid in his memory. One was Buxbaumia aphylla, in the woods north of Triphammer Falls, the other was Encalypta ciliata , on the rocks at the north end of the swing- ing bridge. Specimens of both collected in 1890 were preserved, and plants have since been noted repeatedly in the same spots. The Encalypta certainly was no stranger to Professor Dudley at that time. The writer was constantly on the lookout for it in suitable spots during many subsequent years. While exact data are not at hand, the impression is strong that Encalypta has been seen in most of the larger ravines about Ithaca. At any rate, specimens were collected in Six-mile Creek near the narrows, in Fall Creek, and in Enfield. Doubtless, specimens in the Dudley Herbarium, at Stanford University, will prove its wider range. Certainly it is not confined to Enfield, nor is its occur- rence there exceptional. It is well known that several northern species of flowering plants, notably Saxifraga aizoides, Pinguicula vulgaris and Primula Mistassinica, inhabit the deep, cold ravines about the head of Cayuga Lake. The explanation for their occurrence by Professor Dudley doubtless applies also to mosses, that they “may have been driven down by the ice-sheet and have retained their foot- hold after its recession, finally retreating to the wet, shaded walls of the ravines which were then forming, where they now remain, isolated from the home of the species.” University of Minnesota, Minneapolis. The January number of the Bryologist was published February 20, 1919. — 14 COLLECTING IN ARKANSAS Rachel L. Lowe If any of my readers go to Hot Springs, Ark., a bryological treat awaits them there. Mosses grow everywhere: on wet and dry ground, on dry rocks high on the hillsides, on tree trunks, and even in the cracks of the walls along the city streets. My knowledge of mosses at the time I was there was exceed- ingly limited (still is, for that matter!) and I never strayed far from the beaten paths near the city, but the following list gives an idea of the possibilities of the region if one could wander farther afield with a fuller knowledge of what to seek. Ptychomitrium incurvum and Grimmia leucophea were common on the rocks. Leucodon julaceus grew in profusion on many of the hardwood trees and was conspicuous from the train. When wet it seems to me one of our most beautiful mosses. Ditrichum pallidum grew taller than it does here and attracted atten- tion along the roadsides. A big ledge was covered with a thrifty growth of Dicranum pallidum . Any interested person going up West Mountain via the road would not fail to see it. On that same mountain I found the face of a rock overrun by the tree-loving Drummondia clavellata, from which it was easily separated in one big lacy mat. And along the path at the foot of the mountain was a suspicious-looking Catharinea. I gathered quantities of it in good fruit* hoping that it would prove to be something rare, but Mr. Kaiser blasted my hopes and it was all left behind as plain angustata. Bartramia radicalis was collected from the sidewalks growing on a wet bank along the road to the ostrich farm. Campylopus fragilis was my best find, as Mrs. Britton says it is only the- third report for that species in the United States. Not only was it a rare speci- men, but it was growing in a very unusual habitat — on a rock in a brook, with the water running over it when I found it. To me at that time it was merely a queer Dicranum growing in a queer place, or I might have looked around for more of it to share with other collectors. If I am ever fortunate enough to be in Hot Springs again, I shall be unde- cided which locality to make for first: the brook where the Campylopus grew, or the ledge where the Clasmatodon flourished. Whoever reads this is probably more or less of a botanist and geologist, and every other kind of a naturalist, so perhaps it would not be amiss if I just mention the rock of which most of the ledges consist. It is novaculite, a quart- zitic rock of the most beautiful texture and colors; and in many places where road-building was in progress, were fresh fractures which drew attention and admiration from every passerby There were interesting breccias and con- glomerates, too. So take your hammer to Hot Springs as well as your vasculum. Yes, and your bird-glasses and any other paraphernalia, for it is a most inter- esting locality from whatever viewpoint a naturalist looks at it. — 15 — Following is the list: Bartramia pomiformis (L.) Hedw. Entodon seductrix (Hedw.) C. M. Thelia hirtella (Hedw.) Sulliv. Thelia asprella (Schimp.) Sulliv. Clasmatodon parvulus var. rupestris Sulliv. & Lesq. Dicranella heteromalla (L.) Schimp. Desmatodon plinthobius Sulliv. & Lesq. Funaria flavicans Mx. Physcomitrium turbinatum (Mx.) Brid. Desmatodon arenaceus S. & L. Bryum caespiticium L. Amblystegium varium (Hedw.) Lindb. Philonotis fontana (L.) Brid. Thuidium delicatulum (L.) Mitt. Ditrichum pallidum (Schreb.) Hampe. Campylopus fragilis (Dicks) Bryol. Eur. 24 Brattle St., Worcester, Mass. LICHENS OF THE MT. MONADNOCK REGION, N. H.— NO. II* Thomas Durfee These lichens were determined by the late Dr. H. E. Hasse. All the speci- mens are fertile. Genus: Rhizocarpon Ram. 194. Rhizocarpon geographicum (L.) DC. Four specimens. 195. Rh. petraeum (Wulf.) Mass. Two specimens. ' Genus: Ephebe Fr. 196. Ephebe pubescens Fr. Three specimens. Genus: Blastenia Mass. 197. Blastenia f err uginea (Huds.) Koerb. Two specimens. Genus: Caloplaca Th. Fr. 198. Caloplaca aurantiaca (Lightf.) Th. Fr. Five specimens. 199. C. variabilis (Pers.) Th. Fr. One specimen. 200. C. vitellina (Ehrh.) Th. Fr. Two specimens. Genus: Buellia DeNot. 201. Buellia dialyta (Nyl.) Tuck. One specimen. 202. B. myriocarpa (DC.) Mudd. Two specimens. 203. B. parasema (Ach.) Koerb.- Ten specimens. 204. B. parmeliarum (Sommerf.) Th. Fr. One specimen. Genus: Rinodina Mass. 205. Rinodina exigua (Ach.) Mass. One specimen. 206. R. oreina (Ach.) Mass. Five specimens. Grimmia leucophea Grev. Ptychomitrium incurvum (Schwa eg.) Sulliv. Weisia viridula (L.) Hedw. Poly trichum commune L. Anomodon rostratus (Hedw.) Schimp. Leucodon julaceus (Hedw.) Sulliv. Plagiothecium micans (Sw.) Paris. Dicranum pallidum B. & S. Cirriphyllum Boscii (Schwaeg.) Grout. Drummondia clavellata Hook. Catharinea angustata Brid. Mnium cuspidatum (L.) Leyss. Pylaisia Schimperi R. & C. Hedwigia albicans (Web.) Lindb. Bartramia radicalis Beauv. * No. 10 of this series was published in the Bryologist 21: 18. Jan., 1918. — i6 — Genus: Baeomyces Pers. 20 7. Baeomyces byssoides (L.) Ach. Five specimens. (This species should have been included with the other species of Baeo- myces in Part 5, Sept., 1910.) Genus: Physcia Schreb. 208. Physcia adglutinata (Flke.) Nyl. One specimen. (This species should have been included with the other species of Physcia in Part 4, July, 1909.) Middlesex School, Concord, Mass. ANACAMPTODON SPLACHNOIDES VAR. TAYLORIAE IN MISSOURI Edward B. Chamberlain In 1906 Dr. Grout1 published a new variety, Anacamptodon splachnoides (Frol.) Brid., var. Tayloriae Grout, based upon material collected by Mrs. A. P. Taylor near Thomasville, Georgia. Through an unfortunate slip of the types, the varietal name was spelled “Tyloriae” in the original publication. This variety was characterized, in contrast to the species, by “a thinner, almost percurrent costa, longer seta, larger capsule, with the operculum barely conic.” Judging from the two collections which I have seen, the variety differs also in the larger size, and in the longer, broader leaves. My attention has been drawn to the variety again, since Rev. C. H. Demetrio has recently forwarded to me a specimen collected in Davis Creek Township, Lafayette County, Missouri, that matches perfectly the Georgia specimens. Dr. Grout has also verified the determination. While this last collection is only the second one to be recorded as far as I know, the very great extension of range which it represents warrants calling especial attention to it, in order that collectors may be more closely on the watch. The species itself is by no means common, but is usually so readily recognized in the field that the variety may pass unno- ticed in collections. Dr. Grout, in his original article, calls attention to the similarity of the variety to the plant previously described as Anacamptodon cubensis Sull., and it is to be hoped that those who have access to collections from the Southern United States, and particularly from the West Indies, will examine them with reference to the variety in question, that the matter of its distribution may be settled, and the possible identity of it with the Cuban species cleared up. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES Mr. Chamberlain contributes the following note from Mr. H. N. Dixon, regarding Dr. Brotherus, Helsingfors, Finland: “I hear today from Theriot that he has just heard from Brotherus, from whom we have heard nothing for Bryologist 9 : 44. (1906). 1 7 years. He says that he is in good health, but has suffered much from the revo- lutionary movement, both physically and morally, and that they feel themselves isolated from the world. He hopes he may, however, soon begin his scientific work again, if peace is made.” NOTES ON RECENT BRYOLOGICAL LITERATURE Bryophytes with reference to Plant Genetics. — A small but valuable text1 on Plant Genetics by the Coulters, at the University of Chicago, has re- cently appeared, and pages 187 to 189 take up a brief treatment of the work which has been done in the mosses and liverworts bearing on questions of hered- ity. In dioecious liverworts, such as Marchantia, the antheridia and archegonia appear in about equal numbers, and it was supposed, then, that the four spores (tetrads) produced by the spore mother-cell of the sporangium would be equally divided as to sex, two of them producing antheridial plants and the other two archegonial plants. Noll2 found that gemmae from antheridial gametophytes produced only antheridial gametophytes, and those from archegonial gameto- phytes only archegonial ones. Strasburger3 then worked on Sphaerocarpus, in which the four spores of the tetred hang together, and found that the four gametophytes produced from the four spores of the tetrad were always two antheridial and two archegonial, so that the sexes must be differentiated in the formation of the four spores of the tetrad during the so-called “reduction- division” of the nucleus of the spore mother cell of the sporangium.4 During these reduction divisions certain organs of the nuclei known as “chromosomes” split and separate to enter into the formation of the newly- formed nuclei, and Allen6 not long ago claimed that the nuclei of the archegonial gametophyte of Sphaerocarpus have one larger chromosome, and the nuclei of the male gametophyte one very small one. A monoecious liverwort, how- ever, must have both antheridial and archegonial characters in each spore, and what happens in some species of Riccia where antheridia and archegonia are produced by the same gametophyte but at different times? The authors refer to the Marchal’s work on Funaria 6, a species which, like Marchantia , is dioecious. Clipping fragments from young sporophytes the Marchals were able to grow these directly into gametophytes, thus leaving out of the life-cycle the reduction division. According to theory the resulting gametophytes should, of course, all be dioecious, producing both antheridia and archegonia, and this was exactly the result obtained. O. E. J 1 Coulter, John M., and Coulter, Merle C. Plant Genetics. University of Chicago Press. 1918. 2 Noll. Sitzungsb. Nied. Gesell. Bonn. Naturw. Abt. 1907. S. 68. 3 Strasburger. Biol. Centralblatt 20: 657, 1900. and Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 48: 427-500. 1910. 4 See Bryoi.ogist 20: 64-66. 1917. 5 Allen. Science 46: 466-467. 1917. 6 Marchal, El & Em. Bull. Acad. Roy. Begique, Cl. Sci. 1907 : 765-789; 1909 : 1249-1288; and 1911 : 750-778. — i8 — Effect of the Katmai eruption* 1 on Mosses. — Since the great eruption in 1912 of the volcano Katmai, Alaska, R. F. Griggs has directed expeditions to that region, and among several articles relating to these expeditions one is of more strictly botanical interest,1 and it is interesting to note what progress the mosses may ha\e made towards recovering their former important place in the vegetation of the region. The thick mantle of volcanic ash transformed much of the region into a bleak desert, but in the last few years considerable vegetation has appeared, coming not from seedlings but mostly from plants of the previous vegetation which have been able to survive more or less complete burial. Sphagnum bogs have been almost completely destroyed, even when covered by but two or three inches of ash, and here, as elsewhere, the common horsetail ( Equisetum arvense) has assumed considerable importance as a ground-cover. In speaking of the forest, Griggs says: “In the deeper parts of the forest the branches bore great masses of moss, which, of course, caught and held quantities of ash. During the interval that has followed the moss has grown out over the ash, making larger masses than ever and giving the trees a very bizarre appearance. “The most striking feature of the revegetation of the forest, however, is to be found on the ground. When the ash dried out after the first heavy rains following the eruption, deep cracks appeared like the mud cracks in a dried-up puddle. These cracks are, of course, long since filled up by drifting ash, but a heavy growth of moss (Amblystegium sp.) has come up in every crack, giving the ground a most curious reticulated appearance. “This curious distribution of moss is apparently due to the fact that the spores found lodgment in the cracks. The same moss often starts around fallen sticks or other objects on which wind-borne spores would settle. One of the most striking instances of this was a sea-urchin shell, dropped by a raven and which was embedded in a mass of moss that had grown up around it.” O. E. J. Riddle on Pyrenothrix nigra1 — I find no reference in our file of The Bry- ologist to the new genus and species, Pyrenothrix nigra, described by Dr. Lincoln W. Riddle in 1917, from material collected in Florida in 1897 on bark of scrub oaks and on living oleander by Prof. Roland Thaxter. Riddle says:“ On account of the distinctive combination of a byssine thallus and a pyrenomycetous fruit this new genus may appropriately be named as follows: Pyrenothrix, ge n. nov. ” The new lichen has gonidia of the Scytonema type and fruit of the perithecial form, evidently belonging to the family Pyrenidiaceae, but differs from all other genera in that family by the byssine character of the thallus and the muriform spores. “The structure of the thallus and the relation of hyphae and gonidia are seen to be exactly that of Coenogonium . ” The thallus is “brownish-black, spreading over the substratum without definite limits and closely adnate, byssine, when wet soft and gelatinous, when dry harsh and not at all spongy. ” 1 Griggs, Robert F. Scientific Results of the Katmai Expeditions of the National Geographic Society. I. The Recovery of Vegetation at Kodiac. Ohio Journ. Sci. 19: 1-57. Nov., 1918. 1 Riddle, Lincoln W. Pyrenothrix nigra, Gen et Sp. Nov. figs.4 Bot.Gaz. 64: 513-SiS- 19x7 — 19 — Hotson on surgical sphagnum.1 — Two articles by Hotson appeared re- cently on the use of sphagnum for surgical dressings. One article is published by the American Red Cross2 and contains a good popular treatment of the distribu- tion and structure of sphagnum, sphagnum bogs, uses of sphagnum, utilization of the plant by Great Britain, a history of the development of the use of the plant in the United States, then follow descriptions of the work of collecting and sorting, making bandages, a discussion of the absorbency of sphagnum, the species best suited to the work, and finally sterilization. This paper is accompanied by a num- ber of photographs, drawings, and tables. The second article,3 published by the Puget Sound Biological Station, takes up the subject in much the same manner but with much more detailed directions as to the various operations from the time the sphagnum is gathered up to its final use as a surgical dressing. This article also is fully illustrated and it is accommpanied by a bibliography of twelve titles accredited to eight authors. These two articles constitute the most com- plete treatment of the subject thus far published. O. E. J. Notes on lichens. — Fink4 has recently reviewed two articles by Danilov5 which disprove Elfving’s contention (1905) that the fungal hyphae in lichens cut off colorless spherical cells which later become green and divide rapidly, thus constituting the “gonidia” or so-called algae of lichens. Danilov found that un- stained preparations might lead to such conclusions but that stained material showed the entrance of the fungal hyphae into the algal cells and that the pale alga-like cells were in reality algal cells killed by the parasitic fungal hyphae plain- ly visible within them. As to the relation of fungus to alga in the lichen, Danilov, in the words of Fink, “admits that there may be osmotic filtration of certain ma- terials from the alga to the lichen [fungus], and the like passage of others from the lichen [fungus] to the alga. However that may be, Danilov finds the final result to be the absorption of the algae by the lichen [fungus] hyphae, which enter the algal cells and form dense networks of slender, thin-walled or naked absorbing threads. Although the lichen thallus with its prepared peptones and certain other organic materials is probably a favorable substratum for the algae, yet the lichen [fungus] is parasitic on the algae, which are killed in large numbers as a 1 In this connection see also notes on another article by Hotson, The Bryologist 21 : 90-91. Nov. 1918; and articles by Nichols, The Bryologist 21 : 53-56. July, 1918, and 21 : 81-83. Sept. 1918. 2 Hotson, J. W. Sphagnum as a Surgical Dressing. Published by the Northwest Division of the American Red Cross, pp. 1-3 1. figs. 18. tables 2. No date, probably 1919. 3 Hotson, J. W. Sphagnum from Bog to Bandage. Publ. Puget Sound. Biol. Sta., Univ. Wash. 2: 211-247. March 7, 1919. pis. 31-48. 4 Fink, Bruce. Gonidia of lichens. [Contribution under head of “Notes for Students. ’] Bot. Gaz. 67 : 97- Jan. 1919. 5 Danilov, A. N. Ueber das gegenseitige Verhaeltnis zwischen den Gonidien und dem Pilz- komponten der Flechtensymbiose. Bull. Jard. Imp. Bot. St. Petersb. 10: 33-70. 1910. Danilov, A. N. The relation between the gonidia and the hyphae in lichens. Jour. Bot. 56: 169-181. 1918. — 20 — result of the parasitism. On the whole the algae thrive better outside the associa- tion with the lichen [fungus], while the lichen [fungus] does poorly or dies outright outside the association.” In an interesting recent paper by W. B. McDougall1 there is a general dis- cussion of^symbiotic phenomena and there is put forward a tabular classification of these various relationships. In this classification lichens, together with endo- trophic mycorhizas, root tubercles, and leaf tubercles of Rubiaceae, are included as examples of reciprocal nutritive conjunctive symbiosis, i. e., reciprocal para- sitism. McDougall says: “The word lichen, however, has been used for a long time to mean the composite structure that results from the symbiosis of lichen- fungi with algae, and no very good reason has yet been given for changing its meaning. A lichen-fungus is a fungus, it is not a lichen. There is no more rea- son for calling a lichen a fungus than there is for calling a mycorhiza a fungus; and it is just as absurd to call a lichen-fungus a lichen as it would be to call a mushroom a mycorhiza.” O. E. J. EXCHANGE DEPARTMENT Offerings — To Society Members only. Return postage, rather ’than a stamped envelope, should be sent. Mr. Severin Rapp, Sanford, Florida. — Bilimbia castanella Merrill, sp. nov., collected by Mr. Rapp in Florida. NOTE Owing to scarcity of copy, the January and March, 1919, numbers of The Bryologist have been smaller than usual, but it is expected that the normal number of pages will have been published by the end of the year. We would ask that you let us have your notes and articles, even if they are brief. Write up notes about what you have seen and found — others among us are sure to be interested in these things, too. Also, will you not get together material to offer in the Exchange Department and build up collections of your own? If you have not started your own collection of mosses or hepatics or lichens, you will probably not have realized what pleasure it might give you and what an added zest it might give you in your walks and visits to the fields and woods. Those of our readers who are interested in accumulating specimens from other countries will be interested in the sets of hepatics now being issued by Pearson from England, and advertised in this number of The Bryologist. 1 McDougall, W. B. The Classification of Symbiotic Phenomena. Plant World 21: 250- 256. Oct. 1918. CLUBBING OFFER The following rates are made in connection with Dr. Grout for a year’s subscription to the Bryologist, or for membership in the Sullivant Moss Society, if remittance is made at one time, in advance. Moss Flora of N. Y. City and Bryologist, $2.10; with membership, $2.35, Mosses with Handlens, Ed. ii, and Bryologist, $2.75; with membership, $3.00. Mosses with Handlens and Microscope and Bryologist, unbound, $6.25; with membership, $6.50; bound copies, 75c. extra. All remittances and communications should go to Edward B. Chamberlain 18 West 89th St., New York NEW CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN HEPATICAE By Miss C. C. Haynes and Dr. A. W. Evans Lists all the 438 species known in 1918 to occur in the United States, Canada, and Arctic America. Printed in form suitable for marking desiderata or exchanges. Prices: jc. each, 25c. per dozen. MISS C. C. HAYNES HIGHLANDS, N. J. WANTED Back Numbers of the Bryologist. Anyone having copies of the Bryologist, Vol. iii. Nr. i, Vol. vi Nr. 2, or Vol. xxi. Nr. 2 (March, 1918), for sale, is requested to write the undersigned; copies of the whole volume will also be bought. A liberal allowance will be made to members on next year’s dues. EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN 18 West 89th. Street NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. HEPATICAE BRITANNICAE EXSICCATAE By WM. HY. PEARSON, A.L.S. A collection of 100 specimens of Biitish Hepaticae, including many rare Species, carefully prepared and named. PRICE, £1,0,0 Address: W. H. PEARSON, Esq. 18 Palatine Road Manchester, England THE GUIDE TO NATURE A Magazine of Commonplace Nature with Uncommon Interest Beautifully Illustrated Many New Features “It is all very well to be a specialist, but it is bad to be nothing but a specialist ” — Dean Coulter , Purdue EDWARD F. BIGELOW, Managing Editor Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single or Sample Copy ioc. THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION ARCADIA SOUND BEACH CONNECTICUT AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL An illustrated quarterly devoted to the general study of ferns. Subscrip- tion, 1919, including membership in THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY, $1.00; or, without membership, 90 cents. Foreign subscriptions, 10 cents a year extra. Volume I, six parts, $2.00; Volumes II to VIII, $1.00 each: the set, eight volumes, $8.50. Send subscriptions or applications for membership to E. J. WINSLOW, Auburndale, Mass. Send matter for publication to R. C. BENEDICT, 322 East 19th St.. Brooklyn, N. Y. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages .about 45 pages and 2 plates. Devoted to botanical contributions of the widest range; morphological, physiological, taxonomic, ecological, and geographical. $4.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news; established 1901. About 20 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Fifteen volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. MEMBERSHIP including publications, $5.00 a year. Address, Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club, BERNARD O. DODGE, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York City VOLUME XXII NUMBER 3 \@ xfp MAY, 1919 my THE BRY0L0GI8T JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted and Published for the Society by O. E. JENNINGS, Ph.D., Editor-m-Chief Associate Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT, Ph D GEORGE N. BEST, M.D. JOHN M. HOEZINGER. M S ALEXANDER W. EVANS, Ph.D. LINCOLN W; RID and the Advisory Board Officers of the Soeiety T' ’WlT 4l$!§ CONTENTS Collecting in Oklahoma Rachel L. Lowe 21 Preliminary List of Mosses Collected in the Neighborhood of Hulett’s Landing, Lake George, N. Y. Daisy J. Levy 23 List of French Hepaticae Collected by Major George H. Conklin, M. R. C. Caroline C. Haynes 27 Review— A. and G. Grandidier. Mosses of Madagascar. A. LeRoy Andrews 27 Notes on Recent Bryological Literature. 28 \ Miscellaneous Notes. 29 Sullivant Moss Society Notes 30 Exchange Department 32 Entered as second-class matter August 21st, 1913, at the Post Office at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, under the Act of March 3, 1879,’' “Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized August 8, 1918 " Copyright, 1919. by Edward B. Chamberlain The March number of THE BRYOLOG 1ST was published April 30, 1919 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE, LANCASTER. PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal of THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription in the United States, $1.25 per year; in all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Single copies, 25 cents. Vols. I-XXI, 1898-1918, $21.50. TEN YEAR INDEX, $1.00 Checks, except New York City, MUST contain io cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President — Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N. Y. Secretary-Treasurer — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 18 W. 89th Street New York City. Curators of Herbaria — Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses , 232 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue, Mount Airy, Pa. ; Miss C. C. Haynes, Hepatics , pro tern., Highlands, N. J.; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. All material for identification should be sent to the respective curators. All matter relative to offerings should be sent to the Editor, or to the Secretary BRYOLOG1ST VOL. XXII, PLATE I THE BRYOLOGIST Vol. XXII May, 1919 No. 3 COLLECTING IN OKLAHOMA Rachel L. Lowe Unlike Arkansas, Oklahoma seemed bare of mosses. I had been in Ada a week before I saw any and then it was not in Ada, but in the neighboring town of Frances that I found a rocky knoll in the woods rich in different species of moss. After that I found many such places and came to the conclusion that Oklahoma furnished fully as good hunting as Arkansas. Grimmia leucophea and Ptychomitrium incurvum were often growing on the same rocks. The Grimmia with its hoary tips was a perfect match for the gray rocks and at a little distance was almost indistinguishable. I shall never forget riding through the granite country between Tishomingo and Ravia where the rocks were almost entirely covered with it. The slanting rays of the late afternoon sun turned it to silver and we rode past miles of shining silver rocks and ledges. The Polytrichum juniperinum I would never have recognized at first sight, it was such a short, thick growth. Tortella tortuosa was flourishing on a dry, barren hillside in big patches, but separated into individual plants as soon as gathered. Thelia Lescurii was everywhere underfoot on a sandy hill-top. The most interesting moss I found was Amblystegium irriguum var. spini- folium. This was, and without doubt still is, growing in the Ada water-supply near Byrd’s Mill. The pool is fed by bubbling springs and is enclosed by a stone wall. Evidently there is keen competition for the possession of said pool be- tween Ada and the Amblystegium , for there are piles of dry moss all around the outside and the implement is there handy for raking it out; but, in spite of the quantities taken out, there is still a luxuriant growth all over the rocky bottom, and I must say that it is a great addition to the looks of the pool. On exam- ining the moss that had been thrown out, I found that where it was not so old and dry as to be faded, the lower portion of the plants was of a decided orange color in marked contrast to the dark green of the upper. It grew six to eight inches tall and was exceedingly brittle when dr}7. Outside the walls, where a growth of it occurred on rocks and logs not submerged, it seemed to be the type form rather than the variety and fruited freely. The March number of The Bryologist was published April 30, 1919, 22 In my lists for Oklahoma and Arkansas, not a Stereodon appears and only one Polytrichum. That is probably my fault and not the fault of the localities visited, but certainly neither genus is as common as in the northeastern states, and we, who do most of our collecting in New England, miss them both as only old and constant friends can be missed. A little transgression before my list: the red-bud or Judas tree made the thickets along the river beds a blaze of color, and the flowering dogwoods were scattered through the woods in all their beauty. Of the birds, three were of special interest: the tufted titmouse, the road-runner or chaparral-bird, and the scissor-tailed fly catcher, the latter being exquisitely colored and the most grace- ful bird imaginable. The geology of the region is at once the despair and the delight of its students. There is a great deal of limestone which ought to mean more limestone mosses than I collected. Following is the list: Dicranella varia Schimp. Dicranella heteromalla (L.) Schimp. Dicranum scoparium (L.) Hedw. Dicranum pallidum B. & S. Leucobryum glaucum (L.) Schimp. Fissidens subbasilaris Hedw. Weissia viridula (L.) Hedw. Tortella tortuosa (L.) Limpr. Didymodon tophaceus (Brid.) Jur. Barbula unguiculata (Huds.) Hedw. Desmatodon arenaceus S. & L. Ptychomitrium incurvum (Schwaegr.) Sulliv. Grimmia apocarpa (L.) Hedw. Grifnmia leucophea Grev. Philonotis marchica (Willd.) Brid. Catharinaea angustata Brid. Catharinaea xanthopelma Muell. Polytrichum juniperinum Willd. Hedwigia albicans (Web.) Lindb. Leucodon julaceus (Hedw.) Sulliv. Pylaisia Schimperi R. & C. Thelia Lescurii Sulliv. Anomodon minor (P. Beauv.) Fuern. Amblystegium irriguum var. spinifolium Schimp. Amblystegium irriguum (Wils.) B. & S. Amblystegium riparium B. & S. Campylium chrysophyllum (Brid.) Bryhn. Worcester, Mass. 23 — PRELIMINARY LIST OF MOSSES COLLECTED IN THE NEIGHBOR- HOOD OF HULETT’S LANDING, LAKE GEORGE, N. Y. Daisy J. Levy Amblystegiella adnata (Hedw.) Nichols. confervoides (Brid.) Loeske. Amblystegium fluviatile (Sw.) B. & S. hygrophilum Schp. irriguum (Wils.) B. & S. Juratzkanum Schimp. Kochii B. & S. orthocladon Kindb. riparium B. & S. serpens (L.) B. & S. varium (Hedw.) Lindb. varium approaching var. oligorhizon Lindb. Anacamptodon splachnoides (Froelich) Brid. Andreaea petrophila Ehrh. “ Rothii W. & M. Anomodon attenuatus (Schreb.) Hueb. minor (P. Beauv.) Fuern. rostratus (Hedw.) Schimp. Aulacomnium heterostichum (Hedw.) B. & S. palustre Schwaegr. Barbula unguiculata (Huds.) Hedw. Bartramia Oederi (Gunn.) Swtz. pomiformis (L.) Hedw. Brachythecium oxycladon (Brid.) J. & S. var. dentatum (S. & J.) Grout. plumosum (Sw.) B. & S. populeum (Hedw.) B. & S. reflexum (Starke.) B. & S. rivulare B. & S. rutabulum (L.) B. & S. salebrosum (Hoff.) B. & S. Bryhnia novae-angliae (Sulliv. & Lesq.) Grout. Bryum affine (Brid.) Lindb. “ bimum Schreb. “ capillar e L. “ caespiticium L. “ Duvallii Voit. “ pseudo triquetrum (Hedw.) Schwaeg. Calliergon cordifolium (Hedw.) Kindb. Schreberi Willd. — 24 Campylium chrysophyllum (Brid.) Bryhn. “ “ var. hispidulum (Brid.) Mitt. stellatum (Schreb.) Lange & C. Jens. Catherinaea*angustata Brid. “ undulata (L.) W. & M. Ceralodon purpureus (L.) Brid. Climacium americanum Brid. dendroides (L.) Web. & Mohr. Dicranella heteromalla (L.) Schimp. heteromalla Fitzgeraldi (R. & C.) Grout. 44 rufescens (Dicks.) Schimp. Dicranum Bonjeani De Not. Drummondii Muell. “ flagellar e Hedw. 44 fulvum Hook. longifolium Ehrh. 44 montanum Hedw. 44 scoparium (L.) Hedw. schisti (Gunn.) Lindb. undulatum Ehrh. viride (S. & L.) Lindb. Ditrichum pallidum (Schreb.) Hampe. tortile (Schrad.) Brockm. vaginans (Sulliv.) Hampe. Drepanocladus aduncus var. intermedins (Schimp.) Roth. tenuis forma subpiligera Renauld. uncinatus (Hedw.) Warnst. Drummondia clavellata Hook. Elodium paludosum (Sulliv.) Loeske. Eurhynchium hians (Hedw.) J. & S. strigosum (Hoff.) B. & S. Fissidens cristatus Wils. 44 osmundioides (Sw.) Hedw. 44 taxifolius (L.) Hedw. Fontinalis Lescurii Sulliv. novae-angliae Sull. Sullivantii Lindb. Forsstroemia trichomitria (Hedw.) Lindb. Funaria hygrometrica (L.) Schreb. Georgia pellucida (L.) Rabenh. Grimmia apocarpa (L.) Hedw. 44 var. rivularis (Brid.) W. & M. 44 pennsylvanica Schwaegr. — 25 — Gymnostomum rupestre Schleich. Hedwigia albicans (Web.) Lindb. “ var. secunda Schimp. Hygrohypnum dilatatum (Wils.) Loeske. eugyrium (Br. & Sch.) Loeske. ochraceum (Turn.) Loeske. Hylocomium prolifer um (L.) Lindb. triquetrum Br. & Sch. Leptobryum pyriforme (L.) Wils. Leucodon julaceus (L.) Sull. “ sciuroides (L.) Schwaegr. Mnium affine ciliare (Grev.) C. Muell. “ cuspidatum (L.) Hedw. “ Drummondii B. & S. “ medium B. & S. “ punctatum elatum Schimp. “ ro stratum Schrad. “ serratum Schrad. “ spinulosum B. & S. “ stellar e Reich. Myurella Careyana Sulliv. Neckera pennata (L.) Hedw. Orthotrichum obtusifolium Schrad. strangulatum Sulliv. Oxyrhynchium riparioides (Hedw.) Jennings. Philonotis caespiticium approaching laxa Warnst. “ fontana (L.) Brid. Muhlenbeckii Schwaegr. Plagiothecium denticulatum - (L.) B. & S. elegans (Hook.) Sulliv. laetum B. & S. Muellenanum Schimp. pulchellum (Dicks.) B. & S. turfaceum Lindb. striatellum (Brid.) Lindb. sylvaticum (Huds.) B. & S. Platygyrium re pens (Brid.) B. & S. Pleuridium subulatum (L.) Rabenh. Pogonatum alpinum (L.) Roehl. brevicaule (Brid.) Beauv. Pohlia cruda (L.) Lindb. “ Lescuriana Sulliv. “ nutans (Schreb.) Lindb. “ proligera Lindb. 26 — Poly trichum commune L. juniperinum Willd. Ohioense R. & C. “ piliferum Schreb. v Smithiae Grout. 'strictum Banks. Pterygynandrum filiforme var. minus L. & J. Ptilium cristra-castrensis (L.) DeNot. Pylaisia intricata (Hedw.) B. & S. “ polyantha (Schreb.) B. & S. “ Schimperi R. & C. Raphidostegium adnatum (Rich.) B. & S. carolinianum (C. M.) J. & S. Rauia scita (Beauv.) Austin. Rhacomitrium aciculare (L.) Brid. microcar pum (Schrad.) Brid. Sphagnum Girgensohnii Russ. squarrosum Pers. Stereodon cupressiformis (L.) Brid. curvifolius (Hedw.) Mitt. “ fertilis (Sendt.) Lindb. “ Haldanianus (Grev.) Kindb. imponens (Hedw.) Lindb. pallescens (Hedw.) B. & S. Patientiae (Lindb.) Warnst. var. americana (R. & C.) pratensis (Koch.) Warnst. recurvans (Rich.) Broth. reptilis (Rich.) Mitt. Thuidium ahietinum (L.) B. & S. delicatulum (L.) Mitt. recognitum (Hedw.) Lindb. virginianum (Brid.) Lindb. Tortella caespitosa (Schwaegr.) Limpr. Uloia americana (Beauv.) Lindb. “ crispa (L.) )Brid. “ crispula Bruch. Weisia viridula (L.) Hedw. 403 West 115TH St., New York City. 27 — LIST OF FRENCH HEPATICAE COLLECTED BY MAJOR GEORGE H. CONKLIN, M. R. C. Caroline C. Haynes The following species of Hepaticae were collected in quantity at Malavieux, near Vichy, on September 15 and December 1, by Major Conklin while on leave; and I have had the pleasure of naming and placing a set of them in the Sullivant Moss Society Herbarium: Metzgeria furcata (L.) Dumort. Marsupella emarginata (Ehrh.) Dumort. Lophozia barbata (Schreb.) Dumort. “ quinquedentata (Huds.) Cogn. Plagiochila asplenioides (L.) Dumort. Lophocolea cuspidata (Nees) Limpr. Diplophyllum albicans (L.) Dumort. Scapania comp acta (Roth) Dumort. “ nemorosa (L.) Dumort., a single plant. Porella platyphylloidea (Schwein.) Lindb. Lejeunea cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb. Frullania Tamarisci (L.) Dumort. Highlands, N. J. REVIEW Mosses of Madagascar A. & G. Grandidier, Histoire physique, naturelle et politique de Mada- gascar. Volume XXXIX. Histoire naturelle des plantes; Mousses, par MM. F. Renauld et J. Cardot. This monumental work has already been referred to in The Bryologist (XIX, 75, 1916) by its junior and surviving author. It comprises three large volumes or “parts,” two of plates bearing dates of 1898 and 1901, and one of text dated 1915. To the species of Renauld’s “Prodrome” of 1897 and its “Supplement” of 1909 a few have been added. Under the separate species are comparative notes, often of considerable length. A short introduction deals with the essential phytogeographical facts. It has long been known that both the fauna and flora of Madagascar show a high degree of independence even from those of the not distant African continent, but that the moss-vegetation should show an endemism of 347 out of 540 species or over 63 per cent. (p. 8) impresses one as incredible; doubtless further collection and study will reduce rather than increase this proportion. The closest relationship, apart from that with other islands east of Africa, is with the mountainous regions of tropical Africa. Bryological investigation of the island has, however, not reached the point where the present list can hope to approach completeness. — 28 — The genera are those of the tropics with little or nothing startling in the way of odd or ancient types. Leucoloma is credited with 38 species, Campylopus with 28, Fissidens with 25, Bryurn with 24, Calymperes with 22, etc. Sphagnum with 17 (p. 7) is noteworthy, even though the list is reduced by 3 and other- wise somewhat altered in a supplementary note (p. 54) resting upon a change of mind of Warnstorf. The genus Cardotia Besch. and the new one, Porotrichella Card, (type-species Porotrichum scaberulum R. & C.), are endemic, but their status as genera remains to be established. The text contains various nomenclatorial observations of interest and some new applications of priority. Occasionally (pp. 154, 204) one is struck by an unaccountable refusal to make use of the priority duly pointed out. As to genera and the whole systematic arrangement the junior author is for better or worse pretty much wedded to Brotherus’ system in “Die natiirlichen Pflanzen- familien.” He substitutes, however (pp. 225 f.), on grounds of priority the generic name Diplostichum Mont, for Eustichia, asserting that the latter should then replace Bryoxiphium. For similar reasons (pp. 230 f .) Leiomitrium Mitt, replaces Coleochaetium. The opinion (p. 130) that the Pilopogons of tropical America are generically distinct from Thysanomitrium is also worthy of note. The plates are good, but suffer somewhat in their interpretation and use from the fact that they were prepared so long before the text; the text-volume must be constantly used with them. Many species are not figured at all, while on the other hand some figures are of species not found in Madagascar. The latter are sometimes included for comparison, sometimes because they might be looked for on the island. In a few cases American forms are thus included, two West Indian Leucolomas, for example, by mistake (p. 102). The extremely high price and the limited edition represent a direction hardly calculated to make science safe for democracy. A. LeRoy Andrews. Ithaca, N. Y. NOTES ON RECENT BRYOLOGICAL LITERATURE We have already noted in the last volume of The Bryologist the begin- ning of Father Luisier’s articles upon the Mosses of Madeira. In continuation of the series, recent issues of Broteria 1 contain the detailed catalogue of the species from Sphagnum to Barbula, inclusive. Besides the critical notes on the species and the citation of previous publications, careful descriptions are given of all those species which are not described in current European manuals, and, in the accompanying plate, the details of certain species of Fissidens and Leuco- bryum. There is one new combination, Campylopus Tulgreni R. & C., being reduced to a variety of C. polytrichoides de Not. 1 A. Luisier. Les Mousses de Mad^re. Broteria, 16: 29-48. pi. 1. (Ap. 1918); 49-70. (Aug. 1918). — 29 — In many respects the moss flora of the Iberian peninsula is one of the most interesting in continental Europe. It is, therefore, pleasing to note two articles in Broteria dealing with this region. The first2 contains notes upon 22 species of mosses and 4 of hepatics from Portugal, the majority of them occurring in America. Senhor Machado describes three new varieties (in Fissidens, Rha- comitrium, and Rhynchostegium) and gives notes upon the occurrence or char- acters of the other forms included in the article. The text is in Portuguese. The second article,3 by Father Luisier, is an enumeration of all the mosses which have thus far been collected or reported from the ancient kingdom of Galicia in northwestern Spain. The region is now divided into the four provinces of Corunna, Lugo, Orense and Pontevedra. The first portion of Father Luisier’s list includes the 145 species previously known from Galicia, with citation of localities and a few notes; the remaining portions are composed of more exten- sively annotated lists of the 52 species which are new to the Galician flora, and of the 23 species which are new to the province of Pontevedra, without having been found in the other divisions. There are descriptions of the two new vari- eties (in Fissidens and Pohlia), and long, interesting notes upon Pottia littoralis Mitt., and Sphagnum turgidum Warnst. E. B. C. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES Mr. Moxley finds new lichens for southern California. — Mr. George L. Moxley notes in a letter some time ago that he had submitted to Mr. G. K. Merrill some lichens which he had collected in southern California. Physcia obscura var. virella (Ach.) Leight. and Physcia caesia (Hoffm.) Nyl. appear to be new to the flora of southern California, while a third species, Parmelia dubia (Wulf.) Schaer., is evidently new to California. Quoting from Mr. Merrill, he says: “Perforce the plant is new to California. Hasse may have enumerated it under the name of P. olivetorum , but I have never seen the thing he called olivetorum. It is not P. olivetorum, that is certain.” M. Jules Cardot to give up his bryological studies! — In a recent issue of The Bryologist there were published a few sentences giving news about Monsieur Jules Cardot, one of the foremost French bryologists. In the extracts below, which were taken from a more recent letter, M. Cardot announces that he is compelled to give up Bryology forever. The loss of collections was far more serious than either this or the former letter would indicate, as I am in- formed through other sources that the thefts have every appearance of having been highly selective and of having been performed by an expert. Material that had been studied and annotated, manuscripts, and diagnoses were taken, 2 Antonio Machado. Apontamentos Briologicos; Plantas raras criticas ou novas para Portu- gal. Broteria. 16: 97-103. (Dec., 1918). 3 A. Luisier. Fragments de Bryologie iberique, — 14. Mousses de Galice. Broteria. 16: 1 23-142. (Dec. 1918). — 30 — but in all cases care was shown to select that material which did not bear Car- dot’s autograph, so that there could be no possibility of identification in the future. I hope that it may be possible to so warn scientists of this despicable attempt to blast another’s reputation that future bryologists will be on their guard agaiiist the appearance of this material of Cardot’s under any other author’s name. Monsieur Cardot writes that he was spared the grief of personal loss among the members of his family. He is now living at i, rue Lacuee, Paris, XII, and is employed as technical adviser in the Economic Bureau of the Indo-Chinese Government. It is hardly necessary to say that Monsieur Cardot may be sure that he has the deepest sympathy of all members of the Sullivant Moss Society in his losses, and that all will learn with the keenest regret that it is necessary for him to say farewell to bryology. E. B. Chamberlain. Extract from letter from M. Cardot under date of March 30, 1919: “Pour en revenir a ce qui me concerne personellement, je dois malheureuse- ment vous dire, que je me vois, a mon grand chagrin, dans la necessite de re- noncer' completement et definitivement a. la bryologie. * * * En admettant meme que, dans quelque annees, lorsque les conditions economiques seront redevenues normales, il me soit possible de songer a reprendre mes travaux bryologiques, je serai trop vieux alors, je le crains, pour revenir a ces etudes apres une aussi longue interruption, et je craindrais que mes publications ne s’ en ressentissent facheusement. J’ estime qu’ il me vaut mieux, des maintenant, considerer ma carriere scientifique comme terminee. La perte d’ une partie de mes collections et de ma bibliotheque et de toutes mes notes manuscrites serait aussi un obstacle serieux a la continuation de mes travaux bryologique. Ce n’ est pas, vous le pensez bien, sans un cruel dechirement que j’ai pris cette decision de renoncer aux cheres etudes qui ont ete le grande charme de ma vie.” SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY NOTES Attention has already been called to the death on March 31, 1918, of Dr. George Golding Kennedy, who had been a member of the Sullivant Moss Society since 1901. In the issue of Rhodora for February, 1919, Mr. E. F. Williams has published an appreciative biographical sketch of Dr. Kennedy, accompanied by a portrait. Though prevented from active work upon mosses through fail- ing health for some years before his death, Dr. Kennedy always maintained a warm interest in the Society and its work. His most extensive bryological work concerned the floras of the Willoughby region in Vermont and the region around Mt. Katahdin in Maine. All his botanical collections have been given to the Cryptogamic Herbarium at Harvard and to the New England Botanical Club. The following new members have joined the Sullivant Moss Society since the publication of the January list: 1 Bryologist 22: 11-12. January, 1919. — 3i — Mr. W. T. Arnold 21 Park Road, Wyomissing, Pa. Mr. H. C. Beardslee Perry, Lake Co., Ohio Mrs. J. Sherman Dudley 5447 Indiana Ave., Chicago, 111 Mr. Wm. Hy. Pearson. ... 18 Palatine Road, Withington, Manchester, England. Mr. W. F. Provo Wickliffe, Ohio. Mrs. L. R. Reynolds 11 Ellsworth Ave., Brockton, Mass. Changes of Address Mr J. Evans Box 97, Kirkland, Wash. Rev. S. M. Newman R. F. D. 5, Danbury, Conn. Miss Barbara Smith. . . . Mrs. Anna Dress, 24 East 16th St., Paterson, N. J. Miss Aravilla Taylor 5744 Kenwood Ave., Chicago, 111. Dr. L. W. Riddle becomes a member of the Harvard Faculty. — We are sure that our readers will join with us in heartily congratulating our Associate Editor, Dr. Lincoln Ware Riddle, in his recent appointment as Assistant Pro- fessor of Cryptogamic Botany at Harvard University. We quote from a recent announcement in Science (N. S. 49: 444. 1919), enumerating various appoint- ments in the scientific departments at Harvard University: “Lincoln Ware Riddle, assistant professor of cryptogamic botany. A.B. (Harvard Univ.) 1902; A M. (ibid) 1905; Ph.D. (ibid) 1906. Austin teaching fellow in botany, 1905-06, Harvard University; instructor in botany, 1906-09, associate professor of botany, 1909-18, professor of botany, 1918-19, Wellesley College.” Dr, George H. Conklin now a Major in the Medical Corps. — Miss C. C. Haynes, who is acting as Curator of the S. M. S. collections of hepatics dur- ing Dr. Conklin’s absence in France, sends the following extract from a Superior, Wisconsin, newspaper: “Dr. George H. Conklin, the only Superior physician to reach France, has been appointed major in the medical corps of the United States army by reason of his ‘exceptional and efficient services in the hospitals of France.’ “Major Conklin enlisted in the fall of 1917 in the medical reserve corps. He was ordered to Fort Riley, receiving a captaincy at that time. He remained at Fort Riley from February 12, 1918, until May, when he was sent with the May replacement regiment to France. The command of this regiment of phys- icians was placed in Captain Conklin. “Arriving in France, Major Conklin was assigned to U. S. Base Hospital No. 1 at Vichy, where he was in charge of one of the many hospital buildings until February 1, 1919. Following his work at Vichy he was ordered to Paris for reassignment. He was next stationed at Camp Hospital No. 1 at Gondre- court, where he was recently commissioned major.” — 32 — EXCHANGE DEPARTMENT Offerings — To Society members only. Return postage, rather than a stamped envelope, should be sent. Rev. H. Dupret, Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada. — Drepano- cladus aquations (Sanio) Warnst., and D. capillifolius (Warnst.) Warnst., from the neighborhood of Montreal. U. S. postage accepted. Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City. — Ectropothecium Penzigianum Fleisch. st. from Java. Miss Caroline C. Haynes, Highlands, New Jersey. — Anthoceros Macounii M. A. Howe, collected by Miss A. Lorenz, and Herberta adunca (Dicks.) S. F. Gray, collected in Wales by Messrs. James, Wilson, and Rhodes. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. — Hedwigia albicans (Web.) Lind., north end Long Lake, n. w. Ontario, July 14, 1917, and Caloplaca cerina (Ehrh.) Zahlbr., on aspen, Jellicoe, n. w. Ontario, Aug. 2, 1917. Col- lected by O. E. and G. K. Jennings. Miss Daisy Levy, 403 West 115th Street, New York City. — Sphagnum Girgensohnii Russow, collected by Miss Daisy Levy, in Maine. CLUBBING OFFER The following rates are made in connection with Dr. Grout for a year’s subscription to the Bryologist, or for membership in the Sullivant Moss Society, if remittance is made at one time, in advance. Moss Flora of N. Y. City and Bryologist, $2.10; with membership, $2.35, Mosses with Handlens, Ed. ii, and Bryologist, $2.75; with membership, $3.00. Mosses with Handlens and Microscope and Bryologist, unbound, $6.25; with membership, $6.50; bound copies, 75c. extra. All remittances and communications should go to Edward B. Chamberlain 18 West 89th St., New York NEW CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN HEPATICAE By Miss C. C. Haynes and Dr. A. W. Evans Lists all the 438 species known in 1918 to occur in the United States, Canada, and Arctic America. Printed in form suitable for marking desiderata or exchanges. Prices: jc. each, 25c. per dozen. MISS C. C. HAYNES HIGHLANDS, N. J. WANTED Back Numbers of the Bryologist* Anyone Having copies of the Bryologist, Vol. iii. Nr. i, Vol. vi. Nr. 2, or Vol. xxi. Nr. 2 (March, 1918), for sale, is requested to write the undersigned; copies of the whole volume will also be bought. A liberal allowance will be made to members on next year’s dues. EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN 18 West 89th. Street NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. HEPATICAE BRITANNICAE EXSICCATAE By WM HY. PEARSON, A.L.S. A collection of 100 specimens of British Hepaticae, including many rare species, all carefully prepared and named. PRICE, £1,0,0 Address: W. H. PEARSON, Esq. 18, Palatine Road Manchester, England THE GUIDE TO NATURE A Magazine of Commonplace Nature with Uncommon Interest Beautifully Illustrated Many New Features “It is all very -well to be a specialist, but it is bad to be nothing but a specialist ” - — Dean Coulter , Durdue EDWARD F. BIGELOW, Managing Editor Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single or Sample Copy ioc. THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION ARCADIA SOUND BEACH CONNECTICUT AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL An illustrated quarterly devoted to the general study of ferns. Subscrip- tion, 1919, including membership in THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY, $1.00; or, without membership, 90 cents. Foreign subscriptions, 10 cents a year extra. Volume I, six parts, $2.00; Volumes II to VIII, $1.00 each: the set, eight volumes, $8.50. Send subscriptions or applications for membership to E. J. WINSLOW, Auburndale, Mass. Send matter for publication to R. C. BENEDICT, 322 East 19th St.. Brooklyn, N. Y. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages about 45 pages and 2 plates. Devoted to botanical contributions of the widest range; morphological, physiological, taxonomic, ecological, and geographical. $4.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news; established 1901. About 20 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Fifteen volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. MEMBERSHIP including publications, $5.00 a year. Address, Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club, BERNARD O. DODGE, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York City VOLUME XXII NUMBER 4 JULY, 1919 THE BRY0L0G18T JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted and Published for the Society hy O. E. JENNINGS, PLD., Editor-in-Chicf Associate Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT, Ph.D. GEORGE N. BEST, M.D. JOHN M. HOLZINGER. M S ALEXANDER W. EVANS. Ph D. LINCOLN W. RIDDLE, Ph. and the Advisory Board Officers of the Society CONTENTS & 5 Hepatics of the Lake George Flora Moss Notes. — II. Two Pogonatums Mosses as Formers of Tufa and of Floating Islands Aravilla Taylor \*%nal % Stewart II. Burn ha f- A. J. Grout 37 Ediuard B. Chamberlain A. H. Brinkman A Herbarium Note Hepatic Exchange Review. — Flore des mousses de la Suisse Edward B Chamberlain Notes on Current Bryological Literature Sullivant Moss Society Notes Exchange Department 38 39 40 4 r 43 44 44 ‘Entered as second-class matter August 21st, 1913, at the Post Office at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvani under the Act of March 3, 1879.'' “Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized August 8, 1918 " Copyright, 1919, by Edward B. Chamberlain The May number of T HE BRYOLOGIST was published July 15. 1919 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE. LANCASTER. PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal of * THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription in the United States, $1.25 per year; in all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Singlecopies, 25 cents. Vols. I-XXI, 1898-1918, $21.50. * TEN YEAR INDEX, $i.oo Checks, except New York City, MUST contain io cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President — Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President — Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N. Y. Secretary-Treasurer — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 18 W. 89th Street New York City. Curators of Herbaria — Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses , 232 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue, Mount Airy, Pa. ; Miss C. C. Haynes, Hepatics, pro tem., Highlands, N. J.; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. All material for identification should be sent to the respective curators. All matter relative to offerings should be sent to the Editor, or to the Secretary y'‘v\\\sonian * SFPl 5 iqic <*) THE BRYOLOGIST Vol. XXII July, 1919 No. 4. HEPATIGAE OF THE LAKE GEORGE FLORA Stewart H. Burnham The Lake George Flora covers the region included in the counties of Washing- ton, Warren and Saratoga, New York. Although I collected my first hepatic mosses about 1892, no special effort was made to collect them until 1906. It was Miss Sarah A. Brown of Unadilla Forks, N. Y., who first interested me in the Hepaticae. Specimens collected by Dr. Chas. H. Peck and Dr. E. C. Howe are preserved in the N. Y. State Herbarium: those by Dr. Smith Ely Jelliffe about Huletts Land- ing, Lake George, in 1892, are preserved in his herbarium in New York City. Many specimens have been determined by Dr. A. W. Evans; by Miss Annie Lorenz; and by Dr. M. A. Howe. Many of the records, herein listed, were made during the years 1914-1917. These specimens have been determined by Dr. G. H. Conklin and Miss C. C. Haynes, and are preserved in the Hepatic Herbarium of the Sullivant Moss Society. Rather ample collections were made in West Fort Ann during 1918, but no attempt has been made to work these plants over. Ricciella fluitans (L.) A. Br. Fort Ann (C. H. Peck); Cambridge waterworks, swamp woods (Frank Dobbin); Five Combine woods, east of Hudson Falls,, floating on pools. Ricciella Sullivantii (Aust.) Evans. Moist clay upland soil, east of Vaughns. Determined by Dr. A. W. Evans. Ricciocarpus natans (L.) Corda. Shushan (Dobbin); South Beaver creek, east of Vaughns, on quiet pools. Reboulia hemisphaerica (L.) Raddi. Thin rocky soil. Vaughns; south of Tripoli; northwest Hartford. Determined by Dr. M. A. Howe; also by Dr. G. H. Conklin. Grimaldia fragrans (Balb.) Corda. Dresden in muck soil (Peck). Aslerella tenella (L.) Beauv. Thin rocky soil, northern Washington county; Bacon Pond, southern W. Fort Ann, in low grassy ground. Determined by Dr. Evans; also by Miss C. C. Haynes. Conocephalum conicum (L.) Dum. Damp ground in shaded places, specially near streams; abundant. Plants when bruised give off a pleasant aromatic fragrance. List of Species — 34 — Preissia quadrata (Scop.) Nees. Thin soil about limestone rocks at Vaughns; wet clay banks east of Tripoli. Determined by Dr. Evans; also by Dr. Conklin. Marchantia polymorpha L. Mossy bogs, moist sandy banks and sometimes abundant on recently burned-over upland areas. Riccardia latifrons Lindb. Shushan on rotten wood (Dobbin), two collections. Determined by Dr. Howe; also by Miss Annie Lorenz. Riccardia multifida (L.) S. F. Gray. Wet place, New Michigan road, southern W. Fort Ann. Determined by Dr. Conklin. Riccardia pinguis (L.) S. F. Gray. Wet places in Five Combine woods. Deter- mined by Dr. Conklin. Metzgeria conjugata Lindb. Shushan (Dobbin); rocky soil, Sugar Loaf Mt., southwestern W. Fort Ann. Pellia epiphylla (L.) Corda. Marshes and wet soil; common. The plants of this genus should be collected during April or early May, before the cap- sules discharge their spores. Pellia Fabroniana Raddi. Wet shaded places east of Tripoli; and the eastern base of. Sugar Loaf Mt. Determined by Miss Haynes. Blasia pusilla L. Roadside banks, Mt. Hope road north, northern W. Fort Ann; roadside on moranial hill south of East Lake George marsh. Deter- mined by Dr. Conklin. Jungermannia lanceolata L. Fort Edward (E. C. Howe); Devine’s woods on rocks, at Vaughns. Determined by Dr. Conklin. Jamesoniella autumnalis (DC.) Steph. Anaquassacook hills and on rotten logs in Rich’s swamp, southwest of Shushan; Curtis hill east of Fort Ann; southern W. Fort Ann; northwest of Kingsbury Street. Determined by Dr. Conklin; also by Miss Haynes. Lophozia barbata (Schreb.) Dumort. Mossy rocks specially in mountain woods. Huletts Landing (S. E. Jelliffe); Black Mt.; South Bay; Saddle Mt.; Peaked Mt.; Sugar Loaf Mt.; Shushan; Wilburs Basin. Specimens have been deter- mined by Miss Lorenz; also by Dr. Conklin. Lophozia incisa (Schrad.) Dumort. Old log in swamp woods east of Thompson’s gravelbed, southern W. Fort Ann. Determined by Miss Haynes. Lophozia inflata (Huds.) M. A. Howe. Fort Edward (Howe). Plagiochila asplenioides (L.) Dumort. Banks along streams and often on rocks in shallow water, bogs, and it sometimes occurs on old wood; common. Specimens have been determined by Miss S. A. Brown, Miss Lorenz and Dr. Conklin. Pedinophyllum interruption (Nees) Pears. Old log and rocks, Devine’s woods, Vaughns, April 13, 1915. Determined by Dr. Conklin. Mylia anomala (Hook.) S. F. Gray. New Michigan Pond, “Talman marsh,” southern W. Fort Ann, Nov 23, 1900 Determined by Dr. Evans. Re- corded in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 54: 946, 1902, as new to the state. Sphag- num marsh near the road, north of Glen Lake, Oct. 6, 1908. Determined by Miss Lorenz. “Fine plants” were collected on the marsh north of Glen Lake, Aug. 24 and Sept. 20, 1916. Determined by Dr. Conklin. 35 Lophocolea heterophylla (Schrad.) Dumort. Rotten wood and on earth in shaded places; common. Specimens have been determined by Miss Lorenz, Miss Haynes and Dr. Conklin. Lophocolea minor Nees. On rocky ledges, y2 mile east of Tripoli, southern W. Fort Ann. Determined by Dr. Conklin. Chiloscyphus ascendens Hook. & Wils. Grinnell’s (Washburn’s) woods by Glen- wood brook, Vaughns, on stones, April 29, 1915. Determined by Miss Haynes. “Marginal cells measure 25X30/*; medium cells 30 X 37m-” Re- corded in Bryol. 20: 13. Jan. 1917. Chiloscyphus fragilis (Roth) Schiffn. Dried up streambed, ravine south base of Sugar Loaf Mt., Nov. 13, 1915. Fine mats! “Marginal cells measure 23X50-60/*; medium cells 31X60/*.” Wet place in woods, east base of Sugar Loaf Mt., Oct. 11, 1917. Both collections determined by Miss Haynes. Chiloscyphus polyanthos (L.) Corda. Cold spring, South Bay; east of Tripoli; woods west of Kingsbury St. Determined in part by Dr. Conklin. The largest cells of this species according to Miss Haynes measure 28-33/*; °f C. pallescens (Ehrh.) Dumort. 40-50/*; of C rivularis 21-28/*. Chiloscyphus rivularis (Schrad.) Loeske. Swampy woods, Moreau, north of Fort Edward reservoir, Aug. 30, 1902. Determined by Dr. Howe. Harpanthus scutatus (Web. & Mohr) Spruce. Shushan on rotten logs; old ash log, Devine’s woods, Vaughns; east base of Sugar Loaf Mt. Determined by Dr. Howe; also by Miss Haynes. Geocalyx graveolens (Schrad.) Nees. Old logs, decaying humus, shaded banks and trunks of Thuja occidentalis . Shushan (Dobbin); southern W. Fort Ann. Several collections determined by Dr. Howe, Dr. Conklin and Miss Haynes. “The cells are very opaque and usually the stem humps up with the end curling up. The terminal inflorescence, always present in Lophocolea , is absent. Sporangium matures — in substratum — an oblong hairy fleshy pendulous perigynium; no perianth.” Cephalozia hicuspidata (L.) Dumort. Old logs, Shushan (Dobbin); and bog north of Clarks Pond, west of Shushan Determined by Miss Lorenz. Cephalozia catenulata (Hiiben.) Spruce. Swampy woods east of Thompson’s gravel-bed, southern W. Fort Ann, April 29, 1917. Determined by Miss Haynes. Cephalozia connivens (Dicks.) Lindb. Marshes and wet woods. Sphagnum marshes south of Glen Lake; and south end of East Lake George marsh; southern W. Fort Ann. Specimens determined by Dr. Evans, Miss Haynes and Dr. Conklin. Cephalozia curvifolia (Dicks.) Dumort. Rotten logs, specially coniferous; ap- parently not an uncommon species. Horicon (Peck); Shushan (Dobbin); southern W. Fort Ann. Specimens have been determined by Dr. Conklin. Cephalozia lunulaefolia Dumort. Old logs in Rich’s swamp near Shushan, June 16, 1907. Determined by Miss Lorenz. Cephalozia media Lindb. Southern W. Fort Ann in swampy woods. Deter- mined by Dr. Conklin, also by Miss Haynes. — 36 — Cephalozia pleniceps (Aust.) Lindb. EaSt Lake George marsh at Brayton on old wood, Oct. 18, 1915. Determined by Dr. Conklin. Sphagnum marsh about Mud Pond, south of Glen Lake, Sept. 11, 1917; and swampy woods east base of Sugar Loaf Mt., Oct. 11, 1917. Determined by Dr. Evans and Miss Haynes. Cephaloziella byssacea (Roth) Warnst. Rocks by road south of South Bay village, Sept. 26, 1916. Determined by Dr. Conklin. Cephaloziella elachista (Jack.) Schiffn. Sphagnum bog south of Glen Lake, Sept. 11, 1917. Determined by Miss Haynes. Odontoschisma denudatum (Mart.) Dumort. Old log in swamp woods east of Thompson’s gravel-bed, April 29, 1917. Determined by Miss Haynes. Calypogeia Neesiana (Massal. & Carest.) K. Mull. On trunks of Thuja occi- dentalism old wood, and old Osmunda and fern root-stocks, swamp woods east of Thompson’s gravel-bed. Specimens have been determined by Dr. Conklin and by Miss Haynes. Calypogeia sphagnicola (Arn. & Perss.) K. Miill. Sphagnum marsh near the road north of Glen Lake, Aug. 24 and Sept. 20, 1915. Determined by Dr. Conklin. Calypogeia Trichomanis (L.) Corda. French Mt., on earth. Determined by Dr. Evans. Shushan, on rotten logs (Dobbin); Sugar Loaf Mt., wet cliffs. Bazzania trilobata (L.) S. F. Gray. Moist woods and mossy swamps, particularly in upland regions; common. Lepidozia reptans (L.) Dumort. Coniferous log, and old Osmunda and fern rootstocks, swamp woods east of Thompson’s gravel-bed. Determined by Dr. Conklin; also by Miss Haynes. Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dumort. Falls, West brook, W. Fort Ann; on earth in clearing south of Sugar Loaf Mt. Determined by Dr. Howe; also by Dr. Conklin. Ptilidium ciliare (L.) Nees. Mountain and upland coniferous woods. Cold spring, South Bay, on rocks; Crosset Pond; Three Ponds; Sugar Loaf Mt.; Peaked Mt.; Curtis hill east of Fort Ann. Ptilidium pulcherrimum (Web.) Hampe. Rocky places among mosses; but more often found on living or dead coniferous wood; abundant. Trichocolea tomentella (Ehrh.) Dumort. Among mosses in wet woods and swamps. Huletts Landing (Jelliffe); W. Fort Ann; Five Combine woods, east of Hud- son Falls; Rosecran’s swamp, north of Glens Falls; Fort Edward reservoir; Cambridge waterworks swamp woods. Scapania nemorosa (L.) Dumort. Moist rocks, in upland regions, often on limestone. Dresden (Peck); Black Mt.; South Bay; east of Fort Ann; Peaked Mt.; Sugar Loaf Mt.; Peaked Rock near Shushan. Specimens have been determined by Miss Brown; also by Dr. Conklin. Scapania paludicola Loeske & K. Miill. Sphagnum marsh north of Podunk Pond, Oct. 17, 1899. Determined by Dr. Evans as Scapania irrigua (Nees) Dumort. Recorded in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 54: 946, 1902, as new to the state. Dr. Evans in Rhodora 18: 78. April, 1916, reports this “Podunk Marsh” plant as Scapania paludicola. It has also been collected on the — 37 — East Lake George marsh at Brayton, Oct. 18, 1915. Determined by Dr. Conklin. A similar or closely related plant, growing with Leucobryum, has been collected in Rich’s swamp, near Shushan, May 20, 1906. Scapania undulata (L.) Dumort. Black Mt.; ravine south base of Sugar Loaf Mt. Determined by Dr. Howe; also by Mr. G. B. Kaiser. Radula complanata (L.) Dumort. Rocks and on trunks of trees; abundant. Porella platyphylla (L.) Lindb. “ Dresden Station, Adirondack Mountains, N. Y. (C. H. Peck 60 ).” A. W. Evans in Rhodora 18: 83. April, 1916. Porella platyphylloidea (Schwein.) Lindb. Trunks of trees and rocks; common. Leucolejeunea clypeata (Schwein.) Evans. Dresden on rocks, No. 61 (Peck). Presumably determined by Dr. Evans, who in Rhodora 10: 190. Oct., 1908, says, “Eastern shore of Lake George.’’ Frullania Asagrayana Mont. Huletts Landing (Jelliffe). Frullania Brittoniae Evans. Trunks of Ulmus americana, North Beaver creek at lower falls, Vaughns, April 7, 1914. Determined by Dr. Conklin. Frullania eboracensis Gottsche. On rocks and trees; abundant. Frullania riparia Hampe. Limestone rocks, Bacon hill, 3 miles west of Fort Ann, April 22, 1917. Determined by Miss Haynes. Anthoceros crispulus (Mont.) Douin. Sandy fields, yi mile west of Tripoli, Aug. 26, 1917. Determined by Miss Haynes. Anthoceros laevis L. Shushan (Dobbin). Farley’s (Vaughan’s) woods, north of Vaughns, on a wet clay bank. Determined by Dr. Conklin. Hudson Falls, N. Y. MOSS NOTES.— II. TWO POGONATUMS A. J. Grout In preparing the manuscript for a new handbook on mosses I had occasion to study carefully our two Pogonatums with persistent protonema. The distinguishing characters are far more clearly cut than any published description would indicate. P. brevicaule (Brid.) Beauv. is the common species in the North with which all bryologists are familiar. P. brachyphyllum (Mx.) Beauv., though common in the South and extending as far north as Long Island, New York, is much less well known and doubtless often overlooked. In P. brevicaule the leaves are narrow, serrate, and pointed. The capsules are cylindric and erect, or drooping by the bending of the seta, two to six times as long as broad, usually straight^ The calyptra is light gray, sometimes with a tinge of brown. In P. brachyphyllum the leaves are tongue-shaped and entire. The capsules are shorter and broader, not more than twice as long as broad, and plainly curved. The calyptra is a tawny red-brown. Occasionally there are plants of P. brevicaule with capsules as short and broad as the larger forms of brachyphyllum but the other characters are prac- tically always distinct. -38 — In the accompanying illustration the distinguishing characters are all clearly marked, with the exception of the calyptra. The photographs were taken from dried herbarium material, a. P. brevicaule; b. P. brachyphyllum. Both four times natural size. New Dorp, N. Y., June, 1919 MOSSES AS FORMERS OF TUFA AND OF FLOATING ISLANDS Aravilla Taylor In an article by W. H. Emig in The Bryologist of March, 1918, the author described certain species of moss, Didymodon tophaceus (Brid.) Jur. and Phil- onotis calcarea Sch., as rock builders in the waterfalls in the Arbuckle Mountains of Oklahoma. A somewhat similar, although probably a less extensive, formation has been observed in the outlets of various mineral springs in Indiana and Illinois where mosses aid in forming a rock-like tufa. At Otis, Indiana, and New Lenox, Illinois, there are numerous springs, the water of which is highly impregnated with iron compounds. In the outlet of such a spring is frequently found large quantities of Brachythecium rivulare B. & S. — 39 — As the iron compounds penetrate the moss tissue, a hard porous tufa is formed which becomes a part of the accumulation of bog iron ore about these springs. Together with other species of plants this moss may aid in building up a mound so high as to make it necessary for the water of the spring to find a new and lower place of escape. Very much the same situation occurs at Turkey Run, Indiana, where Crato- neuron filicinum (L.)Roth. is found as a tufa former in calcareous springs. Near the head of Lake Michigan in northern Indiana are many ponds, forming a series extending southward from the present beach. These are long, narrow lagoons cut off originally from the lake proper by barrier beaches which were built up near the lake margin by water currents, and which lie nearly parallel to the shore line. The lagoons vary in depth and size as well as in ecological age, while the ridges or old sand bars are now, in many cases, forested with oak. In some of the deeper lagoons are floating islands which seem to have had their origin in a surface mat formed over the water as in the case of quaking bogs. Portions of the mat have here broken loose from the shore, and now form small islands floating without attachment to bottom or margin. One of the chief agents in the formation of the mat, and still found in great abundance on the islands, is Campylium stellatum (Schreb.) Bryhn. The same species of moss has been found along the margin of the smaller lagoons, in the shallow pine “pannes” among the sand dunes near Miller, Indiana, and on the surface mat of the quaking bog at Mineral Springs, Indiana. This species does not form a tufa, as in the former case, but takes a large part in filling up bodies of water by growth upon the ground either submerged or emerging, and by aiding in the formation of a surface mat. The pannes are low depressinns arming the dunes frequently with the sur- face little, if at all, above the lake level. Water sweeps through the sand from the lake or from streams during times of high water-level. It may rise only to the su.face or may, in some instances, reach a depth of a foot or more. Around the margin of the deeper ponds may be found cottonwoods or willows, or if the panne is of an older ecological succession, the edge may be bordered with pines. Here Campylium stellatum is often abundant either submerged or above the surface at the margin and many may be found growing even among the pines. Milwaukee-Downer College, Milwaukee, Wise. A HERBARIUM NOTE Edward B. Chamberlain For several years it has been impossible for me to keep the larger portion of my herbarium in New York, owing to lack of room. In order to have for comparison a series of authentic specimens, I have mounted in the manner described below a number of sets of exsiccati, and it may be that the method — 40 — will be of servicfe to those who have only small collections, or wish to keep a representative series of specimens apart from a general collection. The method is the result of some years of experimenting, and has the advantage of working to perfection. The specimen-envelopes are mounted in loose-leaf binders, using the Biflex Binder No. 21, manufactured for Messrs. Ginn & Co. This particular binder accommodates sheets 8 by 10 inches in size and has the following advantages over most of th& binders on the market: the sides and back are made of heavy board, the back reinforced by a metal strip so that crushing is impossible with ordinary use; the fastening for the individual sheets consists of two heavy spring wire loops which snap into two slots at the side and do not become loose or open when in use; the leaves lie perfectly flat when the binder is open and turn readily, without the hump along the back that is found in so many such devices; the pages can be inserted or removed at any place without disturbance of the remaining portion. For pages I use sheets of standard weight herbarium paper cut to size and punched with two holes, each page then accommodating three envelopes three inches wide and six or seven inches long. This size is ample for most specimens. The envelopes are made of stout bond paper (I use Old Hampshire Bond, No. 120) and are pinned directly to the sheets with ordinary, medium-sized pins. Care should be taken to secure a linen bond that is not brittle, otherwise the paper becomes fragile with age. Envelopes can in this arrangement be removed at any time for the insertion of new species, without upsetting the arrangement of the remainder of the collection, the old specimen being merely transferred to an extra leaf. The binders file in a bookcase like ordinary volumes, and the specimens are free from dust or possibility of loss. Actual experience shows that the envelopes do not tear loose, and that the portions of the pins projecting into the envelopes do not injure the specimens. Ordinarily, about fifty specimens can be put in each binder. HEPATIC EXCHANGE Will all who are interested in the exchange of Hepatics please consider the idea of an annual exchange in quantity, and, if interested, write to the undersigned. The last Hepatic Exchange List, published by Miss Haynes and Dr. Evans, will be used as a basis, and desiderata and oblata marked on it with the probable number of specimens of each species of the latter marked against the names. The undersigned will act as a distributor, and the lists, marked as indicated above, are to be sent to him about the end of October. The distributor will then inform each one of the number of oblata necessary, and these parcels are to be forwarded the distributor in December. Specimens will be distributed during January, as far as possible in proportion to the value of the oblata sent. If a sufficent number of replies are received to justify starting the Hepatic Exchange, further details will be published in the Bryologist. It is urgently requested that the reply to this notice be sent as early as possible. Address: Mr. A. H. Brinkman, Dowling Lake, Alberta, Canada. — 4i REVIEW Flore des mousses de la Suisse1 We learn from the general preface that the present work was begun in 1884, completed ten years later and that for a long time no publisher could be found. Even when M. Barbey secured publication through the Boissier Her- barium, the printing was greatly hindered and finally interrupted through causes beyond control, so that it was not possible really to undertake active work until 19 1 1, by which time the progress of science had made great revision necessary. We feel that these circumstances should be kept in mind in judging the book: they explain the cases of disagreement between the two parts, the omissions from the keys and indexes, the presence of two sets of keys for Sphagnum , and the unusually large amount of material that has been put in the Supplement and Addendum — (some thirty-five pages, in part separately paged, both before and after the plates). No one is, probably, more conscious of such defects than the authors, and such things, while rendering the use of the bookless convenient, do not diminish the very great value of the painstaking records of facts regarding the species mentioned. We most sincerely congratulate the authors upon the book, finished in spite of discouragement. We wish most sincerely that a similar volume were available for our own flora. At the outset it should be stated that the flora is much more than a set of keys and a list of the Swiss mosses. Nearly all European species are mentioned, or noted, even those like Schistidium maritimum, or Myurium hehridarum which are not in the least likely to be found in Switzerland. An introductory essay of some twenty pages deals with the methods of microscopic study and the structure of the mosses. Though much is well-trodden ground, there are several very interesting suggestions; such as the use of polar- ized light for studying peristome structure, the use of the number of cells per square millimeter (see discussion at end of Part II) as a unit of comparison for the size of areolation, and the careful directions for the preparation and preservation of microscopic dissections. As a medium for temporary mounts a mixture of equal weights of pure carbolic acid, lactic acid, and water with twice the weight of glycerine is recommended, on account of its high refractive index (it is almost that of optical crown glass)-, its slow evaporation, and the absence of the distortion of tissues which is produced by pure glycerine. A similar preparation containing gelatine is recommended in place of the customary glycerine jelly. The advice “Pour les commencants” is especially good. We quote, in abstract: “Examine collections when fresh. Note on the spot such 1 Flore des mousses de la buisse. Premiere partie: Tableaux synoptiques pour la determination desmousses, par Jules Amann et Charles Meylan. Pp. 1-215. Lausanne, 1912. Deuxiime partie: Bryogeographie de la Suisse; Catalogue des mousses suisses, avec douze planches, par Jules Amann en collaboration avec Paul Culmann et Charles Meylan. Pp. 1-414-f 1-4 with 86 figures in 12 plates. Lausanne, 1912. [Though the inner title pages are dated as above and the prefaces are dated February and March 1912, respectively, the cover page bears the imprint, “Publication de l’herbier Boissier. Geneve, 1918.” The two portions are separately paged and indexed.] — 42 — characters as the curving of the seta, the calyptra, the inflorescence. The detailed study of a small district will furnish better results than long trips into a far country. Don’t neglect common species and their forms; the object of study is not to discover rarities but to observe the association of species and their relations to climatic, topographic and geologic conditions. There is far more interest when the aim of moss-study is placed above mere chasing after rarities. ” M. Amann informs us that the keys are based largely on those characters which years of field study have shown to be most reliable, without neglecting those fundamental differences emphasized in the classic European works. By an ingenious system of abbreviations and formulae, most of them readily suggesting the proper term, it is possible to give a condensed description of the salient features of each species at the appropriate place in the key. In nearly all cases all species of one genus or group are on one page. This constant necessity of verifying a group of characters instead of a single item, should materially prevent the beginner (or older student) from thinking that moss species are distinct entities that can be separated by the presence or absence of single characters. The format of the key is the “box,” as printers say, each group of characters being in a separate enclosure; the more general placed vertically at the right, the specific ones horizontally at the left, with the species-names near the margin. The Catalogue is no mere list. Descriptive or critical notes occur for the majority of species, and in many cases there are supplementary keys. In Bryum, Brachythecium , Dicranum, and some other genera there is practically a synopsis of the European species. For each Swiss species there is a reference to exsiccati, the vertical and horizontal distribution, the facts of relation to light, moisture, substratum, climate, geological formation, and frequently notes upon the association with other species. The book is a mine of information. For all less common species there is detailed citation of actual specimens seen. The species are classified as primary, secondary, and tertiary in rank, with the addition of varieties, races, and forms in addition. Especially worthy of mention are the notes on Campylopus Schimperi, Orthotrichum callistomum (of which M. Culmann has found a second specimen as well as having had the opportunity of examining the original collection), and the keys to Schistidium, the bulbiferous Pohliae, and the Barbulae rurales. The plates deal mainly with new species or varieties described in the volume, and give in general only diagnostic details. They are clear and sharp, each figure being accompanied by a line showing actual scale measurement. This is certainly a great advantage over the usual method of giving mere magnifi- cation. In the matter of the authorities for binomials, we wish that the authors had more closely followed the prevailing modes of citation. This point seems to us a serious defect in the whole work, and one that is bound to make much additional labor for others. Only the so-called parenthetical authority for the specific name is cited, all authority for the binomial combination being omitted, if it is other than that for the specific name. The new species and other forms proposed are clearly indicated as new, but in the case of the new genera or revival of old genera, there is no indication of the proper authority — 43 — for the combination. Such an omission means long searching of literature in order to find out whether the combination be “new” or not. The general absence of synonyms is of little importance in the main, especially for those having access to standard works, but we feel sure that in all cases the binomial authority would have greatly facilitated reference to these other books. Edward B. Chamberlain NOTES ON CURRENT BRYOLOGICAL LITERATURE A. LeRoy Andrews, Bryological Notes. V. — Scapania nimbosa from Nor- way. Torreya 19: 49-51. (1919). — Scapania nimbosaTscyX. has previously been known only from the western coasts of the British Isles. It is one of the so called “Atlantic species” which seem to be relicts from an older flora. In 1907 Dr Andrews and Herr B. Kaalaas discovered the species in the Tverfjeldene in Romsdalamt, Norway, although at the time the material was determined and reported as Scapania planifolia (Hook.) Dum. Edo Claassen, Mosses of several Ohio counties. Ohio Journ. Sci. 19: 362-366. (1919). — Mr. Claassen lists 5 Sphagna besides 72 acrocarpous and 79 pleurocarpous mosses from certain counties, mostly in northern Ohio. The only notes given refer to the substratum and, by abbreviation, to the counties in which collection was made without more definite locality. Several of the species reported seem additions to the list given by Kellerman and Werner in the Cata- logue of Ohio Plants issued in 1895. It seems a pity that more careful proof reading could not have obviated the errors in the spelling of specific names. Alexander W. Evans, A taxonomic study of Dumortiera. Bull. Torrey Club 46: 167-182. (1919). — Dr. Evans gives an outline of the history of the genus and of the species belonging to it, with a citation of 26 titles in a bibliography. A much more extended discussion is given of the morphology and of the characters of systematic value in limiting the species. Two species are recognized: D. hirsuta (Sw.) Nees (including D. irrigua Nees) which ranges, in the United States, from Pennsylvania and Missouri southward; and D. nepalenis (Tayl.) Nees (including D. velutina Schiffn. and D. calcicola Campb.) which has been reported in the United States only from Georgia and Florida, though widely distributed in the West Indies, northern South America and the far East. A. Luisier. Les Mousses de Madere. Broteria 17: 28-48. (Ap. 1919). A continuation of the articles upon the mosses of Madera which have been prev- iously noticed in The Bryologist. The present instalment covers the species from Cinclidotus to Amphidium. Extensive notes are given for Cinclidotus chloronotus (Bruch.) Limpr., Tortula Solmsii (Schimp.) Limpr., T. perlimbata Geh., T. marginata (Bry. Eur.) Spruce, Anoectangium angustifolium Mitt., and A. curvipes (C. M.) Jaeg. Apparently, two new combinations are made in Grimmia. E. B. C. — 44 — SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY NOTES Since the going to press of the May issue of The Bryologist, the following changes in the membership lists have occurred: New Member Mrs. Franklin D. Williams 24 Dean St., Taunton, Mass. Change of Address Mr. Walter E. Flowers E. 808 Hoffman Ave., Spokane, Wash. We regret to announce the death in March last of Mrs. Charles C. Smith, who had been a member of the Society since 1902. A recent letter from Mr. E. Iishiba of Sendai, Japan, states that the school where he is teaching was burned down in March, and that he had lost all his collections. The Secretary will be greatly obliged to any member who may be able to contribute specimens which can be forwarded to Mr. Iishiba, who has in the past contributed much to the herbarium of Society and to the ex- change column. EXCHANGE DEPARTMENT Offerings — To Society Members only. Return postage, rather than a stamped envelope, should be sent. Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City. — Pseudoleskea catenulata (Brid.) Kindb. Collected in Switzerland by Rev. P. G. M. Rhodes. Miss Caroline C. Haynes, Highland, New Jersey. — Lophozia attenuata (Mart.) Dumort , collected in England by Rev. P. G. M. Rhodes, and Sphenolobus Michauxii (Web.) Steph., collected by Miss C. C. Haynes. CLUBBING OFFER The following rates are made in connection with Dr. Grout for a year’s subscription to the Bryologist, or for membership in the Sullivant Moss Society, if remittance is made at one time, in advance. Moss Flora of N. Y. City and Bryologist, $2.10; with membership, $2.35, Mosses with Handlens, Ed. ii, and Bryologist, $2.75; with membership, $3.00. Mosses with Handlens and Microscope and Bryologist, unbound, $6.25; with membership, $6 50; bound copies, 75c. extra. All remittances and communications should go to Edward B. Chamberlain 18 West 89th St., New York NEW CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN HEPATICAE By Miss C. C. Haynes and Dr. A. W. Evans Lists all the 438 9pecies known in 1918 to occur in the United States, Canada, and Arctic America. Printed in form suitable for marking desiderata or exchanges. Prices: sc. each, 25c. per dozen. MISS G. G. HAYNES HIGHLANDS, N. J. WANTED Back Numbers of the Bryologist. Anyone having copies of the Bryologist, Vol. iii. Nr. i, Vol. vi. Nr. 2, or Vol. xxi. Nr. 2 (March, 1918), for sale, is requested to write the undersigned; copies of the whole volume will also be bought. A liberal allowance will be made to members on next year’s dues. EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN 18 West 89th Street NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. THE GUIDE TO NATURE A Magazine of Commonplace Nature with Uncommon Interest Beautifully Illustrated Many New Features “It is all very well to be a specialist, but it is bad to be nothing but a specialist ” — Dean Coulter , Hurdue EDWARD F BIGELOW, Managing Editor Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single or Sample Copy ioc. THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION ARCADIA SOUND BEACH CONNECTICUT AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL An illustrated quarterly devoted to the general study of ferns. Subscrip- tion, 1919, including membership in THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY, $1.00; or, without membership, 90 cents. Foreign subscriptions, 10 cents a year extra. Volume I, six parts, $ 2.001 Volumes II to VIII, $1.00 each: the set, eight volumes, $8.50. Send subscriptions or applications for membership to E. J. WINSLOW, Auburndale, Mass. Send matter for publication to R. C. BENEDICT, 322 East 19th St., Brooklyn, N. Y. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages about 45 pages and 2 plates. Devoted to botanical contributions of the widest range; morphological, physiological, taxonomic, ecological, and geographical. $4.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news; established 1901. About 20 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Fifteen volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. MEMBERSHIP including publications, $5.00 a year. Address, Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club, BERNARD 0. DODGE, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York City VOLUME XXII NUMBER 5 SEPTEMBER, 1919 THE BRYOLOGIST JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted and Published for the Society by O. E. JENNINGS, Ph D., Editor-m-Chief Associate Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT, Pb.D. GEORGE N. BEST, M.D. JOHN M. HOLZINGER, M.S. ALEXANDER W. EVANS, Pb.D. LINCOLN W. RIDDLE, Pb.D. and the Advisory Board Officers of the Society CONTENTS ( DEC 1 1919 ] MV®0' Notes on North American Sphagnum — VIII. A . LeRoy A ndrews 45 A List of Mosses from Sanford, Florida. S. Rapp 50 Notes on North American Hepaticae— VIII. Alexander W. Evans 54 Miscellaneous Notes. 73 Sullivant Moss Society Notes 76 Exchange Department 76 "Entered as second-class matter August 21st, 1913, at the Post Office at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, under the Act of March 3, 1879." "Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized August 8, 1918 " Copyright, 1919, by Edward B. Chamberlain The July number of T HE BRYOLOGIST was published Sept. 8. 1919 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE. LANCASTER PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal of "THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription in the United States, $1.25 per year; in all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Single copies, 25 cents. Vols. I-XXU 1898-1918, $21.50. TEN YEAR INDEX, $i.oo Checks, except New York City, MUST contain io cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President — Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President — Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N. Y. Secretary-Treasurer — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 18 W. 89th Street New York City. Curators of Herbaria — Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses , 232 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue, Mount Airy, Pa. ; Miss C. C. Haynes, Hepatics, pro tem.} Highlands, N. J.; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. All material for identification should be sent to the respective curators. All matter relative to offerings should be sent to the Editor, or to the Secretary Vol. XXII September, 1919 No. 5 NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN SPHAGNUM— VIII A. LeRoy Andrews The Group Cuspidata Lindberg (Continued) 19. Sphagnum tenellum Persoon, 1798. This species is commonly referred to by Warnstorf and others as Sphagnum molluscum Bruch, 1825, though the name admittedly lacks priority. S. tenellum (as synonym) is by Warnstorf cited as of (Ehrhardt) Lindberg and dated 1862, but as a matter of fact Lind- berg, in the place referred to by Warnstorf,1 says nothing whatever about Ehr- hardt, but accredits the species to Persoon on the basis of his manuscript name and B ridel's publication in his Mantissa (1819) and says Persoon was the first to discover it, in the Harz (Hercynia). Lindberg’s ascription of the species to Ehrhardt is found in a later work, viz. Europas och Nordamerikas Hvitmossor, 22 ff. 1882, and is based upon a specimen of Ehrhardt’s (f 1795) in the herbarium of the Academy of Science at St. Petersburg labeled 11 Sphagnum tenellum mihi.” This is however not a publication, and the reference to Persoon ’s specimen under the name 5. tenellum in Hoffmann, Deutschlands Flora, II, 22. 1795, is also not such as to constitute publication. The earliest proper publication (with de- scription) of the species is in Bridel’s Muscologia Recentiorum, II, 1, p. 223. As Bridel here definitely credits the species to Persoon, there is hardly anything further to be said. Dusen2 also has the facts clear, though he calls the species S. tenellum Bridel. Warnstorf had himself examined the Bridel herbarium in Berlin and seen that Bridel’s specimen really represents this species.3 His as- tounding reason4 for preferring the later name, that Bridel might possibly not have distinguished from his (or Persoon’s) species slender forms belonging to other species, is subscribed to by Cardot.5 The fact that there is a later (in- valid) A. tenellum (Schimper) Klinggraff, 1872 does not of course invalidate the older one. 1 Ofv. kgl. Vet.-Akad. Forh., XIX, 142. 1862. 2 Sphagnaceernas utbredning, 13 f. 1887. 3 Bot. Centralblatt, IX, 99. 1882. 4 Verh. bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenburg, XXXII, 227. 1891. 6 Repertoire sphagnologique, 337 f. 1897* The July number of The Bryologist was published Sept. 8, 1919. — 46 — It is a species not easily confused, and one whose immediate relationships are not at once clear, though for some time it has been generally recognized that it belongs to the group Cuspidata, and it probably finds its nearest affinity in the several species last considered. Its branch-leaves are hardly undulate when dry, though a slight tendency in that direction is sometimes observable, and are considerably shorter and wider in proportion to their length, giving them an ovate rather than lanceolate shape; in section their chlorophyll cells are particularly broad in their exposure on the dorsal surface and even convexly bulging, but barely, if at all, reaching the ventral surface, where the empty cells are strongly bulging. The cortical cells of the stem are clearly differentiated as in all the following species of the group, normally in two layers of not very large cells with fairly thin walls. Stem-leaves, branch-leaves, perichaetial leaves belong otherwise to the general type of the Cuspidata. The species is often used for illustration of the retort-cells of the Sphagnum-branch, as these are remarkably well developed in it, standing out in marked contrast to the other small cells of the branch. The color is usually a delicate yellowish green, rarely more deeply pigmented yellow-brown. It is generally regarded as dioicous, though Warnstorf describes it as polyoicous. I have not succeeded in demon- strating monoicous plants, though in the coastal region of northern Europe I have found the species fruiting rather frequently. Its distribution is remarkable and with us confined to immediate proximity of the coast. It may thus be found in various localities, often widely separated, from Labrador to New Jersey, and on the Pacific coast from Alaska to Vancouver Island. The circumstances of its occurrence, manner of growth, etc., in a favor- able part of its American range are given in considerable detail by Nichols.6 In Europe it extends northwest to the Faroes and southwest to Portugal, but is not confined to the coast, being reported from most of the mountain systems southward to the Alps. In Asia it is known only from Japan. The facts would seem to indicate Europe as the center of distribution of this species, and it is in general doubtless true that if any region can lay valid claim to being the orig- inal home of Sphagnum , it is northern Europe. 20. Sphagnum cuspidatum Ehrhardt, 1795.7 About the application of this name there seems neither to have been nor to be any question. A question which has often been raised is whether or not it is specifically distinct from S. recurvum. With the segregations of recent decades this question has ceased to be urged, and in my own experience I have failed to find anything that convinces me that S. cuspidatum is a mere aquatic form of S. recurvum, though there can be no doubt whatever that the relationship is a close one For practical distinction a number of characters have been and may be used, but in doubtful cases one or more of them may be found to fail. It has been noted for example that pen- dent branches of S. recurvum are generally long and closely appressed to the stem. 6 The Vegetation of Northern Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia, 422 and elsewhere. 1918. 7 On the date of Hoffmann’s separate publication of the Sphagna for the second volume of his Deutschlands Flora cf. my note in Bryologist, XX, 84. 1917. — 47 — which is quite concealed by them. This arrangement may in some measure make up for the lack of specially differentiated cortical stem-cells in this species. In S. cuspidatum on the other hand, which is of more aquatic tendencies, such an arrangement is unnecessary and the stem is quite bare, the pendent branches being inconspicuous and little developed. The stem-leaves of S. cuspidatum are distinguished as somewhat fibrillose in the apical part, and as a rule this is true, but it is also a fact that the fibrils may be lacking in stem-leaves of S. cus- pidatum, while on the other hand, in immature or otherwise abnormal specimens of 5. recurvum, the stem-leaves may show somewhat of the fibrillose condition of the branch-leaves, a condition of isophylly or hemiisophylly that must always be borne in mind in considering the stem-leaves of any species of Sphagnum, for these are obviously a secondary development from the type of the branch- leaves and are accordingly in immature specimens not adequately differentiated, while in other abnormal ones they may approach the same type by reversion. In section the chlorophyll cells of the branch-leaves of S. cuspidatum are de- scribed as trapezoidal, having a narrower exposure on the ventral surface of the leaf, while those of S. recurvum are triangular, the apex of the triangle barely reaching the ventral surface. Normally this is true, but unquestionable speci- mens of S. recurvum, particularly the aquatic forms called S. fallax Klinggraff, may be found with the leaf-section of S. cuspidatum, just as we have seen before that aquatic specimens of S. palustre may show such abnormal chlorophyll cells. I have even seen such specimens of S. i ecurvum var. tenue. The character which remains, which to my mind is the least subject to confusion, is the stem-cortex. In S. cuspidatum the cortex consists of about two rows of good-sized, fairly thin- walled cells clearly set off from those within. It is possible that aquatic con- ditions of growth may have some effect upon the cells, but that they can im- mediately produce a difference such as that between the cortical stem-cells of S. recurvum and S. cuspidatum is incredible, and S. fallax is an aquatic form of S. recurvum, which does not show it.8 Artificial species that have been inserted between them with such names as S. fallax, S. pseudor ecurvum, S. pseudo cuspi- datum, etc., are apparently always satisfactorily referable to either the one or the other. Of other characters than those already mentioned it may be said that the branch-leaves of 5. cuspidatum are more elongated to almost linear, often without undulations, and that their empty cells are accordingly narrowed and their pores reduced to the mere end-pores on either surface, or nearly so. Of further synonyms 5. virginianum Warnstorf, 1900 is retained in 1911,9 though dis- tinguished there neither in key nor description, nor so far as one can see in the specimen, from small forms of S. cuspidatum. S. ruppinense Warnstorf, 1908, originally Prussian as the name suggests, was given an American locality in 191 1 ,10 but here also I am unable to find a valid specific distinction. The same is true of S. Faxonii Warnstorf, 1908, from New England. From researches of Bartlett* 11 8 Cf. the note in Bryologist, XX, 87. 1917 and the literature there cited. 9 Pflanzenreich, 5 1 : 269. 10 Op. cit., 232. 11 Rhodora, X, 113 f. 1908. -48- it appears that Warnstcrf had garbled his statements as to the specimen making up his S. Faxonii. In spite of this he retains them in 191112 with the further addition of the locality suggested by Bartlett. There is nothing either in the description or in such specimens as are available to separate it specifically from S. cuspidatum. The species is hardly as widely distributed as 5. recurvum. On our eastern coast it extends from Labrador13 southward to Georgia (Florida according to Warnstorf). It seems to be entirely lacking inland and on our Pacific coast. It is well represented in Europe, also in Japan, and forms of it or closely related species occur in various parts of the southern hemisphere. Var. Torreyi (Sullivant) Braithwaite, 1875. Such is the form and date of the name as first applied varietally. The earlier species name was S. Torreyanum Sullivant, 1849. Whether it should be called a variety or species is a matter still open to discussion. There is such lack of good characters separating them and it is so possible to find material showing the transition from one form to the other that I am unable to see in them separate species, though I think the variety is abundantly deserving of taxonomic recognition as such. The most immediately apparent distinction lies in the decidedly greater size of the variety. With its robustness goes a greater breadth. of branch-leaf, the latter tending then to be somewhat undulate and sometimes showing good-sized pores on the ventral surface of the empty cells. The chlorophyll cells are also not so much exposed on the ventral surface of the leaf, in its lower part being normally tri- angular in section with apex just reaching the surface of leaf. In all these re- spects the plant lies nearer to S. recurvum , and one could sooner conceive of the variety than of the type as an aquatic form of the latter species. Also the cortical cells of the stem are in the variety more irregular in size, with slightly thicker walls and forming a less definite cortical layer, but the condition is still too far removed from that of S. recurvum. Of synonyms Warnstorf has been guilty of one in S. Keameyi Warnstorf, 1900, from the Dismal Swamp of Vir- ginia, which marks at the same time the variety’s southern limit of range.14 From here northward the range is entirely coastal and extends to Newfound- land. In Europe it also shows coastal preferences, though Warnstorf (p. 233) gives a single locality from the Alps. It apparently does not occur elsewhere15 and compares then as to its range in a general way with S. pulchrum. Var. serrulatum Schliephacke, 1882 (first noted as S. laxifolium var. serru- latum, Schliephacke, 1865). To Sch’iephacke appears to belong the credit for having first taxonomically registered the fact that S. cuspidatum shows in its 12 Op. cit. 231. 13 Warnstorf (p. 266) includes it from Greenland, but his station is that of the variety Kruusei (not Krausei) Jensen, a fragment of which from Jensen’s herbarium is certainly referable to 5. Lindbergii. 14 It had been collected there before (1893) by Small and rightly named by Warnstorf. Car- dot’s S. cuspidatum var. miquelonen.se, 1887 has long since been reduced to synonymy. 15 Warnstorf ’s locality in Tierra del Fuego requires confirmation. — 49 — aquatic specimens an occasional tendency to have its branch-leaves serrulate, the teeth being due solely to a slight extension of the distal ends of the narrow border cells. This might readily be regarded as a casual variation having no taxonomic value, but it is significant that it does not occur in other species,16 that it is not characteristic of all aquatic specimens of S. cuspidatum, and that in some regions this form becomes more frequent or even supplants the normal form entirely. Warnstorf in 19 11 leaves two North American species of this category, S. serratum Austin, 1877 (including the European form), and S. tr ini- tense Carl Muller, 1848, 17 but without any very definite characters to distinguish them from each other.18 With us the plant is confined to our east coast, the most northerly station being in Maine.19 It is also known from Massachusetts and becomes common in the southern coastal states, reaching to Louisiana. It further occurs in Bermuda, where it is the only Sphagnum except S. magel- lanicum, and in Porto Rico (where it has acquired another synonym, S. Helleri Warnstorf, 1905), extending through Trinidad apparently to eastern South America. Warnstorf includes specimens from Japan and Australia, while sev- eral of his other species from the southern hemisphere are possibly identical. It is sometimes found richly fruiting, as is normal S. cuspidatum in spite of its dioicous inflorescence. The close relationship of S. Fitzgeraldi Renauld will be discussed under the latter species. To revert to a species previously discussed, a new locality for 5. Angstromii has come to light in good specimens from Nome, Alaska, collected in 1918 by C. W. Thornton, which I have been able to examine through the kindness of Mr. Maxon. This is the second station for this subarctic species from the Amer- ican mainland, the third from North America altogether. Further collecting may show it to be not uncommon in northern Alaska, the Yukon and possibly farther eastward. It is however strange that it has never been reported from Greenland, whose Sphagnum-flora is so well known that one hesitates to believe it can occur there without having been discovered. If it should not in future be found there nor in the adjacent eastern parts of arctic or subarctic America, the conclusion would seem inevitable that it had reached Alaska in its distribu- tion from Asia and had not yet succeeded in spreading across arctic or subarctic America to Greenland. Ithaca, N. Y. 1G Except S. Fitzgeraldi, exotic species having this character are synonyms or closely related. 17 Separated by nearly 30 pages of print. The author in his Vorwort congratulates himself on the natural arrangement of species in his keys and descriptions. 18 He puts one of Mrs. Britton’s numbers from Pembroke Marsh in the Bermudas under one of the two species and her other number from the same marsh under the other. 19 A specimen in the Austin herbarium labeled “from a pit in a peat swamp wholly submerged, Hebron, Maine, Aug., 1878” has a note by Austin calling attention to the serrulate leaves. Mr. G. K. Merrill has recently sent me an entirely similar specimen from a “pool in a bog, Union, Maine, Aug. 17, 1919. — 5o — A LIST OF MOSSES FROM SANFORD, FLORIDA S. Rapp The mosses enumerated in the following list were collected within a radius of ten miles «f Sanford, Seminole County, Florida, formerly belonging to Orange County. The writer is under great obligations to Mrs. E. G. Britton for deter- mining critical specimens and for preparing most of the list. For the deter- mination of certain specimens thanks are also due to Dr. Best, Dr. Grout, Prof. Holzinger, and Miss Edith A. Warner; and to Dr. A. LeRoy Andrews for deter- mining the specimens of Sphagnum and Bryum. Sanford is situated on the southern shore of Lake Monroe, a tributary of the St. Johns River, and being the entrance of southern Florida is spoken of as “The Gate City of South Florida.” The surrounding country is of low eleva- tion and abounds in river-swamps and hammocks; the former with oaks, hickory, Carpinus, and other trees, the latter with cypress, ashes, maple, and elms. It is here in the chinks of the cypress where one finds Fissidens Donnellii, hidden like the modest violet in the hedges; Fissidens falcatulus along creeks on exposed roots and logs; Callicostella scabrida (Ilookeria Cruceana ) on logs; Climacium americanum, Amblystegium floridanum, A. varium, and A. riparium. On drier situations in the adjoining hammock another dwarf moss, Fissidens Garberi, occurs on live oak, together with the glossy Entodon Drummondii, Brachythecium splendens, and Forsstroemia trichomitria. The variety immersa of the latter species occurs together with F. floridanum mostly on elm. Cyclodictyon varians is a mud-inhabiting species with Eurhynchium hians. On borders of swamps and dried-up ponds occurs Ephemerum megalocarpum, also E. spinulosum and E. papillosum. Campylopus inflexus, C. gracilicaulis, C. Donnellii , and C. angustiretis are found on sandy banks together with Funaria hygrometrica, the very common var. patula, also F. flavicans, F. calvescens, the rare F. serratum and single plants of F. americanum. Here also are found Bruchia Donnellii and B. Ravenellii. For data concerning the habitats of certain other species at Sanford see Mrs. Britton’s article in a former number of The Bryologist (21: 27-28. March, 1918). It may be added that Dicranella curvata ( D . secunda) has been collected in Jacksonville, and Ectr opothecium caloosiense and Fontinalis biformis in Tampa, Florida. List of Species Amblystegium floridanum R. & C. {A. riparium var. floridanum). 1 “ hygrophilum (Jur.) Schimp. 2 iiriguum Bry. Eur. {H. tenue (Hedw.) Card.)? 102 riparium (L.) Br. & Sch. 3 vacillans Sull. 5 varium (Hedw.) Lindb. 4 Anomodon attenuatus (Schreb.) Hueb. 6 — 5i — Archidium alternifolium H. & F. 118 11 Donnellii Aust. 123 Hallii Aust. 87 ohioense Br. & Sch. 111 Ravenellii Aust. 8 tenerrimum Mitt. 10 3 Aulacomnium palustre (L.) Schwaegr. 7 “ var. polycephalum (Brid.) Hueb. 96 Barbula agraria Hedw. ( B . Rauii Aust.). 9 “ convoluta Hedw. Sterile. 83 Br achymenium Wrightii (Sull.) Broth. ( Leptotheca Wrightii Sull.) 88 Brachythecium splendens Aust. ( B . biventrosum (C. M.) Jaeg.) 17 Bryum argenteum L. 106 var. lanatum (P. Beauv) Br. & Sch. 12 “ caespiticium L. 71 “ capillar e L. 89 “ coronatum Schwaegr. 14 “ Cruegeri Hampe. Probably. 46 (sterile). “ floridanum R. & C. 13 “ Sawyer i R. & C. 15 Bruchia Donnellii Aust. 18 “ Ravenellii Wils., Sull. 104 Callicostella scabrida (Hook.) Jaegr. ( Hookeria Cruceana Duby.) 52 Campylium chi ysophyllum (Brid.) Bryhn. Forma. 41 polygamum (Schimp.) Bryhn. 92 radicale (P. Beauv.) Grout. 43 Campylopus introflexus (Hedw.) Mitt. 22 angustiretis (Aust.) L. & J. 93 Donnellii (Aust.) L. & J. 83 gracilicaulis Mitt. 84 Calharinaea angustala Brid. 19 (sterile) Ceratodon purpureus Brid. 124 Clasmatodon parvulus (Hampe) Sull. 21 “ var. 1 upestris Sull. & Lesq. 21 Climacium americanum var. fluitans (Hueb.). 20 Cryphaea glomerata Br. & Sch. 37 Cyclodictyon varians (Sull.) Broth. ( Hookeria varians Sull.) 31 Dicranella heteromalla (Dill.) Schimp. 23 var orthocar pa (Hedw.) Paris. 122 V Herminieri Besch ( D . leptotrichoides R. & C.) 24 , 93 secunda (Sw.) Lindb. ( D . curvata (Hedw.) Schimp.) 81 subinclinata Lorentz. 119 Dicranum pallidum Br. & Schimp. ( D . sabuletorum R. & C.) 23 Ditrichum pallidum (Schreb.) Hampe. 76 Ectr opothecium caloosiense (Aust.) E. G. Britt. 117 52 — Entodon Drummondii (Br. & Sch.) Jaegr. 26 “ seductrix (Hedw.) C. M. 27 “ var. minor (Aust.) Grout. 16 Ephemerum megalosporum (Aust.) Salm. 29 papillosum Aust. 112 spinulosum Schimp. 30 Eurhynchium hians (Hedw.) Lindb. 28 Fissidens decipiens DeNot. 31 “ Donnellii Aust. 116 “ falcatulus R. & C. 107 “ Garberi Lesq. & James. 34 “ Ravenellii Sull. 33 Fontinalis biformis Sull. 108 Forsstroemia fioridanus (Lindb.) Kindb. 47 trichomitria (Hedw.) Lindb. 38 var. immersa (Sull.) Lindb. 78 Funaria flavicans Rich., Michx. 36 “ hygrometrica .{ L.) Sibth. 101 var. calvescens (Schwaegr.) Bry. Eur. 109 “ patula Br. & Sch. 35 “ s errata Brid. 89 Haplocladium microphyllum (Sw.) Broth. 67 Homalolheciella subcapillata (Schwaegr.) Card. ( Hamalothecium subcapillatum (Schwaegr.) Sull.) 99 var. fabronifolia E. G. B., new var. ( Burneliia fabrofolia Grout). 90 Hypnum Patentiae var. americanum (R. & C.). (H. arcuatum var. americanum R.&C.) 39 Isopterygium micans (Sw.) E. G. B. ( Hypnum micans Sw.) Bryol. 5: 67. 1902. “ var. fulvum (Hook.) E. G. B., n. comb. ( Plag . micans var. fulvum (Hook.) Par.) Jagerinopsis squarrosa E. G. Britt. 11 Leptobryum pyriforme (L.) Schimp. 86 Leskea denticulata Sull. 82 “ microcar pa Schimp. 48 Leucobryum albidum Brid. (L. sediforme C. M.) 45 Leucodon julaceus (L.) Sull. 44 Macromitrium mucronifolium (Hook. & Grev.) Schwaegr. 97 rhabdocarpum Mitt. 12 t Mittenothamnium diminutivum (Hampe) E. G. Britt. {Hypnum thelistegium C. M.) p5 Mnium cuspidatum (L.) Leyss. 49 Neckera jamaicensis (Gmel.) E. G. Britton. {N. undulata Hedw.) 50 “ distichia (Sw.) Hedw. 91 — 53 — Nanomitrium synoicum (James) Lindb. ioo Austini (Sull.) Lindb. 120 Octoblepharum albidum (L.) Hedw. 33 Octodiceras fontanum (LaPyl.) Lindb. (0. Julianum Brid.) 94 Papillaria nigrescens (Sw.) Jaegr. 54 Philonolis longiseta (Michx.) E. G. B. (P. radicalis (P. Beauv.) Brid.) 11 Pirella cymbifolia (Sull.) Card. ( Pilotrichum cymbifoliutn Sull. 79 Physcomitrium australe E. G. Britt., var. 113 megalocarpum Kindb. 114 turbinatum (Michx.) Brid. 36 Langloisii (R. & C.) E. G. Britt. 103 Plagiothecium denticulatum (L.) Br. & Sch. 32 Pogonatum brachyphyllum (Michx.) P. Beauv. 33 Polytrichum commune L. 57 Rhizogonium spiniforme (L.) Bruch. 61 Rhynchostegium serrulatum (Hedw.) Jaegr. 60 Schlotheimia Sullivantii C. M. 62 Sematophyllum adnatum (Michx.) E. G. Britt. ( Rhaphidostegium microcar pum (Brid.) Jaegr.) 58 Sematophyllum. subpinnatum (Brid.) E. G. Britt. ( Rhaphidostegium Kegelianum var. floridanum R. & C.) 59 Sphagnum cuspidatum var. serrulatum Schimp. 21 cyclophyllum Sull. & Lesq. 27 erythrocalyx Hampe. 3 Fitzgeraldi Renauld. 22. Collected in fruit! magellanicum Brid. 1 macrophyllum Bernh. (5. floridanum Card.) 28. In fruit! palustre Ehrh. 4 recurvum Beauv. 77 strictum Sull. 9 subsecundum forma Nees. 25 tabulare Sull. ( S . molle Sull.) 39 tenerum Sull. & Lesq. Splachnum ampullaceum Su 1. & Lesq. 72 Syrrhopodon floridanus Sull. 63 texanus Sull. 64 Taxithelium planum forma? (?) 42 Sterile! Thelia asprella Sull. 66 11 hirtella (Hedw.) Sull. 63 Tortella caespitosa (Schwaegr.) Limpr. 10 Thuidium delicatulum (L.) Mitt. 68 gracile var. Ravenellii (S. & L.) Card. 70 “ invclvens (Hedw.) Mitt. 80 minutulum (Hedw.) Br. & Sch. 69. Trematodon longicollis Michx. 7J — 54 — Weisia longiseta Lesq. & James. 77 “ viridula (L.) Hedw. 75 “ var. nitida R. & C. 74 Sanford, Florida. NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN HEPATICAE— VIII1 Alexander W. Evans (with plate ii) In a recent paper on New England Hepaticae2 the writer discussed three species of Nardia (N. hyalina, N. obovata and N. obscura ) and called attention to the discovery of N. subelliptica in Nova Scotia, this species being an addition to the American flora. In the present paper N. subelliptica and two other species of Nardia , N . f ossombr onioides and N. rubra, are considered; N . fossombronioides is an eastern species, which is perhaps to be expected in New England, while N. rubra is confined to the Pacific Coast region. The paper reports further two additions to the flora of the United States, Petalophyllum Ralfsii (which is new also to America) and Leptocolea cardiocarpa. The five remaining species are introduced for various reasons but mainly to record extensions of range or to help clear up difficulties in nomenclature. Since the appearance of the seventh number of this series3 an important article has been published by Arnell on the mosses of the Vega Expedition.4 Most of the species considered came from Nova Zembla or Siberia but a few had been collected at Port Clarence or on St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. These include the following additions to the hepatic flora of the territory: Cephalozia pleniceps, Cephaloziella striatula, Lophozia barbata, L. Binsteadii, L. Kaurini, Pleuroclada albescens, and Scapania subalpina. In the writer’s report on the Hepaticae of Alaska,5 published in 1915, 105 species are recorded. Adding to these Harpanthus Flotowianus (which was omitted by mistake), Asterella Linden- bergiana (which has recently been reported in another paper) ,6 and the seven species listed by Arnell, the total number of species now known from Alaska is increased to 114. 1. Corsinia coriandrina (Spreng.) Lindb. Hepat. Utveckl. 30. 1877. Riccia r eticulata Gmel.; Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 13, 3: 1355. 1796 (not R. reticu- lata Sw., 1788). R. coriandrina Spreng. Anleit. 3: 320. 1804. Corsinia march- antioides Raddi, Opusc. Sci. Bologna 2: 354. 1818. Tessellina coriandrina Du- mort. Comm. Bot. 78. 1822. Corsinia reticulata Dumort. Hep. Eur. 166. 1874. 1 Contribution from the Osborn Botanical Laboratory. 2 Rhodora 21. 1919.. In press. 3 Bryologist 20: 17-28. pi. 2. 1917. 4 Arkiv for Botanik 155: i-m. 1917. 6 Bull. Torrey Club 41: 577-626. pi. 21. 1915. 6Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 284. 1919- In press. — 55 — Collected in February, 1915, near Austin, Texas, by F. McAllister. The specimens were determined by Dr. Marshall A. Howe, of the New York Botanical Garden, and reported by him (under the name C. marchantioides ) at a meeting of the Torrey Botanical Club, held on March 31, 1915. 1 In 1887, Langlois2 re- ported the species from Louisiana, but this earlier record is doubtful, and no other North American stations are at present known. In South America, however, it has been found in the vicinity of La Plata, Argentina, by C. Spegazzini.3 Since the original discovery of the species by Micheli in the neighborhood of Florence, nearly two hundred years ago, its European range has gradually been extended, especially in the Mediterranean region, and it is now known from various other parts of Italy and also from Dalmatia, Switzerland (south of the Alps), France and Portugal. It has been reported also from Algeria, from the Atlantic Islands and from Japan. In certain parts of its range it is abundant. The genus Corsinia is monotypic and was placed by the older writers, in- cluding Leitgeb, among the Ricciaceae. At the present time its relationships are supposed to be with the more complex genera of the Marchantiales. Cavers has united it with the South American genus Boschia to form the special family Corsiniaceae, which occupies a position in his system between the Ricciaceae and Targionia. The features of the genus have been well described by European writers,4 so that only the more distinctive will be noted here. The thallus is of a fair size, measuring 5-6 mm. in width, and its color varies from yellowish to bright green, without showing any traces of purplish pigmen- tation. It branches rather sparingly by forking and occasionally forms apical innovations. The photosynthetic tissue is made up of a single layer of air- chambers, separated by plates of cells and covered over by a thin-walled epi- dermis one cell thick. Each chamber communicates with the outside air by means of an epidermal pore, surrounded by one or two concentric rows of scarcely modified thin-walled cells. The floors of the chambers sometimes give rise to short and simple, upright green filaments, each composed of a single row of cells, but these filaments are often lacking altogether. The ventral scales are color- less and irregularly scattered; they are ovate to lunulate in outline, and each tapers gradually into a filamentous appendage. The inflorescence is usually dioicous but may be autoicous. The most important characters of the genus are derived from the grouping of the sexual organs and from the protective structures associated with them. The antheridia are situated in an elongated and sometimes forked cluster, occupying a median position on an ordinary thallus and bounded on each side by a low ridge. The archegonia occupy a similar position, but the groups, which are in shallow de- pressions, are shorter, and several are sometimes formed in rather close succession, showing that the formation of the archegonia does not limit the growth of the 1 See Torreya 15: 159. 1915. 2 Cat. PI. Basse-Louisiane 26. 1887. 3 See Massalongo, Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1917: 45. 4 See especially Muller, Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Fl. 6: 226-229. /. 142, 143. 1907; and Cavers, New Phytol. Reprint 4: 18-22. /. 8, 9. 1911. — 56 thallus. In the lack of a specialized female receptacle the genus differs from such typical marchantiaceous genera as Marchantia, Reboulia and Plagiochasma and agrees with the more simply organized genera, such as Targionia and Riccia. Involucral organs may be absent altogether. When they occur they attain full development only after fertilization and are in the form of one-sided or peltate, lobed structures with air chambers, taking their origin from the surface of the thallus and arching up over the young sporophytes. The calyptra is fleshy and covered over with coarse tubercles. The sporophyte1 shows the usual differentiation into capsule, stalk and foot, but the stalk remains very short. The wall of the capsule is composed of a single layer of thin-walled cells and dehisces at maturity, according to Meyer, by means of a long slit in the upper part. The spore sac contains both spores and sterile cells, the latter being short and blunt and destitute of spiral thicken- ings in their walls. The spores are blackish brown and almost opaque at ma- turity, usually measuring 100-130/i in diameter. They show the usual tetrahedral form, though somewhat obscurely. The plane faces are smooth but the spherical face is covered over with a coarse reticulum. The meshes measure 25-35/r in diameter and are bounded by grooves and not by ridges, a remarkable feature first pointed out by Leitgeb.2 This type of spore-marking is not known in any other North American hepatic but recurs, with certain modifications, in the European Grimaldia dichotoma Raddi.3 2. Sauteria alpina Nees, Naturg. Europ. Leberm. 4: 143. 1838. Lunularia alpina Nees; Nees & Bisch. Flora 13: 399. 1830. Collected on soil among rocks, in July, 1881, on Mt. Albert, Gaspe County, Quebec, by O. D. Allen (No. 1). These specimens have already been reported by the writer4 under the incorrect name Clevea hyalina (Sommerf.) Lindb. Care- ful sectioning of the scanty material, however, has demonstrated the presence of a rhizoid-furrow in the stalk of the female receptacle, showing that the plant is Sauteria alpina and not the Clevea. Additional North American stations for the Sauteria are in Greenland, Alaska and Alberta; and it has a wide distribution in Europe and northern Asia. A full description of this arctic and alpine plant may be found in Muller’s “Lebermoose,”5 while the characteristics of the group Astroporae, to which it belongs, have already been briefly discussed by the writer.6 The most im- portant distinction between Clevea and Sauteria is found in the stalks of the 1 The following two papers by Meyer give a full account of the development and structure of the sporophyte: Untersuchungen iiber den JSporophyt der- Lebermoose — I. Entwickelungs- geschichte des Sporogons der Corsinia marchantioides. Bull. Soc. Imper. Nat. Moscou 1911: 263-286. pi. 1-22. 1912; III. Das Sporogonium der Corsinia marchantioides Raddi. Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 32: 262-266. /. 1-4. 1914. 2 Ueber Bau und Entwicklung der Sporenhaute 22-38. pi. i,f. 16-33. 1884. 8 See Leitgeb, op. cit. 50. pi. 2, f. 28, 28a. 4 Bryologist 19: 28 (footnote). 1916. 5 Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Fl. 6: 241./. 130, 131. 1907. 6 Rhodora 16: 63. 1914. — 57 — female receptacle; in Clevea there is no rhizoid-furrow, in Sauteria a single one is present. In Clevea the receptacle is dorsal on a thallus branch and does not limit its growth; in Sauteria it is terminal and brings the growth of the branch to an end. An important distinction between Clevea hyalina and Sauteria alpina is found in the paleae associated with the female receptacles. In the Clevea there are few or no slime-papillae on the paleae; in the Sauteria the papillae are very numerous.1 3. Plagiochasma Muenchianum Steph. Sp. Hepat. 6: 9. 1917. This species was based on specimens collected by G. Munch at San Cristobal, Chiapas, Mexico. From a study of these specimens several years ago,2 before the species had been published, the writer reached the conclusion that they represented a form of P. crenulatum Gottsche. It is therefore suggested that P. Muenchianum be placed among the synonyms of P. crenulatum. 4. Grimaldia pilosa (Hornem.) Lindb. Muse. Scand. 1. 1879. Marchantia pilosa Hornem. FI. Dan. 8: 7. pi. 1426. 1810. Duvalia pilosa Lindb. Not. F. et FI. Fenn. 9: 280. 1868. Neesiella pilosa Schiffn. Hedwigia 47: 314. 1908. Collected in June, 1893, on Cold Creek Hill, Yukon River, Alaska, by F. Funston (No. 94). This specimen was reported by the writer some time ago under the incorrect name G. fragrans (Balb.) Corda;3 since, however, the thallus shows large air chambers the plant clearly belongs to G. pilosa, and G. fragrans should no longer be included among the species known from Alaska. G. pilosa is an arctic and alpine species which occurs at various scattered localities in northern Europe and Asia. In North America it is known from Greenland, Quebec and Vermont, as well as from Alaska. In the second paper of this series4 G. pilosa is included in the genus Neesiella, following the example of Schiffner, but it is shown that the reasons for separating Neesiella from Grimaldia are not very convincing, being based simply on differ- ences in the structure of the thallus. Since the related genus Asterella shows equally great differences, it is now suggested that Neesiella be again combined with Grimaldia. As thus enlarged the genus is represented in North America by the following species: G. calif or nica Gottsche, G. fragrans, G. pilosa, and G. rupestris (Nees) Lindenb., the last species being the type of the genus Neesiella. 5. Petalophyllum Ralfsii (Wils.) Nees & Gottsche; Lehmann, Pug. Plant. 8: 30 (in obs ). 1844. Diplolaena Lyellii a lamellata Nees, Naturg. Europ. Leberm. 3: 345. 1838. Jungermannia Ralfsii Wils.; Sowerby, Engl. Bot. Suppl. 4: pi. 2874. 1843. Petalophyllum lamellatum Lindb. Not.-F. et FI. Fenn. 13: 390. 1874 Fossombronia corbulaeformis Trabut, Rev Bryol. 13: pi. 2, f. 9-14. 1886 (no description); Battandier & Trabut, Atlas FI. d’ Alger 7. pi. 2,f. 9-14. 1886. 1 See Solms-Laubach, Bot. Zeit. 571: 19. 1899. 2 Bull. Torrey Club 42: 289, 292. 1915. 3 Proc. Washington Acad. 2: 290. 1900. 4 Bryologist 14: 84. 1911. -58 Collected in March, 1914, at Austin, Texas, by Miss M. S. Young (No. 2; specimen in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden); also at College Station, Texas, by C. H. Farr. New to America. This rare species was dis- covered by J. Ralfs, in 1830, at Aberffraw, on the island of Angelsey in Wales, and is now known in addition from the English counties of Cornwall, Lancaster and York and from the Irish counties of Dublin, Kerry and Londonderry. For a long time it was supposed to be confined to the British Isles, but about fifty years after its original discovery it was found by Trabut at various localities in the vicinity of Algiers. He described it as a new species, under the name Fossombronia corbulaeformis, but the identity of his plant with the Petalophyllum was soon recognized. Largely through the studies of Massalongo the species is now known also from the following islands in the Mediterranean: Pianosa (Tuscan Archipelago), Sardinia, Sicily, Lampedusa (southwest of Sicily), and Malta. Its discovery in America marks a very interesting extension of range. The genus Petalophyllum , as originally proposed, contained only two species, P. Ralfsii and the Australian P. Preissii Gottsche. The latter is apparently as rare as P. Ralfsii , although its known range now includes New Zealand. When Stephani monographed the genus in 19001 he still recognized the two original species but no others. Since that time, however, he has proposed a third species, under the name P. bolivianum.2 This species presumably came from Bolivia, although he describes the habitat as “sine loco natali.” It is unfortunately known in sterile condition only, but the description indicates that it must be close to P. Ralfsii. For descriptions of P. Ralfsii reference may be made to the European manuals and to an important morphological study by Cavers.3 This work has served as the basis for most of the remarks which follow. The gametophyte consists of a green, flattened, thalloid stem about 1 cm. long, which is sometimes simple and sometimes once-dichotomous. This stem broadens out from a cylindrical stalk-like base and lies closely appressed to the surface of the soil. It consists of a thickened median portion, which forms a long convex ridge on the ventral surface, and two wings which thin out gradually, becoming only one cell thick in the outer part. On the upper surface of the wings a series of oblique lamellae, which are regarded as leaves, take their origin. These lamellae are only one cell thick and are usually somewhat imbricated. They are broadest in the middle, where they attain a width of about twenty cells, and narrow gradually toward each end. The lamellae on one wing tend to alternate with those of the other, but there are often deviations from this arrange- ment; two or more lamellae on the same wing, for example, may be “joined by a membranous outgrowth,” or two lamellae of opposite wings may be con- tinuous with each other across the middle. On the lower surface the stem “bears numerous small scales in two longitudinal rows.” These are developed early 1 Mem. Herb. Boissier 16: 16. 1900. 2Sp. Hepat. 6: 70. 1917. 3 Notes on Yorkshire Bryophytes. 1. Petalophyllum Ralfsii. Naturalist 1903: 327-J34- /. 1-4. — 59 — and appear crowded in the apical region, becoming withered and indistinguish- able in the older parts of the plant. The scales are triangular in form and are provided with slime-papillae. Toward the end of the growing period the flat- tened stem forms an apical tuber, which persists until the following season and then grows out into the cylindrical base of a new stem. The method of growth and the formation of the tuber are clearly shown in a figure by Goebel.1 2 The antheridia and archegonia of P. Ralfsii are borne on separate plants. The yellow antheridia are borne on the upper surface of the thickened median portion and show a tendency to be arranged in two longitudinal rows. Some but apparently not all of the antheridia are protected by scale-like or tubular outgrowths, and these sometimes grow together and form a system “of cham- bers, each containing a single antheridium.” The archegonia and associated parts are clearly described by Cavers. According to his account a “female plant bears several groups of archegonia,’’ protected by “narrow .scales or leaf- like outgrowths.” If fertilization takes place in a group, “the perianth begins to grow up as a tubular sheath which surrounds the whole group .... within the ring of scales.” As it “grows upward some of the scales are carried up on its outer surface.” The mature perianth is wide open at the mouth, which bears a series of irregular lobes or sharp teeth. The spherical capsule is essentially like that of a Fossombronia and splits irregularly at maturity. Spores are abundant in the material collected by Miss Young and agree closely with the description and figure of Macvicar.1 They are pale brown at maturity and measure 50-60/* in diameter. The whole sur- face is covered over by a coarse and regular reticulum formed by anastomosing lamellae 6-10/* wide. The meshes are mostly hexagonal and measure 10-16/* across, while the lamellae are darker on their edges and very minutely crenulate. The elaters have blunt ends and most of them are narrow, measuring 10-14 M in diameter; occasional elaters, however, are much broader. It will be seen that the spores are strikingly like those of Fossombronia angulosa Raddi. 6. Nardia fossombronioides (Aust.) Lindb. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 530. 1875. Jungermannia fossombronioides Aust. Proc. Acad. Philadelphia for 1869: 220. [Text figs. 1-7.] New Jersey: On rocks along a rivulet, near Closter, C. F. Austin , dis- tributed in Hep. Bor.-Amer. 32, as Jungermannia fossombronioides; Englewood, M. A. Howe. West Virginia: near Burnt House, /. L. Sheldon 4226, 4233 in part, mixed with N. crenuliformis (Aust.) Lindb. Illinois: Canton, J. Wolf 30. The range of this interesting species is still incompletely known, and these are the only stations which can be cited with certainty. The specimens from Macon, Georgia, distributed under this name in Underwood & Cook’s Hep. Amer. 39, are sterile and doubtful. In Austin’s original description of this rare species he emphasized its most distinctive feature, the “large, subcampanulate and multi-plicate perianth.” 1 Organogr. der Pfl. ed. 2, /. 533. 1915. 2 Student’s Handb. British Hep. 79. /. 3. 1912. — • 6o — He called attention further to its deeply laciniate mouth and to the fact that it was “highly connate” with the bracts. In transferring the species to the genus Nardia, Lindberg was so impressed with the peculiarities of the perianth Figs. 1-3. Plants with perianths and perigonial bracts, XiS- Figs. 4, 5. Innermost perichaetial bracts from a single inflorescence, X15. Fig. 6. Mouth of perianth from the same inflorescence, X 15- Fig. 7. Mouth of perianth from another inflorescence, X15. The figures were all drawn from specimens collected near Closter, New Jersey, by C. F. Austin and distributed in Hep. Bor.-Amer. 32, as Jungermannia fossombronioides. The rhizoids are not represented. that he made them the basis for the new section Chascostoma and even suggested that this section might represent a valid genus. He noted the paroicous inflor- escence of the species, the presence of long flagella or stolons and the absence — 6i — of underleaves. Schiffner also was impressed by the features of the perianth, although he still retained Chascostoma (with a question mark) among the sub- genera of Nardia.1 In Figs. 1-3 more or less characteristic perianths are shown and in Figs. 6 and 7 the upper parts of two other perianths are represented, dissected off and spread out flat. The figures indicate that the perianth is a somewhat variable organ. In most cases the apical lobes or laciniae are irregular in number, size and shape. They tend to flare out a good deal and are frequently revolute, but sometimes they are suberect or even involute, thus partially closing the mouth. In many cases the perianths are incompletely or abnormally formed. A lobe, for example, instead of meeting the next lobe directly, may extend down the outer surface of the perianth for a considerable distance in the form of a free lamella. Austin described the margins of the laciniae as entire. As a mat- ter of fact the marginal cells usually project as vague crenulations, and some- times minute and irregular teeth are present. The cells of the perianth vary considerably, although elongated cells are usually present somewhere. Even at the mouth the cells are often isodiametric, an unusual condition in the genus Nardia, but this feature is inconstant and the marginal cells are sometimes elong- ated. In the writer’s opinion the features of the perianth in N. fossombronoides have perhaps been over-estimated as a sectional or subgeneric character, but they certainly form an excellent basis for separating the species from its allies. Passing now to the vegetative organs the resemblance between N. fossom- bronioides and the northern N. obovata (Nees) Lindb. is striking. The plants are of about the same size, they are both distinguished by the presence of purple rhizoids and long stolons, the branching in both is intercalary, and both (so far as observed) show a complete lack of subfloral innovations. The leaves, moreover, are of about the same shape and spread in about the same way, while the leaf-cells are characterized by small but distinct trigones. Even the meas- urements of the leaf-cells yield no differences. In N. fossombronioides the mar- ginal cells average about 23 n and the median about 36X31^) these measurements coming well within the extremes found in the more variable N. obovata. There are, however, a few differences even in the vegetative organs. In iV. obovata the rhizoids rarely extend to the vicinity of the apex, owing to the fact that only the older parts of the stem are prostrate; they show furthermore no ten- dency to form a ventral longitudinal strand; and the cuticle of the leaves is usually striolate-verruculose, at least in part. In N. fossombronioides, on the other hand, rhizoids extend close to the apical region; they often show a tendency to form a ventral longitudinal strand; and the cuticle of the leaves is smooth. Although the inflorescence is normally paroicous in N. fossombronioides (as noted by Lindberg) a plant will sometimes give rise to a series of male bracts and then continue its growth vegetatively. In normal cases the number of male bracts formed is from three to six pairs, which is somewhat in excess of the number found in N. obovata. The bracts usually spread widely from a basal sac, and the apical portion is sometimes slightly reflexed. Even the bracts next 1 Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. I3: 79. 1893. 62 — to the perianth usually enclose antheridia, although the innermost bract on one side may be free from them. The perigynium, even when fertilization has taken place, is exceedingly shallow, thus differing from N. obovata, and it is rare for more than one bract to be borne on it. The material at the disposal of the writer has been insufficient for the study of mature capsules, and these are not described in the published accounts beyond the fact that they are oval. A section cut through the stalk of a young sporo- phyte shows a somewhat more complex condition than in N. obovata; the outer- most row is composed of twenty-four cells, the second of eighteen, and the inner- most cells, which form an irregular group, number eleven. These numbers are high for the genus Nardia but in all probability a good deal of variation would be found if numerous sporophytes were compared. Another paroicous Nardia , N. Geoscyphus (De Not.) Lindb., has been found in New Jersey, but there is little danger of confusing it with N .fossombronioides, on account of the fact that some of its leaves are retuse at the apex or even dis- tinctly bilobed. It is further distinguished by an occasional terminal branching, giving rise to an apparent dichotomy; by small underleaves, distinct in the apical portion; and often, in the case of fertile plants, by a short bulbous perigynium. 7. Nardia rubra (Gottsche) comb. nov. Jungermannia rubra Gottsche; Bolander, California Med. Gaz. 1870: 184 (nomen nudum); Underwood, Bot. Gaz. 13: 1 13. pi. 4. 1888. [Plate II, figs. 1-7.] British Columbia: Ucluelet, J. Macoun 33, 35, 72; Hastings, J. Macoun 208, 1245; Stanley Park, Vancouver, J. Macoun 118, 119; Goldstream, Van- couver Island, J. Macoun 21. Washington: Renton, T. C. Frye 22; Seattle, T. C. Frye 1, C. V Piper 101 (also distributed, under a manuscript name, in Underwood & Cook’s Hep. Amer. i6g)\ Ilwaco, T. C. Frye 2066, 2068; near Cathlamet, A. S. Foster 312; Houghton, T. C. Frye 590; Tacoma, J. B. Flett; Aberdeen, A . S. Foster 950; Pacific Beach and vicinity, A . S. Foster I44Y, 1496; above Hoquiam, A . 5. Foster 759; Bainbridge, A. S. Foster 1959; Montesano, J. M. Grant 2035, 2040. California: Without definite locality, H. N. Bolander; Santa Cruz, W. G. Fallow; Santa Cruz Mountains, L. M. Underwood (distributed, as N. crenulata , in Hep. Amer. 200 ) ; near Lake San Andreas, San Mateo County, M. A . Howe 44; Cazadero, Sonoma County, M. A . Howe 1226. Many of these specimens have been recorded elsewhere under the name N. crenulata (Sm.) Lindb. According to the information at hand, N. crenulata is restricted in North America to the eastern part. Stephani reports it from Greenland, but the writer has seen no specimens from farther north than Prince Edward Island and Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia. Toward the south it increases in frequency, becoming one of the commonest species in southern New England and New York. The southernmost specimens examined came from Alabama and the westernmost from West Virginia, but records from Ohio are available. The species has a wide distribution in Europe, and Stephani lists it from Japan. N. rubra , on the other hand, seems to be confined to the Pacific 63 — Coast region of North America. Both species grow on sandy or clayey banks, often along roadsides, and N. rubra is sometimes found on friable sandstone. The species was named by Gottsche many years ago and was based on specimens collected by Bolander “on metamorphic sandstone” at Mendocino City, California. It was not published by its author but remained a manuscript species, except for its inclusion in Bolander ’s catalogue of San Francisco plants, until 1888, when Underwood had Gottsche’s original figures reproduced, supply- ing them with a short diagnosis. He was able to add a second station, “cliffs by the sea, Santa Cruz, California, where the plant had been found by Farlow. In 1891 it was still listed as a valid California species by Underwood,1 but in 1899 it was included by Howe2 among the synonyms of N. crenulata. In adopt- ing this course he states that “the Californian forms mostly agree with Gottsche’s Jungermannia rubra , founded on a specimen collected ... by Dr. Bolander, but Jungermannia rubra seems to us not to differ in any structural characters from the European conditions of Nardia crenulata which have at times been known as Jungermannia gracillinia and J. Genthiana .” Howe’s views have been accepted by subsequent writers, and N. crenulata has been recorded not only from California but also from Washington and British Columbia.3 In studying a large series of specimens from the Pacific Coast region, which had been determined as N. crenulata, the writer was impressed by certain fea- tures which seemed to distinguish them from authentic material of that species coming from Europe and eastern North America. The differences noted are slight and the most important of them attracted the attention of Howe. He regarded them, however, as insufficient to serve as a basis for specific separation, especially when the great variability of N. crenulata was taken into account. The Pacific Coast plants are likewise very variable, and certain forms occur which are distinguished with difficulty from certain forms of N. crenulata. At the same time the agreement is between poorly developed forms, rather than between robust forms, and the range of variability shown by the Pacific Coast series is different from that of the authentic N. crenulata. In view of these facts the writer suggests that Gottsche’s Jungermannia rubra be reinstated as a species, under the name Nardia rubra , even if many writers would regard it as nothing more than a “small” species. The numerous European forms of N. crenulata have been carefully studied by European botanists and especially by Schiffner,4 but the views regarding them and their nomenclatorial status are still very much at variance. Schiffner recognizes the following varieties, in addition to the typical form of the species: gracillima (Sm.) Lindb., cristulata (Dum.) Schiffn., turfosa (Warnst.) Schiffn., subaquatica Schiffn., inundata (Husnot) Schiffn., and exundata (Husnot) Schiffn. The last four of these varieties are aquatic or subaquatic in habit. He regards 1 Zoe 1: 365. 1891. 2 Mem. Torrey Club 7 : 94. 1899. 3 See Miss Haynes, Bryologist 12: 67. 1909; and Macoun, Cat. Canadian PI. 7: 13. 1902. 4 Verhandl. der K. K. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien 53:410-418. 1904; Lotos 58: 271. T9io. — 65 — var. cristulata as a possible subspecies, on account of the fact that its distinctive features seem to be hereditary. Miiller1 accords varietal rank to the var. cristu- lata but reduces the var. gracillima to a form and groups the vars. turfosa, sub- aquatica and inundata under the forma elatior Gottsche, as mere synonyms. According to Loeske2 the var. gracillima , although apparently only a biological “Kleinform” of Eucalyx crenulata (as he calls it), adapted to hard and bare foot- paths, occurs nevertheless so independently in the Harz Mountains and other localities that he gives it specific rank under the name E. gracillima. He sug- gests, moreover, that his E. gracillima may represent the original species, from which E. crenulata has been derived. Warnstorf seems to be even surer that the var. turfosa is not an aquatic form of N. crenulata. According to his last-expressed opinion3 it is a distinct species, which he designates Haplozia turfosa Warnst. Of Schiffner’s six varieties the only one which is certainly known from North America is the var. gracillima. This sometimes occurs in pure mats, just as it does in Europe, and sometimes in admixture with the typical form of the species. Under the latter circumstances it presents the appearance of being a juvenile state of the typical form, and this may well be its true explanation. Even if this is the case, however, there may be tw;o closely related races or “small” spe- cies, one which advances beyond the juvenile state and one which does not. This would account for the fact that the var. gracillima evidently occurs by itself in certain regions, to the exclusion of typical N. crenulata. Unfortunately very little is known at the present time about the effects produced on the Hepat- icae by modifications of the environment, so that the various problems raised by var. gracillima and by the other varieties of N. crenulata must still await solution. As Howe has pointed out the Californian forms of N. rubra resemble the var. gracillima rather than typical N. crenulata. The leaves almost always lack enlarged marginal cells, and the leaf-cells throughout are essentially the same in structure. This condition tends to persist, even in the most robust forms, but the marginal cells then acquire characteristics unlike those found in robust forms of N. crenulata. In order , to make these points clear the struc- ture of the leaves in the two species will be considered at some length, even at the risk of repeating well-known facts. In iV. crenulata the leaf-cells and their walls have been variously described by writers. According to Schiffner the walls, both in the typical form and in the var. cristulata , are almost uniformly thickened throughout, and he uses this feature in separating critical forms of the species from N. hyalina (Lyell.) Carringt., where trigones are invariably present. According to Muller the walls are thin and trigones are either slightly developed or absent altogether. According to Hesselbo,4 who discusses Icelandic forms, plants which are “low” 1 Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Flora 6: 542. 1909. 2 Hedwigia 49: 9. 1910. 3 Kryptogamenfl. der Mark Brandenburg 2: in 3. 1906. 4 Rosenvinge & Warming, Bot. Iceland 1: 410. 1918. — 66 — and “reddish-brown” have cells which are “especially distinctly collenchymatous, while the more vigorous green forms .... have thin-walled cells which are indistinctly collenchymatous.” The writer has found the following conditions in typical forms of the species, such as th£ specimens from the vicinity of Berlin, collected by Osterwald and distributed by Schiffner (Hep. Europ. Exsic. 57), or the specimens from Nova Scotia, collected by Nichols (No. 1376). The marginal row of cells is distinct all the way round (except at the very base) and in the apical portion (Plate II, fig. 8) stands in especially sharp contrast to the cells just within; toward the base the contrast becomes less striking. The cells average about 40,11 in both radial and tangential dimensions, but the latter often vary between 30 and 50,11. The outer walls are sometimes 8,u thick; the radial walls appear almost as thick (as the figure shows), but careful focusing shows a large thin place in each; the inner walls are somewhat less thickened and present the appearance of having large pointed trigones with concave sides. The cells just within the marginal cells average only 20^ in diameter and are therefore only a quarter the size of the marginal cells in surface extent. Their walls (except those common to the marginal cells) are very slightly thickened, and it is often difficult to say whether trigones are present or not; even in extreme cases the trigones are minute with strongly concave sides. Toward the base of the leaf the cells gradually increase in size and especially in length, the median cells measuring about 40X28,11; their walls are even thinner than those of the submarginal cells, and their trigones, although no larger, appear somewhat more distinct. The cuticle is everywhere verruculose or striolate-verruculose. In the var. gracillima , as represented by specimens collected in the Vosges Mountains by Muller and distributed by Schiffner (Hep. Europ. Exsic. 361), the conditions are very different (Plate II, fig. 9). There is no contrast, either in size or structure, between the marginal and submarginal cells, both averaging about 22/j, in diameter; toward the base the cells become longer but scarcely wider, the median cells averaging about 29X22,1*. The walls are everywhere slightly thickened but minute trigones with concave sides can often be demon- strated; the cuticle is smooth or nearly so throughout. Under certain circumstances the more “collenchymatous” appearance noted by Hesselbo presents itself. The specimens collected by Underwood at Auburn, Alabama, and distributed by Miss Haynes (Amer. Hepat. 61) represent this condition. According to the label they were found “on rocks in a ravine,” but the rocks were either covered with earth or much disintegrated, because the substratum of the plants is in the form of minute granules loosely held together. The plants are small and deeply pigmented and seem to have grown in an exposed locality. Their leaves are distinctly bordered, just as in the typical form, but the contrast in size between the marginal and submarginal cells is somewhat less, the marginal cells averaging only 3 2/j, in diameter and the submarginal i8ju. The smaller size of the marginal cells may be associated with the fact that the leaves themselves are distinctly smaller than in the usual form of the species. With regard to the cell-walls the marginal cells present no aberrant features, — 67 — but the other cells have thicker walls than usual and the trigones are distinctly larger. Even here, however, the trigones run out to acute points and have con- cave sides, so that the boundaries between the trigones and the thinner parts of the wall are not distinct. The conditions found in N. rubra may now be considered. In what may be regarded as the typical form of the species, such as the material collected at Renton, Washington, by Frye (No. 22 ), the leaves appear bordered (Plate II, fig. 7), but the marginal cells are distinguished less by their size than by the peculiarities of their walls. According to a series of measurements the marginal cells average 24/* in width and the submarginal 22/z; toward the base the usual increase in size is apparent but is more gradual and less marked than in typical N. crenulata, the median cells averaging about 30X25/*. The walls of the mar- ginal cells are thickened, much as in N. crenulata , and thin places can be dis- tinguished in the radial and inner walls, leaving large and sometimes confluent trigones; but the latter usually show straight or convex sides. The trigones are somewhat smaller along the inner walls of the submarginal cells, becoming still smaller farther inward, and yet they are distinct almost everywhere, and their sides often bulge strongly. They are thus distinctly bounded off from the thin places and differ in this respect from the trigones of the Alabama N. crenulata. The cuticle is striolate-verruculose and thus offers no points of distinction. In a specimen collected by Macoun at Hastings, British Columbia (No. 1245) the measurements of the marginal and submarginal cells are about the same as in the Washington specimen, but the thickenings of the wall are less pro- nounced. Even here, however, the trigones are distinct and sometimes show convex sides. In Underwood’s specimens from California (Hep. Amer. 200) another type of variation is to be observed. Both the marginal and submarginal cells are a little larger, averaging respectively 30 and 27/*, while the median cells measure about 32X24/*. In some of the leaves the trigones are just as distinct as in the Washington specimen, but in many of the older leaves they have be- come obscured by the deposition of additional layers of thickening. This con- dition is by no means confined to Californian specimens. It occurs also in a plant collected by Macoun at Ucluelet, British Columbia (No. 72), where it seems to be associated with a pigmentation of the wall. It will be seen from this account that the leaves of the more robust and typical forms of N. rubra are distinguished by very slightly enlarged marginal cells and by distinct trigones usually with bulging sides. In the typical form of N. crenulata , on the other hand, the leaves are distinguished by greatly en- larged marginal cells and by minute and often poorly defined trigones, usually with concave sides. If these distinct features are regarded as culminating con- ditions, they may well serve as the basis for a specific separation, even if poorly developed forms sometimes approach each other closely. Aside from the differences in the leaf-cells there are certain differences in habit and in the disposition of the leaves on the stem, which deserve a few words of comment. In N. crenulata the stems usually cling very closely to the sub- stratum, and rhizoids are found close to the growing tips; in N. rubra the older — 68 — parts of the stem often cling closely, but the younger parts tend to be ascending or suberect, so that no rhizoids are to be found in the vicinity of the tips. Some- times, especially in the case of slender branches with distant leaves, this con- dition is intensified and the axis will be free from rhizoids as far back as the sixth pair of leaves or even farther. As Howe has pointed out, “the leaves are some- times slightly more decurrent ” in N. rubra than in European forms of N. crenu- lata. This appearance of greater decurrence is due in part to the fact that the lines of leaf-attachment are often less oblique in N. rubra and might even be described as subtransverse in certain cases (as in Fig. 4), if the decurrent por- tions were left out of account. From these lines of attachment the leaves usually spread widely, but owing to their strong concavity they often present the appear- ance of clasping the stem (see Figs. 1-3). In N. crenulata these conditions are scarcely apparent. The leaves are not only more obliquely attached but they are less concave and spread less widely, so that the whole shoot often appears laterally compressed. In the male bracts of N . rubra, as would be expected, the appearance of clasping is especially pronounced (Figs. 5 and 6), but the bracts still spread distinctly from the axis. In N. crenulata, as shown clearly by Muller, the degree of spreading is less and the appearance of lateral com- pression, -already noted in the vegetative shoots, is still to be found. The bracts of N. crenulata are further distinguished by their revolute margins, a condition not found in N. rubra. Muller notes the fact that the male plants of N. crenu- lata appear more delicate than the female. In N. rubra the male plants are often fully as robust as the female, but exceedingly slender individuals some- times occur, one of which is shown in Fig. 6. Aside from the small size of the leaves and bracts these slender plants show few distinctive features. In both N. crenulata and N. rubra very shallow perigynia are- developed and the perianths are essentially alike. The latter organs (Figs. 1-4) are nar- rowly to broadly ovate or obovate in outline and are sometimes laterally com- pressed. In the upper part four distinct folds are commonly present. At the contracted mouth a short beak may or may not be developed. The cells of the perianth are elongated in the region of the mouth, those bounding the open- ing projecting as crenulations or very short cilia. On the inner surface some of the cells often project slightly in the same way. The sporophytes apparently yield no differential characters. According to Douin1 the structure of the stalk is very uniform in N. crenulata, showing (in cross section) three concentric rows of cells, the outermost composed of sixteen, the second of eight, and the innermost of four. Muller gives sixteen to eighteen cells for the outermost row and eight to twelve for the second, so that the num- bers are evidently more variable than Douin implies. In a section cut from a stalk of N. rubra (Cathlamet, Washington, Foster 512), the outermost row showed nineteen cells, the second nine, and the innermost six, numbers which indicate a similar variability. The cells of the capsule valves have been measured in both species and are essentially alike, those of the outer layer averaging about 1 Bull. Soc. Bot. France 50: 369. pi. 6,f. 8. 1908. — 69 — 27 X 2 i*i, while those of the inner layer measure 30-60*1 in length and 9-13*1 in width. The spores and elaters are likewise very similar in the two species. 8. Nardia subelliptica Lindb. Meddel. Soc. F. et FI. Fenn. 9: 182. 1883; Kaalaas, Nyt Mag. f. Naturv. 33: 386. 1893. Eucalyx subellipticus Breidler, Mitt. Naturw. Ver. Steiermark 30: 291 1893. [Text figs. 8-15.] Collected in the summer of 1915 at the following two stations on Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia, by G. E. Nichols: valley of the Barrasois (Nos. 1269 & 1478)-, mountains west of Ingonish (No. 1725). These specimens have already been reported by their collector under the name N. obovata.1 The present species was based on material collected by its author at Bleseback near Kongs- vold, Dovre, Norway. Breidler extended its known range by recording it from several localities in Styria, and it is now known in addition from Germany (Harz Mountains and Bavaria), the Voralberg, Switzerland, Tirol, Lower Austria, France, Italy, Scotland, the Faroe Islands and Iceland. It grows on damp or wet rocks and prefers relatively high altitudes, except in the northern part of its range. When Lindberg first proposed N. subelliptica he compared it with slender forms of Jungermannia pumila With., but pronounced it a true Nardia, most closely allied to N . obovata. Its relationship to N. obovata is indeed so close that certain European writers refuse to recognize its validity altogether, while others regard it as a “small” species. The latter view is held by Muller, accord- ing to whom it is distinguished from N. obovata by its small size and yellowish green color and also by differences in the shape of the leaves and in the cuticle of the cells. He describes the leaves of N. subelliptica as elliptical from an almost transverse base and the cuticle as smooth or minutely verruculose (“punkt- formig papillos”), while he states that the leaves of N. obovata are broadly ovate to circular and that the cuticle is covered with distinct linear warts. One reason which he gives for recognizing the species is that N. subelliptica and N. obovata seem never to occur in the same locality. This mutual exclusion was first noted by Schiffner2 but is not absolutely constant; both species are known to occur, fairly close together, in France, in the Faroe Islands and also in Nova Scotia. In both N. obovata and N. subelliptica the following characters are present: a cespitose habit; intercalary branches, some of them differentiated as stolons; numerous rhizoids, usually more or less pigmented with purple; entire leaves, rounded at the apex; leaf cells of about the same size with distinct trigones and a more or less striolate-verruculose cuticle; a paroicous inflorescence; a well- developed perigynium; and a short plicate perianth, contracted but not rostrate at the mouth. Although N. subelliptica seems to be invariably small, the difference in size which Muller emphasizes is not always present, since forms of N. obovata sometimes occur as small as N. subelliptica. The differences in color are like- wise to be used with caution. Although N. subelliptica is usually yellowish 1 Bryologist 19: 41. 1916. 2Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 58: 4. 1908. — 70 — green, a purplish pigmentation is sometimes present in the stems and leaves and may be fairly extensive. The differences in the cuticle are of even less impor- tance. The differences in the form and disposition of the leaves, however, are Figs. 8, 9. Plants with perianths and perigonial bracts, dorsal view, Fig. 9 showing also a stolon, 15. Fig. 10. Sterile plant, dorsal view, X 15- Fig. 11. Cells from the middle of a leaf, X265. Fig. 12. Marginal cells of the same leaf, X265. Fig. 13. Longitudinal section of a young sporophyte and surrounding parts, X25. Fig. 14. Transverse section of the stalk of a young sporophyte, X200. Fig. 15. Cells from the mouth of a perianth, X200. The figures were all drawn from specimens collected in the mountains west of Ingonish, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia, by G. E. Nichols, No. 1725. The rhizoids and the verruculae of the leaf cells are not represented. often very striking. In N. subelliptica the leaves are especially characteristic on sterile stems, like the one shown in Fig. 10. It will be noted that the lines of attachment, as Muller states, are almost transverse, that the basal parts of — 7 the leaves are strongly concave and spread obliquely, and that the apical parts tend to spread more widely. This lends the shoot a distinctly squarrose appear- ance. In spite of the fact that N. subelliptica is normally paroicous, Schiffner noted the occasional presence of purely male branches in specimens which he collected near Hall in Tirol and distributed in his exsiccatae (Hep. Europ. Exsic. 376 ), and similar branches occur in some of the Cape Breton material (No. 1478). In normal cases three or four pairs of perigonial bracts are usually developed, followed by one or two pairs of perichaetial bracts. In N. obovata the number of perigonial bracts is usually reduced to two or three pairs. The bracts of N. subelliptica are at first imbricated (Fig. 9) but tend to become separated later (Fig. 8). They are saccate at the base, and the keel is strongly arched in the lower part. The dorsal indexed portion is usually nearly or quite as large as the rest of the leaf, so that the bracts present the appearance of being sub- equally complicate-bilobed. In the upper half the bracts often spread widely. The perichaetial bracts clasp the perianth (or perigynium) closely. They re- semble the perigonial bracts in most respects but are less saccate at the base. Usually the innermost bracts are suberect, and this will often serve to distinguish them from the widely spreading bracts of N. obovata; but sometimes, unfortu- nately, the innermost bracts (as in the Tyrolese specimens distributed by Schiff- ner under No. 377) are just as squarrose as in N. obovata, so that this distinction is not always available. Sub floral innovations have been observed with considerable frequency, not only in European material but also in the Nova Scotian. They are usually sterile for a while but sometimes give rise to inflorescences while still very short. It has already been noted (under N. fossombronioides ) that subfloral innovations are either very rare in N. obovata or absent altogether. The perigynium in N. subelliptica is unusually deep and often exceeds the perianth in length (Fig. 13). The latter organ, which projects slightly beyond the bracts, is delicate and com- posed throughout of elongated cells. It is plicate in the upper part, and the cells bounding the opening project as crenulations or short cilia (Fig. 15). Some- times small groups of marginal cells project as vague and irregular teeth, but this appearance is much less marked than in N. obovata. According to Muller the stalk of the capsule shows three concentric rows of cells in cross-section, the outermost composed of sixteen cells, the second of eight, and the innermost of four. This statement is confirmed by a section cut from Nova Scotia material (Fig. 14), but more sections would be necessary to prove that these numbers are constant. The cells of the capsule-wall are essen- tially like those of N. obovata. Another species which should be compared with N. subelliptica is the re- cently described N. obscura Evans, known at present only from New England and New York. This species is somewhat more robust and usually much more deeply pigmented than N. subelliptica and is distinguished at once by its dioicous inflorescence. The leaves, moreover, are relatively broader and the perianth is distinctly shorter than the bracts. In other respects the species are much alike. — 72 — 9. Porella Cordaeana (Hiiben.) comb. nov. Jungermannia Cordaeana Hiiben. Hepat. Germ. 291. 1834. Madotheca Cordaeana Dumort, Recueil d’ Obs. sur les Jung. 11. 1835. M. rivularis Nees, Naturg. Europ. Leberm. 3: 196. 1838. Porella dentata Lindb. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 9: 342. 1869. P. rivularis Trevis. Mem. 1st. Lombardo III. 4: 407. 1877. Madotheca dentata Massal. Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1904: 38. M. lamelliflora Steph. Sp. Hepat. 4: 250. 1910. A few years ago Miiller1 demonstrated the fact that Jungermannia Cor- daeana Hiiben. was the oldest valid name for the present species. He conse- quently revived for it the name Madotheca Cordaeana (Hiiben.) Dumort. For those who maintain the Linnaean genus Porella , in place of the much later Ma- dotheca, the above new combination becomes necessary. The writer2 has pointed out the distinctive features of P. Cordaeana, in connection with a discussion of P. platyphylla (L.) Lindb., and has shown that it is confined, in North America, to the western part of the continent. Specimens have been examined from Alaska, British Columbia, Washington, California, Idaho and Montana. 10. Leptocolea cardiocarpa (Mont.) Evans, Bull. Torrey Club 38: 268. pL 12, f. 1-3. 1911. Lejeunea cardiocarpa Mont.; Ramon de la Sagra, Hist. Cuba 9: 476. pi. 18, f 4. 1845. Collected in 1918, in the vicinity of Sanford, Florida, by S. Rapp (Nos. Q2 & 93). New to the United States but widely distributed in the American tropics. In the last paper of this series the number of Lejeuneae definitely known from Florida was estimated as thirty-eight. Last year the writer3 was able to report the six following species, all collected by Rapp in the vicinity of Sanford: Cololejeunea contractiloba, Lejeunea cladogyna, L. longifissa, Recto- lejeunea Maxonii, Euosmolejeunea parvula, and Ptychocoleus heterophyllus. These, together with the Leptocolea just reported, increase the total number of Florida Lejeuneae to forty-five. The most important distinctions between Leptocolea cardiocarpa and the closely related L. Jooriana (Aust.) Evans are found in the male inflorescence. L. cardiocarpa is an autoicous species and the male bracts occupy a more or less elongated branch, each bract bearing as a rule two antheridia. L. Jooriana, on the other hand, is paroicous and the male bracts, which are usually monan- drous, are situated close to the perianth. In other respects the species agree closely. Sheffield Scientific School, Yale University. Explanation of Plate II Nardia rubra (Gottsche) Evans Figs. 1-3. Plants with perianths, dorsal view, 15. Fig. 4. Plant with perianth, lateral view, X15. ’Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 62: 585. 1915. 2 Rhodora 18: 106-109. 1916. 3 Am. Jour. Bot. 5: 131-150. 1918. — 73 — Figs. 5, 6. Male plants, mostly in dorsal view, X15. Fig. 7. Cells from the apex of a stem-leaf, X265. Fig. 1 was drawn from a specimen collected above Hoquiam, Washington, by A. S. Foster, No. 759; Fig. 2 from a specimen collected at Pacific Beach, Washington, by the same collector; and the remaining figures from specimens collected at Renton, Washington, by T. C. Frye, No. 22. The rhizoids are not represented. Nardia crenulata (Sm.) Lindb. Fig. 8. Cells from the apex of a stem-leaf, X265. . Drawn from a specimen collected in the valley of the Barrasois, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia, by G. E. Nichols, No. 1376. Nardia crenulata gracillima (Sm.) Lindb. Fig. 9. Cells from the apex of a stem-leaf, X265. Drawn from a specimen collected near Herlisheim in the Vosges Mountains, by C. Muller, and distributed in Schiffner’s Hep. Eur. Exsic. 361. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES Eocronartium muscicola, a fungus parasitic on moss.— Fitzpatrick1 has recently published a detailed account of the life history and parasitism of this fungus, giving also some natural sized photographs of Climacium americanum bearing the mature fungus. Probably some of our readers have noticed this fungus as it occurs on a considerable number of species of mosses: the author obtained most of his material from Climacium americanum , but he finds that it has been collected also on Anomodon rostratus, Leskea obscura, L. polyantha, Thuidium delicatulum, T. minutulum, Amblystegium serpens , A. varium, A . ripar- ium, Brachythecium oxycladon, Climacium dendroides, C. Kindbergii, Entodon seductrix, Hypnum chrysophyllum, Plagiothecium Muellerianum, and Pylaisia intricata. It is interesting to note that the hosts, thus far reported, are all mem- bers of the two closely related families Leskeaceae and Hypnaceae. The mycelium of the fungus persists perennially in the moss, growing up through the stems and leaves as the new shoots develop, matting together the leaves and enveloping the growing point, and eventually forming a slender club- shaped or cylindrical, usually unbranched structure often with a somewhat enlarged base, and in larger mosses, like Climacium , sometimes reaching a length of 6 cm., commonly about 2 cm. The author publishes the name Eocronartium' muscicola (Fries) Fitzpatrick, synonyms being E. typhuloides and E. muscigena; the name muscicola having also been placed under the genera Clavaria, Pistillaria, and Typhula by various authors. As to the origin of the rust fungi the suggestion is made by the author: “Admitting that the rust fungi on ferns constitute a primitive type, it is carrying the argument only one step farther to suggest that the ancestors of these forms occurred on mosses. The Uredinales probably arose from forms similar to those now embraced in the Auriculariaceae, their high degree of speciali- 1 Fitzpatrick, Harry N. The Life History and Parasitism of Eocronartium muscicola. Phy- topathology 8: 197-218. May, 1918. — 74 — zation having resulted from their parasitic habit. The existence of a number of parasitic species of Auriculariaceae on mosses, and the presence in Eocronartium muscicola of a highly developed obligate parasitism suggest the origin of the Uredinales from this group.” We may thus have to watch some of the phytopathologists who are on the trail of the barberry bushes that they do not attempt to even up an old score on our mosses! O. E. J. Boissier Herbarium goes to the University of Geneva. — We learn from the Kew Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information (1918: 126) that the herbarium of the late E. Boissier and the accompanying library have been presented to the Botanical Institute of the University of Geneva, and that the present curator, Mr. Beauverd, will continue in office, accompanying the herbarium to its new location. Schistostega osmundaceae, the Luminous Moss. — From a review by Dr. J. M. Coulter (Bot. Gaz. 67: 278-279. March, 1919) we learn of studies by Tod A1 on material of this interesting moss obtained from a cave in Japan. He found that the protonema can live for 7 months without producing a leafy shoot. The “chromatophores” scattered in a day in light and turned towards light in a changed direction in 7-10 days. White, blue, and violet light were the most favorable. The spores germinated in a month at about 60-77° Fahr., the leafy shoot died at about zero Fahrenheit, but the protonema could live at -50 and the optimum temperature for the leafy shoot was about 60-77° Fahr. O. E. J. Bryophytes and Lichens on Fell-Fields. — Dr. John W. Harshberger (Alpine Fell-Fields of Eastern North America. Geographical Review 7: 233-255. April, 1919) defines a fell-field as “a rocky flat or plateau, situated in arctic or subarctic regions or on the alpine summits of mountains in northern as well as southern latitudes. The soil of a fell-field is not continuous but is broken by stones, rocks, boulders, rocky slabs, or outcropping ledges into pockets, crannies, or small areas circumscribed by the scattered or projecting rocks. Hence the surface of a fell-field is never completely covered with plants. Between the scattered patches of vegetation we see bare, pebbly, stony, sandy, or clayey soil usually devoid of humus in the ordinary acceptance of that term as meaning the organic material of the soil.” Warming has stated the characteristic feature of fell-field vegetation to be the dwarfishness of the plants and the poverty of individuals covering the bare surface. Cryptogams, such as lichens and mosses, are abundant and there are usually a goodly number of species represented. The seed plants are mainly of the cushion or tufted type, with strong perennial tap-roots, and such shrubs as appear are usually evergreen. Harshberger describes from Kruuse’s 1Toda, Viscount Ya umochi. Physiological studies on Schistostega osmundacea (Dicks.) Mohr. Jour. Coll. Sci. Tokyo 40: no. 5. pp. 30, pis. 2. 1918. — 75 — account1 the fell-fields in eastern Greenland, mentions also those of Iceland,2 of South America, and of the European Alps, and then gives in considerable detail the results of his own observations on the fell-fields of some of the higher peaks of the eastern part of the United States. On Mt. Marcy, in the Adirondacks: “The fell-field occupies the immediate summit and roughly covers several acres of rocky ground. . . . On this circumscribed alpine fell-field of Mt. Marcy grow several interesting lichens. The soil-inhabiting ones are Tham- nolia vermicularis with its white, frequently curled, quill-like thalli. The rounded cushions of the reindeer lichen, Cladonia rangiferina, are found; as is also Iceland moss, Cetraria islandica. The alpine club moss, Lycopodium Selago, is a fell- field plant; as also are such flowering plants as Arenaria groenlandica, Potentilla tridentata, Cornus canadensis , Vaccinium pennsylvanicum var. angustifolium, Nabalus Boottii, and Ledum groenlandicum. In the lee of rock ledges Diapensia lapponica was found growing in its characteristic cushion-form. Salix uva-ursi is a dwarf prostrate willow. The alpine rattlebox, Rhinanthus crista-galli, was found in flower at the summit, along with other plants which live protected in the soil pockets on rock ledges or in the crannies and crevices of the rough angular boulders or slabs of crystalline rock which lie in confusion on the dome-shaped top. Photographs of Mt. Whiteface (4,872 feet), 16 miles north of Mt. Marcy, show similar conditions of fell-field, while Giant Mountain (4,622 feet) is not bare at the summit except where shelving rocks occur.” On Mt. Katahdin3 Harshberger says, in part: “The slopes south from the two chief peaks are covered with loose, angular fragments as far down as the (so-called) tree line. The wind-swept balsam grows in the clefts between the confused, loosely piled blocks. . . . The rocks of this fell-field formation are covered with the crustaceous lichen Lecidea geo - graphica, whose thallus, alternately black and yellow, resembling a colored map, gives them a yellowish-green tone. Other crustaceous lichens begin as small patches and expand into mats and carpets which cover the boulders. Tripe-de- roche, Umbilicaria sp., as a rock lichen, accompanies the preceding form, as also several lithophytic mosses, such as Andreaea petrophila , Rhacomitrium sudeticum, and R. aciculare. The detritus produced by the wash, decay, and disintegration of the rocks, along with the organic remains of lichens and mosses, prepares a soil suitable for the reindeer lichen, Cladonia rangiferina , and Iceland moss, Cetraria islandica. “Accompanying the growth of these lichens, more material is accumulated to form a soil sufficient for the plants which characterize the alpine tundra. Here are such grasses, according to Harvey, as Hierochloe alpina , Agrostis rubra, Des- champsia flexuosa; such sedges as Carex vulgaris hyperborea and rushes as Juncus trifidus, accompanied by mosses such as Mielichhoferia nitida elongata, Poly- trichum commune, P. juniperinum, and P. ohioense. In the ecologic succession of plants on this alpine fell-field, Lycopodium annotinum var. pungens, L. Selago, Arenaria groenlandica, and Potentilla tridentata appear or live side by side with the lichens and mosses above mentioned. This is explained by different summit 1 Kruuse, Chr. Rejser og Botaniske Undersogelser i Ost-Gronland mellem 65° 30' og 67° 20' i Aarne 1898-1902, samt Angmagsalik-Egnens Vegetation. Meddelelser om Gronland 49: 1-304. 1912. 2 Thoroddsen, Th. An Account of the Physical Geography of Iceland, with Special Reference to the Plant Life (the Botany of Iceland. 1:2). 1914. 3 For a detailed account of the hepatics of this mountain see Lorenz, Annie. Notes on the Hepaticae of Mt. Ktaadn. Bryologist 20: 41-46. May, 1917- [Editor.] -76- areas being in a more advanced or more retrograde stage of physiographic and edaphic development. Later the low heaths appear, some growing only when sheltered by some projecting slab of granite. The pioneer heaths are Vaccinium pennsylvanicum var. angustifolium, V. uliginosum , V. Vitis-Idaea , and the cush- ioned Diapensia lapponica. Of less frequency are Ledum latifolium, Arctostaphy - los alpina, Rhododendron lapponicum , Cassiope hypnoides, Loiseleuria procumhens , and Phyllodoce caerulea ( Bryanthus taxifolius) . ’ ’ The fell-fields of the Mt. Washington massif are described at length and illustrated by a number of good pictures, but the mosses and lichens are men- tioned only in a rather general way, the seed plants receiving the more detailed treatment. O. E. Jennings. SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY NOTES Members of the Sullivant Moss Society will be sorry to learn of the death on June 8th last, of Rev. C. H Waddell of Grey Abbey, Ireland, who had been a member of the Society since 1907. A short note from Mrs. Waddell states that her husband had just returned from church when he was stricken without pre- vious illness. The letter states that Mr. Waddell’s botanical collections are to be divided: the mosses going to the Royal College of Science at Dublin, and the flowering plants and lichens to Queen’s University, Belfast. Since the publication of the July Bryologist, Mr. H. Sasaoka, whose ad- dress is 30, Tsukioka, Kaminiikawa, Toyama-ken, Japan, has joined the So- ciety. EXCHANGE DEPARTMENT Offerings — To Society members only. Return postage rather than a stamped envelope, should be sent. Mr. S. Rapp, Sanford, Florida. — Bryum coronatum Schwaegr., collected by Mr. Rapp at Sanford, Florida, May, 1919. Miss Daisy Levy, 403 West 115th St., New York City. — Ptychomitrium incurvum (Schwaegr.) Sull., collected by Miss Levy at Harpers Ferry, West Virginia, summer of 1919. Mr. F. E. McDonald, 417 California Ave., Peoria, 111. — Gymnostomum curvirostre Hedw., c. fr. , collected in Illinois, where, Mr. McDonald writes, it is a rare moss. CLUBBING OFFER The following rates are made in connection with Dr Grout for a year’s subscription to the Bryologist, or for membership in the Sullivant Moss Society, if remittance is made at one time, in advance. Moss Flora of N. Y. City and Bryologist, $2.10; with membership, $2.35, Mosses with Handlens, Ed. ii, and Bryologist, $2.75; with membership, $3.00. Mosses with Handlens and Microscope and Bryologist, unbound, $6.25; with membership, $6.50; bound copies, 75c. extra. All remittances and communications should go to Edward B. Chamberi.ain - - 18 West 89th St., New York NEW CHECK LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN HEPATICAE By Miss C. C. Haynes and Dr. A. W. Evans Lists all the 438 species known in 1918 to occur in the United States, Canada, and Arctic America. Printed in form suitable for marking desiderata or exchanges. Prices: jc. each, 25c. per dozen. MISS G. C. HAYNES HIGHLANDS, N. J. BACK NUMBERS OF THE BRYOLOGIST Twenty-five cents each will be paid for copies of the Bryologist, Vol. iii. Nr. 1, Vol. vi. Nr. 2, or Vol. xxi. Nr. 2. EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN 18 West 89th Street NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. LEARN ABOUT GOLDFISH Imported Japanese, Chinese, and American fish, aquatic plants, and all sup- plies for the fish fancier for sale. We make artistic, high grade aquariums suitable for beautiful homes, con- servatories, etc., beautiful and interestiig anywhere. We will make to order any size of aquarium wished for. Descriptive circu- lar for the asking. PIONEER GOLDFISH INDUSTRY RACINE, WISC. THE GUIDE TO NATURE A Magazine of Commonplace Nature with Uncommon Interest Beautifully Illustrated Many New Features “It is all very well to be a specialist, but it is bad to be nothing but a specialist ” —Dean Coulter , Hurdue EDWARD F. BIGELOW, Managing Editor Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single or Sample Copy ioc. THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION ARCADIA SOUND BEACH CONNECTICUT AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL An illustrated quarterly devoted to the general study of ferns. Subscrip- tion, 1919, including membership in THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY, $1.00; or, without membership, 90 cents. Foreign subscriptions, 10 cents a year extra. Volume I, six parts, $2.00; Volumes II to VIII, $1.00 each: the set, eight volumes, $8.50. Send subscriptions or applications for membership to E. J. WINSLOW, Auburndale, Mass. Send matter for publication to R. C. BENEDICT, 3 22 East 19th St., Brooklyn, N. Y. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages about 45 pages and 2 plates. Devoted to botanical contributions of the widest range; morphological, physiological, taxonomic, ecological, and geographical. $4.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news; established 1901. About 20 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Fifteen volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. MEMBERSHIP including publications, $5.00 a year. Address, Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club, BERNARD O. DODGE Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York City VOLUME XXII NUMBER 6 Mg) NOVEMBER, 1919 The BRYOLOG1ST JOURNAL OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY Conducted and Published for the Society by O. E. JENNINGS, Ph D., Editor-in-Chief — - ( FEB ^0192$ Associate Editors . , ABEL JOEL GROUT, Ph D, GEORGE N. BEST, M.D. JOHN M, HOLZINGER, M S ALEXANDER W EVANS, Ph.D. LINCOLN W RIDDLE, Ph D and the Advisory Board Officers of the Society CONTENTS A Short History of Lichenology Charles C. Plitt 77 Mosses of the Cascade Mountains, Washington, Collected by J. A. Allen M , E. Seymour 85 Mosses of Bermuda E . G. Britton 87 Resolutions upon the Loss of the Collections and Library of M. Jules Cardot 87 Sullivant Moss Society Notes 88 Miscellaneous Notes. 89 Exchange Department Entered as second-class matter August 2 1st, 1913, at the Post Office at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, under the Act of March 3, 1879.'' "Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized August 8, 1918 " Copyright, 1919, by Edward B. Chamberlain The September number of T HE BRYOLOGIST was published Nov. 25. 1919 PRESS OF THE INTELLIGENCER PRINTING HOUSE. LANCASTER. PA. The Bryologist Bimonthly Journal of THE SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY DEVOTED MAINLY TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES, HEPATICS, AND LICHENS Subscription in the United States, $1.25 per year; in all other countries, $1.35. Society membership, 25 cents addi- tional. Single copies, 25 cents. Vols. 1-XXI, 1898-1918, $21.50. TEN YEAR INDEX, $i.oo Checks, except New York City, MUST contain io cents extra for collection fee. Manuscripts should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Forms close on the first of the month prior to that of publication. Subscriptions and advertisements should be sent to Dr. O. E. Jennings, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or to Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City. ADVISORY BOARD Officers of the Sullivant Moss Society President — Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, New York Botanical Garden New York City. Vice-President — Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith ... 78 Orange Street Brooklyn , N. Y. Secretary -Treasurer— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . .18 W. 89th Street New York City. Curators of Herbaria — Mr. George B. Kaiser, Mosses , 232 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue, Mount Airy, Pa. ; Miss C. C. Haynes, Hepatics, pro tern., Highlands, N. J.; Mr. C. C. Plitt, Lichens , 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. All material for identification should be sent to the respective curators. All matter relative to offerings should be sent to the Editor, or to the Secretary / >HL.,Y 4 0 THE BRYOLOGIS ***$ & Vol. XXII November, 1919 No. 6. A SHORT HISTORY OF LIGHENOLOGY1 Charles C. Plitt Like the history of most things biological, the history of Lichenology, es- pecially that most worth while, does not date very far back. Due to their little economic value, (especially true of the vast majority of Lichens, and particularly true for those found in the more habitable regions of the world) Lichens had hardly been thought worth while studying. Even Linnaeus dubbed them the “rustici pauperrimi” of vegetation, which has been quite properly translated, the “poor trash” of vegetation.2 Linnaeus, however, was no particular friend of the Cryptogams, and the Lichens, in particular, received very little of his attention. As to the derivation and meaning of the word “lichen, ” there are differences of opinion. According to Lindsay (History of British Lichens), it is derived from \ei%r)V — a warL in allusion to the resemblance of the apothecia of many of the species to a wart. On the other hand Dillen is quoted as stating that the word is derived either from — Latin lingo, to lick up, because the plants can ab- sorb water so readily, or from because of the efficacy of these plants in curing the disease known as The word XscxV appears in Dioscorides, later also in Pliny, but it is not defi- nitely understood what plant is meant; some think that some Marchantia form of Liverwort is meant, and no Lichen; Krempel-huber (Geschichte der Lichen- ologie), however, says that there is no more reason for supposing this, than that a Lichen is what is meant. Several Lichens were no doubt known to the ancients — Vsnea dasypoga, for example, seems to have been known to Aristotle — likewise several furnishing valuable purple dyes are alluded to under various names in Dioscorides, Theo- xThis paper was read at a biological seminary meeting about three years ago. It is here pre- sented, as it was also on the above occasion, for the benefit of such readers who, although inter- ested, in a general way, in Lichens, may not be so much so as to find the time to read, or, perhaps, may not have access to the works treating this subject more elaborately; at the same time, it is hoped that some will have their interests aroused to the study of this most interesting class of plants. 2Schneider, “Guide to the Study of Lichens,” p. 6, or Schneider, “A Text book of General Lichenelogy, ” p. . 8. Both of these books are recommended for those interested in the history of Lichens. The September number of The Bryologist was published November 25, 1919. -78 — phrastus, and Pliny. However, as a class of plants they did not attract much scientific attention, nor did they become the subject of special classification until about the beginning of the 18th century. The ideas of earlier authors concerning them, of course, were very primitive and erroneous. Some believed them excrementitious matter produced by the earth, the rocks or the trees. Some believed that depending upon external media Lichens, Algae, or Fungi might arise, and even animalcules. Another form of belief was that they were merely the result of the decomposition of higher vege- tation. Sprengel speaks of the Lichens as formed of nothing but the vegetable juices, and except here and there, some slight rudiments of a cellulose organiza- tion. Up to the time of Tournefort, 1694, only such forms as were remarkable for their size, their color, or their supposed medicinal virtues received any attention. The abstraction of a purple dye from certain species of Lichens dates far back into history, and must have been quite a profitable industry — to-day, how- ever, it is limited to the abstraction of litmus, cudbear, and orchil. As to their medicinal virtues; it is not surprising that, at a time when people believed in the “doctrine of signatures” — that is, that a plant had stamped upon itself an indication of the purpose for which it is to be used — they believed that Lobaria pulmonaria, which so closely resembles lung tissue, was good for diseases of the lungs; and that Peltigera aphthosa, with the little eruptions all over the thallus, was good for the thrush; and that Xanthoria parietina, that beautiful yel- low lichen, was good for jaundice. To-day, however, Iceland Moss -^Cetraria islandica — is perhaps the only lichen that still is used. It at one time had a pro- minent place in our Materia Medicas, and was one of the articles in the U. S. Pharmacopoea even as late as 1900. Due to the fact that nearly all lichens contain a bitter principle, most dis- agreeable to the taste, they are used as food only in countries where nothing else is likely to grow, and then only in case of famine. The “ manna ” which supplied the Children of Israel during their sojourn in the desert, is generally supposed to be a species of Lecanora — L. esculenta. This lichen, loosely attached, is carried by the wind quite readily, and in countries where it occurs plentifully, is some- times brought in quantity from the mountain sides down into the valleys. The only discovery of especial interest that was made in this long period (that is, from Aristotle to Tournefort), was that of Malpighi, who discovered the . soredia 3; he understood them to be propagative organs, and for that reason con- sidered them true seed. It was Tournefort (1694), who first considered the Lichens as a distinct class of plants; up to his time they were given no definite position in the vege- table kingdom, and were classified variously, as Algae, Fungi, Liverworts, and Mosses. 3The little patches of powdery or mealy substance formed on the upper surface or margin of many lichens. — 79 — Between the time of Tournefort and Linnaeus, we still find that little pro- gress has been made, notwithstanding that the Lichens were receiving a little more attention. Most investigators at this time were interested in the question if the Lichens had flowers, fruit and seed, as in the case of the Phanerogams, whether these parts could be seen or not; that is whether the parts observed on Lichens could be taken as such. Micheli, an Italian botanist, believed the so- redia to be seeds, and the apothecium4, the calyx cup and floral receptacle. He also saw the spores, but took them to be buds. Dillen an English botanist, at first, was going to throw all this aside but, nevertheless, later expressed himself thus: that the soredia were pollen grains, and the apothecia, seed vessels or the seed itself. Linnaeus believed the apothe- cia to be male organs, and the soredia 'female organs. Heller, one of the fore- most lichenists of his time, and a cotemporary of Linnaeus, believed as Micheli; that is, that the soredia were seeds, and the apothecium a calyx cup. It goes without saying, that most of these ideas were not founded upon di- rect observations, but were merely opinions. As already stated, Linnaeus paid little attention to the Lichens; in his “Spe- cies Plantarum,’’ he mentions 86 species, although 170 were known at the time. The next 100 years was the era of the systematists, 1051 species of Lichens having been described as occurring in Germany and Switzerland alone. Discov- eries concerning the nature of Lichens were very few, the chief of these being the following: (1) The discovery of the spermagonia5 by Hedwig (1784) — he believed them to be the male reproductive organs and the apothecia with their spores to be the female reproductive organs, and the soredia, a fertilizing element, or the true pollen. (2) The discovery of the gonidia6 by Wallroth (1825), the most important discovery thus far made. He called them gonidia because of their resemblance to spores (yovY] generation, eiBoq resemblance). He made a careful study of the soredia, and found that they consisted of gonidia enclosed by a delicate network (hyphae), and held the opinion, that the gonidia, therefore also the soredia, could develop into new plants. He believed that the gonidia and spores were the only reproductive organs of Lichens. His ideas concerning the gonidia received general recognition. Thus we read in Lindsay (A Popular History of British Lichens, 1856): “They (the gonidia) may be regarded as intermediate in function between the vegetative and reproductive cell, assuming the offices and partaking the characters of both. Their great peculiarity, is the want of union between each other and between them and surrounding tissues. They frequently break through the cortical layer, appearing on its surface in the form of powdery masses, denominated soredia.” Lindsay, too, in speaking of the position of Lichens, says: “ .... by their reproductive system, Li- chens are closely allied to the Fungi, by their vegetative system, to the Algae, 4The fructification or spore-bearinng structure of the lichen. 5Miriute cup-shaped structures immersed in the upper surface of the thallus, appearing to the naked eye as minute black specks. 6The green cells, or Algae, found in the lichen-thallus. — 8o — from both they are distinguished by the presence of gonidia, as an essential ele- ment of their thallus. ” The last statement gives us a pretty good idea of the notion as to what Lichens really were about the time when Schwendener presented his important discovery. At this time, all lichenists believed Lichens to be autonomous, co-equal in rank with Algae and Fungi. The gonidia, they believed, were peculiar cells formed right in the thallus of the Lichen. Schwendener, too, at first, firmly believed this; so we find him making the following statement in one of his “Untersuch- ungen fiber den Flechtenthallus; ”7 “The green cells or gonidia are, as all know, lateral formations of the hyphae, and as such are analagous to branches. Like the latter, .... they never develop from apical cells, and in their early de- velopment can not be distinguished from them. The difference between the two shoots, however, soon becomes notic.able. While the branch by repeated division of cells, grows indefinitely in length, we find that in the formation of a gonidium, that the rule is, that the first cell divides once only, so that the branch becomes only two-celled. The apical cell now swells out spherically and becomes a gonidium, whilst the basal cell, does not change and becomes a sometimes longer sometimes shorter stalk. (Plate, i, Fig, 18.) ” In a foot-note Schwendener adds: “That the gonidia develop from hyphae cells is a fact already discovered by Bayrhoffer and verified by Speerschneider and others. There really is no diffi- culty in convincing one’s self through one’s own investigations that they (the gonidia) are connected by short stalks to the hyphae.” After describing how to proceed to see this, he adds: “ Most of the gonidia, of course, will be torn loose, nevertheless, some will be found, here and there, that will still be found in their original relationship with the hyphae. ” On page 126, he says: “Of especial im- portance to the plant is the multiplication of the gonidia, which occurs through division. The first plane of division, through which the spherical cell is divided into two hemispheres, lies in a plane passing through the point of attachment and the center of the green cell, in such a way that the stalk cell remains in con- nection with the two daughter cells.” This goes to show that Schwendener, at this time, was a firm believer in the prevailing notions regarding Lichens, and far behind DeBary, whom he soon was destined to outstrip. It was DeBary who first hinted at the true nature of Lichens. In his “Mor- phology and Physiology of the Fungi, Lichens and Myxomycetes, ” he expresses the belief that some of the gelatinous Lichens (Collemaceae) , were “either mature states of those plants, whose immature states are recognized as forms of Nostoc, Chrodcoccus, etc., or that these organisms are true Algae, attacked by some Asco- mycetes, whose hyphae penetrate the Algae, and form the lichen-thallus. ” In 1867 (published 1868), Schwendener expresses himself as of the same opinion as DeBary regarding the gelatinous Lichens. In the same paper, he fur- ther asks the question — if the gonidia of all Lichens are not Algae, and the hy- phae, Fungus-hyphae. Schwendener ’s further investigations soon convinced 7Nageli. Beitrage II, p. 125. — 81 — him of the truth of the surmise, and in the same year, September, 1867, he pres- ented his now famous talk “On true nature of Lichens” before the Swiss Natur- alists’ Club at Rheinfelden. The same was communicated by letter to DeBary, and was published by Von Mohl in 1868 in the Botanische Zeitung. Here he expresses the opinion that the gonidia of various Lichens correspond to certain low forms of Algae. His conclusions at that time, may be summarized as fol- lows:8 (1). There is no direct proof of any genetic relationship between the goni- dia and the hyphal elements. (2) The cell-walls of the gonidia have a different chemical behavior from the membranes of the hyphae; the former react simi- larly to those of Algae; the latter similarly to those of Fungf. (3) As to struc- ture and development, the various forms of gonidia correspond to different forms of Algae. The resemblance is so close that in many cases a given isolated goni- dium cannot be distinguished from the corresponding Alga. The next year 1869, he published his “Die Algentypen der Flechtengonidien”. Here is what he says in his preface: “According to my investigations, these growths are not simple plants, not individuals in the ordinary sense of the word, they are more likely colonies, composed of hundreds and thousands of indivi- duals. Of them, however, one only is in control, whilst the others, forever im- prisoned, provide for themselves and their master, nourishment. “This master is a fungus, of the class Ascomycetes, a parasite, accustomed to live upon the work of others, its slaves are green Algae, which it has gathered around itself, at any rate, holds on to and forces into service. It invests them as a spider her prey, with a fine meshed web, which gradually is converted into an impregnable integument, but, whilst the spider sucks out her prey and throws it aside when dead, the Fungus stimulates the Algae, found in its net, to more lively activity, in fact, causes them to grow larger and causes thereby a luxur- iant growth and the thrifty appearance of the whole colony.” About the same time that Schwendener was making his investigations, two other botanists, Famintzin and Baranetsky were also working upon the develop ment of the gonidia. These two investigators had succeeded in developing the gonidia of three different Lichens apart from their thallus, ( Xanthoria parietina, Evernia furfur acea, and a Cladonia ). They made the interesting discovery that many of these gonidia produced zoospores, whilst others dividing themselves in various ways, formed masses of cells which separated and rounded themselves; in fact, they concluded that the gonidia, thus capable of living apart, were iden- tical with the Alga Cystococcus. They concluded from this that the forming of zoospores was not only peculiar to Algae and Fungi, but also to Lichens; further- more, that Cystococcus was now no longer to be looked upon as an independent Alga, but one of the forms in the evolution of a Lichen, and that many more such forms would likely be discovered later and withdrawn from the Algae. They believed, therefore, that many of the unicellular Algae were merely free Lichen gonidia. 8Schneider. A Text book of General Lichenology, page 24. — 82 — Now, up to this time, as all students of Lichens believed in their autonomy, one may readily surmise that Schwendener’s advanced theory regarding them was likely to cause bitter controversy, and such it did. The systematists, with one accord, stood as one man against it. Nylandgr, the greatest systematist of his day, came out at once against it, and seemed to favor Famintzin and Baranetzky. Krempelhuber, “Geschichte der Flechten,” writing of the situation at the close of 1870, does not feel sure which theory is correct. He felt much concern that Sachs had sided with Schwendener. He feared that he might be promulgating an error and he thought that of the two theories Famintzin’s was more plausible, and adds: “Even if Schwendener is right, it is questionable if one should classify the Lichens with Fungi, to do in other words, what the healthy mind finds unnatural and forced. ” In 1874 Bornet, “ Recherches sur les gonidies des lichens,” isolated and de- termined specifically the Algae which enter into the composition of a large num- ber of Lichens. The situation, however was not materially changed. It is interesting, that the systematists, those who really, at any rate from their point of view, know the Lichens best of all, have always stood for the auto- nomy of Lichens. Nylander never was of any other opinion, and we find him writing thus in the preface of his “Les Lichens des Environs de Paris,” 1896: “ It is a true saying to-day that the formula ‘Lichens are Fungi living in symbio- sis with Algae,’ is an assertion either of pure fantasy or a slander. It is fully proven that the Lichens constitute a noble and venerable autonomous class of plants having nothing seriously in common either with the Fungi or with the Algae. To subordinate the Lichens to the Fungi is even more absurd than to reunite the Characeae with the Algae. From the biological point of view the Lichens are sufficiently differentiated by the indefinite longevity which charac- terizes them. The beautiful specimens of Umbilicaria pustulata in the forest of Fontainebleau are probably a little less aged than the rocks upon which they dis- play themselves,” and, in a foot-note, “A new argument against the famous for- mula above mentioned is given by the volcanic peaks which raise themselves from the midst of the ocean, and which one finds covered with Lichens, the only plants which form themselves there first, it is the primordial vegetation. It is impossible to admit the intervention of a symbiosis whatever, in the multipli- cation of the saxicoline Lichens, since Algae and Fungi are absolutely lacking under these circumstances.” And Korber says: “The hyphae produced by the germination of a Lichen spore, must meet with the gonidia specifically belonging to it, that is coming from the particular Lichen species, if it is to give rise to a normal thallus. But the hyphae and whatever else there is in the Lichen thallus except the gonidia do not belong to a Fungus but to the Lichen, and the gonidia which are specifi- cally necessary, are no Algae, but free independent Lichen gonidia, which have become asynthetic. ”8 9 8DeBary. Comparative Morphology and Biology of the Fungi, Mycetozoa and Bacteria, 1887, page 418. — 83 — The view that the lower Algae, which vegetate where Lichens are found, are Lichen gonidia escaped from the thallus, originated with Wallroth, and was of- ten expressed after him. There thus came to be two classes of followers: those who believed as Schwendener, and those who believed as Famintzin. Up to this time, the experimental formation of a Lichen from its two com- ponents had not been accomplished, and, until this had been done, the question, of course, could not be considered settled. This was left to Stahl. Stahl’s ex- periments, however, were not the first ones having this object in view. Already, in 1871, M. Reese had made the attempt, and he actually succeeded informing a thallus, but he was not able to bring it to the formation of fruit and spores. In the same year Bornet repeated Reese’s attempt, but with no better success. Treub, 1873, next tried, and again the results were no better than those of his predecessors. “This is, of course, what is to be expected,” said those opposed to Schwendener. Hear what Crombie, England’s great systematist, had to say upon the above experiments: “All these experiments, however, met with but a very limited amount of success, just as in the case of spore-culture by itself without any added ‘algals.’ Even where the spores successfully germinated and produced hyphae, all that could be affirmed was that these formed with the Algae a structure resembling in some degree the more or less rudimentary thallus of a Lichen. But it is to be observed with respect to these synthetical cultures, and all other experiments of a similar kind, that even were the results more pro- nounced than they have been, they would prove absolutely nothing as to the truth of the hypothesis. The Lichen-spore must, from its very nature, produce Lichen-hyphae, whether with or without the addition of algals or pseddo-algals; though what the fate of true added Algae in the subsequent evolution of the thallus might be, the experiments in Symbiosis do not show.”10 Crombie, like Nylander, never believed otherwise, than that Lichens formed a distinct class of plants. In the article, from which the above is quoted, page 281, he says: “From all these various considerations and illustrations, to which others, though of minor importance, might easily be added, it is clear that the Algo-lichen hypothesis rests upon no solid basis whatever, but simply and solely upon imagination, and that it is merely a plausible attempt to explain certain phenomena which its author and adherents supposed to be otherwise inexplicable. Notwithstanding the laboured arguments by which it has been sought to deprive them of their autonomy and intrude them amongst the Ascomycetes, Lichens still remain a distinct class of plants, intermediate between the Algae and the Fungi, Lichens therefore are Lichens and nothing else — neither Fungi nor Algae, nor any intermixture of these; but everywhere and constantly preserving their own distinct type, and distinguished by many important char- acters peculiar to themselves.” It was in 1877 that Stahl succeeded in effecting the synthesis of three differ- ent species of Lichens. He did this by allowing the spores of the Lichens to ger- 10Rev. J. M. Crombie. On the Algo-Lichen Hypothesis, Linn. Journ. -Botany, Vol. XXI, pag 266. -84- minate in contact with the hymenial algae that had been expelled with the spores and had stuck to them.11 These and other experiments soon demonstrated be- yond a doubt the dual nature of Lichens. There arose, however, the question as to the nature of the relationship of the two components towards each other. Schwendener called it parasitism, and he and his followers uniformly agreed to classify Lichens as Fungi, to all of which, as already stated, the systematists objected very strongly. DeBary called the relationship symbiosis — a union for mutual good, enabling these plants to exist where neither of the components could exist alone — and this I believe is the pre- vailing view. Pfeffer, for example, in his “Physiology of Plants,” Vol I, page 370, says: “Lichens are good examples of reciprocal symbiosis, for they are specific organisms formed by the union of a fungus and one or more algae, and can frequently withstand climatic conditions to which the isolated component parts succumb. The fungus, especially in those lichens which grow upon bare rocks, obtains organic food from the algae, while the fungal mycelium supplies the latter with water and salts, or even with proteids when the symbiotic algae are peptone-organisms.” These views are, no doubt, all due to the influence of Reinke, the greatest of the upholders of the autonomous nature of Lichens. He calls the relationship of Fungus to Alga “consortism, ” and says: “We have, therefore, in the thallus of Lichens, a consortism, the components of which form a unit, a morphological individual, somewhat as the different tissues in a higher plant unite to form the individual. The fact that the alga can exist independ- ently is dependent upon its ability to assimilate carbon. In the state of con- sortism, at least in the heteromerous thallus, the alga is nourished by the enclos- ing fungus, that is, it receives from the hyphae the necessary minerals, nitrogen, hydrogen and water. The alga in return supplies the fungus with the essential carbon compounds. From this it is evident that the components (Alga and Fungus) are biologically associated, mutually dependent upon each other for the formation of the organic substances required for the upbuilding of the com- mon body. ” However, the question does not seem to be any nearer solution to-day: each side has its followers. Several years ago, (1911) Professor Fink, of Miami, Ohio, wishing to get some sort of an idea how botanists, and especially lichenists, stood upon the question “Should the Lichens be maintained as a distinct class of plants or should they be distributed among the Fungi?12 .... , wrote to 75 Amer- icans and 75 Europeans. Of the 115 replies received, 19, or about 17%, favored distribution; 14, or about 12%, thought that Lichens might be distributed, but for one reason or other prefer that they should remain a distinct group. In other words, 83% of the 115, believe that Lichens should be maintained as a distinct group. A closer examination of the replies showed that the lichenists were nearly unanimously in favor of maintaining the group Lichens. “Stahl. Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Flechten, II, Leipzig. 1877. 12Mycologia, September, 1911, and May, 1913. - 85 - Before bringing this paper to a close, a few words must be said on Stahl’s discovery of the sexuality of Lichens. See his Beitrage zur Entwickelungsge- schichte der Flechten, 1877. The spermagones had been discovered for quite a while, and several investigators had already made extensive studies regarding them and their enclosed spermatia. Tulasne, 1852, for example, had studied them and believed that they were peculiar reproductive organs closely related to the apothecia. Lindsay also studied them, and was inclined to believe them male reproductive organs. Stahl now concludes that in Collema, one of the ge- latinous Lichens, the spermatia are the male reproductive organs. The female reproductive organ he calls a carpogone. It consists of a spirally rolled portion, the ascogone, and a slender hyphal portion the trichogyne; the ascogone is in- side the thallus some distance below its surface; the tip of the trichogyne pene- trates the surface. Fertilization takes place by the spermatia coming in con- tact with the tip of the trichogyne, later resulting in the formation of an apothe- cium with asci and spores. Stahl’s results have been verified and similar repro- ductive organs have been found in other species of Lichens. However, not all Lichens behave in this way, as many of them form their fruits apogamously; in fact, there are a number of different ways, many of the supposed apogamous Lichens, for example, are now believed to have internal trichogynes and internal spermatia. Then again some investigators have demonstrated that the sper- matia will develop a hyphal net-work, even developing new spermagonia, which would seem to show that the spermatia, in some cases, are true spores instead of sexual organs. As a matter of fact, our knowledge regarding the formation of reproductive organs, apothecia, and other structures is very meager, and many more investigations must be made before we can feel sure of the results. 3933 Lowndes Ave., Baltimore, Md. MOSSES OF THE CASCADE MOUNTAINS, WASHINGTON COLLECTED BY J. A. ALLEN1 M. E. Seymour The mosses collected in the vicinity of Mt. Rainier by J. A. Allen and his father were distributed in sets, several years ago. As there are still a number of these sets which have not been disposed of it may be well to put on record the names of the mosses as they are a very fine set of specimens, in good fruiting condition, and include some rare or unusual species. Alsia abielina, Amphidium lapponicum, Anhtrichia californica, A. curli- pendula, var. gigantea. !The names used in this article are those under which the mosses were distributed, thus differ- ing in some instances from present usage. — 86 — Barbula cylindrica, B. vinealis, Bartramia pomiformis var. crispa, Blindia flexipes, Brachythecium asperrimum, B. Leibergii, B. ruiabulum, var. flavescens, B. salebrosum, Braunia calif ornica, Bryum Atwateriae, B. bimum , B. capillare, B. commulatum, B. crudum , B. nutans , B. occidentale, B. pseudo-triquetrum. Campiotltecium oeneum, C. lutescens, C.megaplilum, C.nevadense, C.pinnatifi- dum, Catharinea undulata, Ceratodon purpureus, Claopodium crispifolium, C. Whippleanum. Dichodontium pellucidum, D. pellucidum var. serratum, Dicranella hetero- malla, Dicranoweisia crispula, Dicranum falcatum, D. fuscescens, D. scoparium, D. strictum. Eleutera Douglasii, E. Menziesii, Eurhynchium oreganum, E. praelongum , var. Stokesii, E. stoloniferum, E. strigosum. Fontinalis antipyretica, F. Kindbergii, F. Neo-Mexicana, Funaria hygrome- trica. Georgia pellucida , Grimmia acicularis, G. canescens var. ericoides, G. torquata, G. trichophylla, G. varia. Hedwigia albicans , Heterocladum heteropterum , H. procurrens, Hylocomium loreum, H. squarrosum, H. triquetrum , Hypnum aduncum var. gracilescens, H. arcticum , H. chry sophy llum, H. circinale, H. cor di folium, H. cuspidatum, H. dila- tatum, H. filicium, H. fluilans forma fdiformis, H. fluitans var. brachydictyon, H. giganteum, H. ochraceum, H. palustre, H. proliferum, H. Schreberi, H. subimpo- nens, H. uncinalum, H. uncinatum forma plumosa, H. vernicosum. Leersia extinctoria, Leptobryum pyriforme, Leucolepis acanthoneura. Mnium glabrescens, M. insigne, M. orthorrhynchum, M. punctatum var. da- tum, M. rostratum, M. spinulosum, M. umbratile, M. venustum. Neckeropsis undulata. Orthopyxis androgyna, 0. palustris, Orthotrichum laevigatum, 0. papillosum . 0. rupeslre, 0. rupestre var. ovatum, 0. speciosum, 0. ulotaeforme. Philonotis fontana, Plagiothecium denticulatum, P. elegans, P. pulchellum, P. silesiacum, Pogonatum alpinum, P. albicans, P. porosa, P. proligera, Polytrichum juniperinum, P. sexangulare, Porotrichum Bigelovii, P. neckeroides, Pseudoleskea denudala var. Holzingeri, P. radicosa, P. rigescens, Pterygnandrum filiforme, Pterygophyllum lucens, Ptilium crista-castrensis. Rhaphidostegium Roellii, Rhytidium robustum. Schistidium apocarpum, S. gracile, Schistostega osmundacea, Scleropodium illecebrum, S. obtusif olium , Scouleria aquatica, Seligeria recurvata, Sphagnum acuti- folium, S.fuscum var. vancourveriense, S. Mendocinum var. gracilescens, S. squar- rosum, S. teres var. squarrosulum, S. turfaceum. Tayloria serrata, Thuidium Blandovii, Timmia austriaca, Tortella fragilis, T. tortuosa, Tor tula princeps, T. ruralis. Weisia megalospora, W. phyllantha. Zygodon rupestris. Simsbury, Conn. MOSSES OF BERMUDA E. G. Britton Flora of Bermuda — pp. 430-448 In the Flora of Bermuda, published by Dr. N. L. Britton in 1918, the Bry- ophytes were included and figured. The following list of mosses may be of in- terest, as no complete enumeration of these plants from this Island has been printed in The Bryologist: Sphagnum magellanicum Brid. Sphagnum cuspidatum Ehrh. Campylopus bermudianus R. S. Williams. Leucobryum glaucum (L.) Schimp. Fissidens laxifolius (L.) Hedw. Fissidens minutulus Sull. Fissidens Garberi Lesq. & James. Syrrhopodon fioridanus Sull. Weisia viridula (L.) Hedw. Trichoslomum bermudanum Mitt. Eucladium verticillatum Br. & Sch. Gyroweisia Barbula (Schwaegr.) Paris. Hymenostylium curvirostre (Ehrh.) Lindb. Tortula agraria Sw. Funaria hygromeirica (L.) Sibth. Funaria flavicans Rich. Bryum capillar e L. Bryum Crugeri Hpe. Cydodictyon varians (Sull.) Broth. Rhacopilum lomentosum (Sw.) Brid. Haplocladium microphyllum (Sw.) Broth. Thuidium minutulum (Hedw.) Br. & Sch. New York Botanical Garden RESOLUTIONS UPON THE LOSS OF THE COLLECTIONS AND LIBRARY OF M. JULES CARDOT Whereas, it has come to the knowledge of the members of the Sullivant Moss Society, by information received from France, that a large portion of the valuable botanical collections and scientific library of Monsieur J ules Cardot of Charleville, France, has been destroyed or removed during the recent war: and Whereas, the city of Charleville being outside the zone of active warfare, this destruction cannot be laid to accident, but appears to have been a purely wanton act: — 88 — Therefore be it Resolved, that the members of the Sullivant Moss Society deplore the loss of this valuable collection and library, and condemn in the strongest terms the acts which led to the destruction or removal: and be it further ResoINed, that the members of the Sullivant Moss Society extend to Monsieur Cardot their heartfelt sympathy and assure him of their active cooperation in obtaining such reparation as may be possible : and be it further Resolved, that all botanists in Germany be, and hereby are, called upon actively to aid in returning to Monsieur Cardot any portions of his collection or library that may be found and in obtaining reparation for him in respect to the portions destroyed or lost: and be it further Resolved, that these resolutions be forwarded to Monsieur Cardot, and that a copy be published in The Bryologist. For the Sullivant Moss Society: (Signed.) Elizabeth G. Britton, President . Annie Morrill Smith, Vice-President. Edward B. Chamberlain, Secretary- T reasurer. G. N. Best George H. Conklin Alexander W. Evans A. J. Grout Caroline C. Haynes J. M. Holzinger Marshall A. Howe George B. Kaiser O. E. Jennings Annie Lorenz George E. Nichols Charles C. Plitt L. W. Riddle R. S. Williams Advisory Committee. SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY NOTES Since the September Byrologist went to press, Mr. A. McEwen, 118 Mar- bridge Bldg., New York City, has become a member of the Society. The Secretary is glad to inform members that Rev. David Lillie has sent a number of rare, exotic mosses to the Secretary for use in exchange. Mr. Lillie 89- desires especially material of the less common American species, those peculiar to the country being most wanted. There is not sufficient quantity of any of Mr. Lillie’s species for a general offering, but the Secretary will be glad to arrange for individual exchanges with any who will write him. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES Medical Notes for the tropical collector. — One who has had any experi- ence collecting in warmer climates will appreciate the notes on medicines con- tributed by E. B. Williamson1 in his account of “A Collecting Trip to Colombia, South America.” For warding off fever he took four grains of quinine a day in four doses His one light attack was cured by increasing the dose for a few days to about fifteen grains per day. For amoebic dysentery paregoric in fre- quent doses and alcresta ipecac were used from the start. Paregoric was dis- continued when no longer needed and ipecac, equivalent to four hundred grains, was taken at the rate of sixty grains per day. This effected a prompt cure. For red bugs (harvest mites) cresol compound, which can be gotten under various trade names and is used as a dip or wash for live stock, was mixed with about ten parts of water and sponged all over the body morning and evening, allowing it to dry on. Williamson says this is a splendid antiseptic and is also of value as a local anaesthetic allaying irritation caused by bites of vari ous insects. Aqua am- monia was found useful for relieving pain caused by more severe bites. Scratches and wounds were cleansed and rubbed with a bit of gauze or cotton soaked in a solution of one hundred and twenty grains of resorcin and twenty grains of sali- cylic acid in eight ounces of fifty per cent, alcohol. Iodine was used on sore toe-nails due to too much wading. It was found helpful to dust into the dry socks each evening a mixture of talcum powder, powdered alum, and sulphur. “ Dobie itch” was successfully cured with balsam of Peru after iodine and boracic acid had failed. Salol was used as an intestinal disinfectant in dysentery, and the present writer can vouch for its value from his own experiences in the Isle of Pines. O. E. J. EXCHANGE DEPARTMENT Offerings — To Members only. Return postage, rather than a stamped en- velope should be sent. Rev. H. Dupret, Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada. — Dicranum Drummondii C. M. and D. longifolium Ehrh. c. fr. (U. S. postage accepted.) Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th Street, New York City. — Tham- nium Hildebrandlii (C. M.) Besch. British East Africa, coll. Mearns. (Cour- tesy of the Smithsonian Institution). 1 Museum of Zoology, Univ. Mich., Miscel. Publ. No. 3. 1918. CLUBBING OFFER The following rates are made in connection with Dr. Grout for a year’s subscription to the Bryologist, or for membership in the Sullivant Moss Society, if remittance is made at one time, in advance. Moss Flora of N. Y. City and Bryologist, $2.10; with membership, $2.35, Mosses with Handlens, Ed. ii, and Bryologist, $2.75; with membership, $3.00. Mosses with Handlens and Microscope and Bryologist, unbound, $6.25; with membership, $6.50; bound copies, 75c. extra. All remittances and communications should go to Edward B. Chamberlain 18 West 89th St., New York NEW CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN HEPATICAE By Miss C. C. Haynes and Dr. A. W. Evans Lists all the 438 species known in 1918 to occur in the United States, Canada, and Arctic America. Printed in form suitable for marking desiderata or exchanges. Prices: 3c. each, 23c. per dozen. MISS C. C. HAYNES HIGHLANDS, N. J. BACK NUMBERS OF THE BRYOLOGIST Twenty-five cents each will be paid for copies of the Bryologist, Vol. iii. Nr. 1, Vol. vi. Pfrv 2, or Vol. xxi. Nr. 2. EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN 18 West 89th Street NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. LEARN ABOUT GOLDFISH Imported Japanese, Chinese, and American fish, aquatic plants, and all sup- plies for the fish fancier for sale. We make artistic, high grade aquariums suitable for beautiful homes, con- servatories, etc., beautiful and interesting anywhere. We will make to order any size of aquarium wished for. Descriptive circu- lar for the asking. PIONEER GOLDFISH INDUSTRY RACINE, WISC. THE GUIDE TO NATURE A Magazine of Commonplace Nature with Uncommon Interest Beautifully Illustrated Many New Features “It is all very well to be a specialist, but it is bad to be nothing but a specialist ” — Dean Coulter, Purdue EDWARD F. BIGELOW, Managing Editor Subscription, $x.oo a Year Single or Sample Copy ioe. THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION ARCADIA SOUND BEACH CONNECTICUT AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL An illustrated quarterly devoted to the general study of ferns. Subscrip- tion, 1919, including membership in THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY, $1.00; or, without membership, 90 cents. Foreign subscriptions, 10 cents a year extra. Volume I, six parts, $2,001 Volumes II to VIII $1.00 each: the set, eight volumes, $8.50. Send subscriptions or applications for membership to E. J. WINSLOW, Auburndale, Mass. Send matter for publication to R. C. BENEDICT, 322 East 19th St-, Brooklyn, N. Y. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages about 45 pages and 2 plates. Devoted to botanical contributions of the widest range; morphological, physiological, taxonomic, ecological, and geographical. $4.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news; established 1901. About 20 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Fifteen volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. MEMBERSHIP including publications, $5.00 a year. Address, Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club, BERNARD O. DODGE, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York City l V l t ' V i ! r\3 ^ Jk- > 3 > ) , » > i i i i / J » y 3 9088 01541 2869